вход по аккаунту


IMO Load Lines 3ed 2005 9280141945

код для вставкиСкачать
Load Lines International Convention on Load Lines. 1966 and Protocol of 1988. as amended j,n 2003 CONSOLIDATED EDITION. 2005 INTERNATIONAL M'I.RITIMC DRCANIZATION lOl\don, 200:; First puli/islled in 1981 by the INTERNATIONAL MARITIME ORGANIZATION 4 Alben Embankment, London SEl 7SR Sewnd edition 2002 Third rditiotl 2005 Printed in the United Kingdom by Polestar Wheatons Ltd. 2 4 6 8 TO 9 7 5 3 1 ISBN 92-801-4 T 94-5 IMO PUBLICATION Sales number: IB701 E Copyright @ IMO 2005 All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced., stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior permission in writing from the International Maritime Organi7.Jtion. Foreword Introduction 1 The International Convention on Load Lines, 1966 (1966 LL Convention) was adopted by the International Conference on Load Lines on 5 April 1966 and entered into force on 21 July 1968. It has since been amended by means of Assembly resolutions as follows: .1 by Assembly resolution A.231(VII), which was adopted on 12 October 1971; .2 by Assembly resolution A.319(IX), which was adopted on 12 November 1975; .3 by Assembly resolution A.411 (XI), which Wl.S adopted on 15 November 1979; .4 by Assembly resolution A.513(13), which was adopted on 17 November 1983; and .5 by Assembly resolution A 784(19), which was adopted on 23 November 1995. As tar as the t 966 LL Convention is concerned, these amendments had not entered into force at the time of publicJtion of the present consolidated edition. 2 The 1966 LL Convention was modified by the 1988 Protocol relating thereto. which was adopted on 11 November 1988 by the International Conference on the Harmonized System of Survey and Certi fication and entered into force on 3 February 2000. The intention of the 19H8 Protocol is to harmonize the Convention's survey and certification requirements with those contained in SOLAS and MARPOL. The 19B8 LL Protocol itself has be
en modified by the 2003 Amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC143(77) on 5 June 2003 and entered into force on I January :2005, and by the 2004 Amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.172(79) on 9 December 2004 and are expected to enter into force on 1 July 2006. The 1971, 1975, 1979, 1983 and 1995 amendments to the 1966 LL Convention referred to in paragraphs 1.1 to 1.5 above were incorporated into the 1988 LL Protocol, as amended by resolution MSC 143(77). Content of the consolidated text 3 This publication contains the 1966 LL Convention; the article, of the 1988 LL Protocol; a consolidated text of the 1966 LL Convention as modified by the 1988 LL Protocol, which has been amended by resolution MSC143(77); the 2004 Amendments to the 1988 LL Protocol, which have III This page is missing. If you have original book, please scan this page and send to:
The page will be added to e-book and file updated and re-uploaded. Contents Pa~ Part 1 International Convention on Load Lines. 1966 Arricles of the Convention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Annex I: Reguiatiol15 for derermining load lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Chapter I -General ....................... , . . . . . 19 Chapter II Chapter HI -
COl1ditiollS of a,s;gnment of fr<'('board. _ , .... . Freeboards .......... __ ...... , .. , , , .. . Chapt('[ IV -
Specia.l requjrements for ships assignt,d 27 31:1 timber ti:-eebo~rds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Annex 11: Zones, areas and seasonal periods ............ , . . . . .. 65 Annex Ill: Certificates 75 Part 2 Articles of the Protocol of 1988 relating to the Convention 83 Part 3 Internationa1 Convention on Load Lines. 1966, as modified by the 1988 Protocol relating tbereto, as amended Annex A: Articles of the Convention as modified by the PTot(lco1 of 198H relating thereto ............... , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 93 Annex B: Annexes to the Convention as modified by the Protocol of 1988 relating th(;[cto ................. , , . , , . . . . . . . . . . . .. t 09 Annex f: Regulations for detem1jning load lilies. . . . . . . . . • . . . . .. 109 Chapter I -General " ...................... , . . . . 109 Chapter n -
Condition:s of assignment of freehm.rd. . . . . . . . 120 Cbapter m -
Fteeboards ................. __ . . . . . . . . 144 Chapter IV -
Special requirements tor ships assigned timber freeboards . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Annex II: Zones, ~reas and seasollal periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 175 Annex ITl: Cerrificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 185 v FtJrf'lllOrJ ~---------------------------- ------ -- -------
not yet emered into force; and the llnified interpretations of the 1966 LL Cunvt;ntion approved by the Maritimt: S<lfety Committee up to I kcember 2004. 4 The publication has been arranged in six parts: .1 part 1, which comains a reproduction of the original text of the 1966 LL COJlvention; .2 part 2. which contains the Artidcs of th.e 1988 LL Protocol; .3 p~rt 3, wntainingth.e 1966 LL Conventiun as JIloliitied by the 1988 Lt Protocol. which has been amended by resolution MSC. 143(77); .4 part 4. whic'h contains the 2004 amendments to the 1988 LL Protocol. which were dduptt:d by n:,olulioll MSC. 172(79) and 'ITe expected to enter intu force on 11 July 200(,; .S pari 5, which contaim chr: tmificd interpretations of the 1966 LL Convention approved by the Muitime Safety COlllmittee up to December 2004. These interpn∙tations were originally dis-
snnllut..,d by circl1lars LL.3JCirc. 69. LL.3/Circ. 77, LL.3/Circ. 130 md l.L3/Circ.155; and .1 pan 6, consisting uf the Form of Record of condlrions of a<,<,ignmcnt of l(lad line, acc<:plcd by the MJTitirne Safety COl1lminee. 5 In Pan 3. thosr: anick~ ,md regulations of the 1966 LL Convention which have heen modified by the 1988 Protocol, as amended, are indiC:1ted by the symbol Ipl~ . [t should bc noted mar. from the legal point ofvicw, the 1988 ProtoeQI is unly apl,\icablc to ships entitled to fly the flag ofa State >,>'hich is a Party to the Protocol. 6 In accordance with resolution A .. JS1 (IX), whereby the Assembly resolved th~t metric units in (he "Systeme international d'uJJiles" (SI Systemj should be introduced ill the 1974 SOLAS Convention at the first opportunity and aIm in all future instruments w be adopt~d under the ~mpiccs of the Org~nization, rh", text of [ne 1966 LL Convention .as modified by the 1988 ProtQeol cuntained in the present publication shows values ,lOd dirncnsiom III SI units only. Thu~, Lhe values and dimensions in imperial [lIlies are omitted only for the purposes of the preSCJlt publication and also for cunsistency with the regulation~ of the Convention that have been modifie'd by the 1988 Protocol, where all diml"1sion< ar'" &iveu in Sf unit, Dnly. iv C"ntents ----------------------------------------------------
Part 4 AInendtnents to the 1988 Protocol that have not yet beeD accepted by sufficient parties to be able to come into force Resolution MSC.172(79) . , . , , . , .. , . , ' .... __ , . _ , , , . , , . . .. 197 Part 5 Unified 'interpretations of the provisions of the 1966 Convention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Part 6 Fonn of record or conditions of assignment of load lines 233 VI o Part 1 International Convention on Load Lines, 1966 INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION ON LOAD LINES, 1966 The Contracting Governments, DESIRING to establish uniform principles :md rules with re~pec t to the limits ro which ships on international I'oyagc ~ may b~ loadt:d having r ~ gdn.l to lht: need for safeguarding life and property at s c~; CONSIDERING t h~t this cnd tll:J.Y ben be :lChieved by conclLl,ion of :l Convention; HAVE AGREED as fo]lows: Article 1 General obligation under the ConllCntion (11 Thc Contracting Governments undertake to give effect to the provisions of the present Convention. and the annexes hereto, which shall constitLlte an integral part of the present Convention. Every reference to the present Convention constitutes a th.e same time a reference tf) the annexes. 121 The Contracting Gov.::rnments sbaH undert.ake all meamres which may be nt:lcssary to givt: dfcct tu tht: present Convention. Article 2 Difinilions For ch.e purpose of the presellt CotlVention. un]e,s expressly provided otherwise: (1) Reg .. latiom TTH.:anS the rcguh.tiuns annexed to the present Convention. (2) Administration means the (rl:,vemment of the State whose flag the ship is flying. (3) Approved means approved by the Adm l tl i ~traLi()tl. (4) bncmationa:illoyage m~a ns a 5ea voyage from a country to whi(;h the prerent Com'enrion 10 ~ port outside such connlry. or conversely. For this purpose, every territory for the international relations of which a Contracring Government is responsible or for which the Un.ited Nations are the adlllininering aLlthoriry is regarded as a separate <:ountry_ (6) A fishing vrud is a !;hip med for catching fish, whales, seals, walrus or other living resources of the sea. (6) Nw ship meam a sh.ip t.ile keel of which is bid, or which is :H a similar stage of construction, on or after the dat~ of coming into furce of the present COllvention for each Contracting Govelllment. 3 111 Exi,/il1g ,hip m~"m a ship whid. i~ nOt a new ,hip. 181 Length l11eans <)6').(, of the tottl lenglil on a waterlin(; at 83% of the least moulded depth measut't'd from the top of the keel. or the length from the (ore sld~ of rh" socm {Q wle~x:is of tbe rudder stock on that wattrlil1C, ifthal be gre;l[er.ln sbips designed wi[h a rake of keellhe wa ~erline on which length is me<l.'l lr ~d .,hall be parallel to die desis'nerl water! ine. see also the un.ified interpretation Article 3 Gweral provisio'1s 'I] No ship w which th(; present Convention applies shall proceed to sea on an illternatioflal voyag ~ after Iht' date on whie h the pre.-=nt Convention comes into force unk» it has been ~urveycd, marked and provided with an jr't('rnational Load Line Certlf,Cate (1966) or. where appropriate, an Intcrn~tjonal Luad Line E"'~mpt l on C~rrificate in accordance: ",ith the provisioll5 of the present Convention. 121 Nothing in this ConventiQn shall prevent an Adminimation from assigning J greater frceboard than the minimum frecho,,"rd determined in accordance with annex l. Article 4 Appliwi"ll nI The present Convention shall apply to: (11] ships registered in co ll n(rie~ (be Govemmc::nts of which are Conlncrj"g Go,'crnmcnts; (b] ship' registered ill territories to which the present Convention is extended under articlt-
32; and (~J unregistered ships £lying the flag of a State, the Government of wbjch is a Comracting Government. (2) The present Convention shall apply to ships engaged on international voyages. (3) The regulations contained in annex I are specifically appJi.oble to new !.hip~. (4) Existing .Ihips which do not fully comply witll the requircll1cnts of the regulations contained in annex I or ~ny pan thereof ∙,hall me<::t at lea't .u(:h l .. ,sn related requirements as the Administration applied to ship> 011 ImcrnaLional v o yag e~ prior to the coming inl<) force of tbe p.e~ e nt Conventioll: i.n no case shaH meh ships be required to increa.s.e their frecboards. III order to t:akc advam;).gc of any rcdllCtion in freehoard (rolll that pn:viou5ly assigned, existing ships ,hall comply with all the reqllirt'mem, of t:he pr.:sent Convention. see aim the unified interpretation 4 Article; J, 4, 5, 6 161 Tbe regula tions contained in annex 11 lrc applicable to new and existing ship, to which the present Convention applies. Article 5 ExcepliolH (1) The present Convention shall !lot apply 10; (.1 ship> of war; ILl new ,hips oftess thall 24 rll,;t<cs (79 feet) in length; (c) "xi,ting ship, oftess thall 150 tons gross; Id) pleasure yachts nut engaged in trade; '11 fjshing vessels. (2) Norhing herein shall apply to ships solely tuvigating: la) the Gre~t Lahs of onh Am(.'nca and the River St. Lawrence 35 far east as a rhllmb line drawn from Cap des Rmiers [0 West PoinL. Anticosti Isi;md, and, on the north side nf Ami<;:osti Island, [h(' meridian of longitude 63' W; (It) the Caspian Sea; (c) the PIa[e. Paranaand Uruguay Ri~'e r s as far e-Jst as a rhumb line drawn between Pun[a Nonc, Argclltina. and Punta del Elte, Uruguay. Article 6 ExemptiDns (1) Ships when engaged on intem:l.tion:ll voyages betwecn the near ncighbouring ports of two or more StJtcs may be cxt'mpted by the Administt;lt::ion from the provisions of the prcsent Convention, so long 3S they shall remain ~ n gaged 011 such voyages. if the Governments ofthc SLates in whicb such ports arc situat.ed shall b" sati,fied dUI the sheltered nature or condition' o( such voyages bctwt't'n SllCh ports make it unrcasonable or imprActicable to ,pply the provlSlons of the prcsent Convention to ships engaged on such voyages. (21 The Adminislration may exempr any ship which embodies features of a novel kind from any of tbe provislons of this Convention tbe application of which might seriously impede rescarch into the development of such features a.nd their incorporation in shIps engaged on international voyages. Any SllCh ship shall, however. comply \,~t h safety requirem~nt s which. in [he opinion of that Administration. are adequate for the service for which it is intended and ar!' mch as to emure the overall safety of the ship and which are acceptable to the Government! of the tates [0 be viSIted by the ship. 131 The Administration which allows any exemption under paragr.lph8 (1) and (2) of th i~ ;;rticle sh::u1 commul1icate to [he lh[tr-Gu" .. rnmcntal Maritime 5 rn~ernati(Jnal Conmtticm cm Load Li~~, 1966 ==~ ~~ ~-- ---- - ------- -- --
Consultative Organization' (hereinafter called "the Organizat.ion") paniculars of the same and reasons thercfor which the Organization shall circulate 10 the Contracting Govemmcnts for their infomlatioll. (4~ A ship whicb is not Ilonnally engaged on i.ntemational voyages but which, in exceptional circumstances. is r~qll i tcd to und~rtake l single international voyage may be exempted by the Administrarion (Tom any of the reqllir~rT1 e nt s ofthe present Conven tion, provided that it complies witb safe!)' requiremems which, in (he opinion of that Administration. lI'C adeq\lal.C for the voyage which IS to be undertaken by the ship. Article 7 Force majeure fI) A ~hipwhich is not subject to the provisions of the present Convention at the time or its departure on lny voyag shall not become subject to such pmvisions ,on account of any deviation from its intended voyage due to stTess of weather or any other cause ofjoTfe t/llJjellte. (Zl In applying the pro ~sioll5 oflhc present Couvention, the Comracting Government shall f,,,"e due consicie1'3tlon to any deviadon or delay caust,d LO any ship owing lO me" of weal her or any other C:lUse offorce ma,iellte. Article 8 Equivalents (t) The Adnlillistration may allow any fining, matcri;tl, appliance or apparatus to be fitted, or allY other provision to be made in a ship, ml,,::r tilan that reqUired by the present Convention, if it is sat.isfied by cria.1 thereof or otherwise thac such fitting, m~ Leria l, appliance or apparatus, or provision, is at le
ast al effective as that required by the C<JJlVclltion. {21 The Administntion which allows a fitting. material. appliance or apparatus. or provision. other than tha( re<juired by the presellt Convention. shall comrmmicarc to the Organization lor circulation co the Colltracting Governments particulars thereof. together with a r,epon on any trials mad~. Article 9 ApprOllais for exper;mmtal purposes (11 Nothing in tbe present Convention shall prevent ~n Administration from making specific approvah for experimental purposes in respect of 3 shjp to which the Convention applies. (2) An Administration which makes any such approval ,hall (ommullicate to the Organil.dtion ror circulation to the Contracting Governments parli.;ular; thereof . • The nanlC' of the OrgutilO.ion w;" clunged to "illt<n",tion;;J Maritime Orga11lzatio,," by VUt\lc;-
of atncl1drnenc~ lO me Org.uula.rion's Convcntion whIch ~ ll t'- n:d into force on 22 ~\1i1.Y 19~2, Arlilks 7, 8, 9, to, 11, 12, 13 Article 10 Repairs, Illterariolls and modifiCaliot15 III A ship which undergoes repairs. alterations, modifications and outfittiiig related thereto shall continue 10 comply with :1[ least the requirements previously applicable to the shjp. An e~isti n g ship in slIch J case shall not, as 3 rule, comply to a lesser exl..,nt with the requirements for a new ~hi r lhan it did b ~ fu T C. (2) Repairs, alterations a,Jd modifications of a major character and outfitting related rhercco should meer the requirements for l new ship in so f:lf ~s the Administration deems re-asonablc and practicable. Article 11 Zemes atld areas III A ship wwhich the present Convention applies shall comply with the requirements applicable to that ship in the zones and ate;L~ described in annex H. (2) A port standing on the boundary line between two Zone, or areas ,hall be regarded as within the zone or 3re:! from or into whlch the ship ~rriv cs or departs. Article 12 Submersion (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (2) and (3) of this lrticle, the appropriate .load lines on the sides of the ship corresponding to th ~ s~aso n of th~ year ~ nd the wne or a r c~ ;" which the ship may be shalt not be 'llbmcrgcd at ally ~irnc wh~n the ship puts to sea, during the voyage or on arrival. (2) When 3 ship is in fresh water of unit density the appropriate load ine may be submcrgcd by the amOunt <;>f tl1e fresh water allowance shown on the International Lo;td Line C("rtificate (1966). Where the density i,olher than lenity, an allowance shall be mad(, proportional to the difference between 1.025 and the actual densit .. (31 When a ship departs fmm a port Slluated on a rivcr or inland waters. deeper loading shall be permitted corn!spol'ldirlg to the weight of fuel and all other materials required for consumption between the point of (kpanurt: and rbe se:.. Article 13 S tm ~ e y, inspl'ction a'ld mllrklng The survey. inspection and marking of ships, as rcgard5 the enforcement of the provisions of the present Convention and the granting of exemptions therdrom. shall be carried our by office r ~ of I.he Administf"J.rion. The Administration may. however, entrust the survey, inspection and marking either to surveyors nominated for the purpose or to organi2.arions recognized by it. In every case the Adm.inistration concerned fully guaT;mtccs the completeness :lnd efficiency of the survey, insl'cction and marking. , Article 14 [nitia I and periodical SIHWY.l and inspecrio115 III A ship sllall be subJected to rhesurveys and inspection. specified below: lal A survey b~fore the ship is put in service, whlcb shall indude a complete inspc:ction of its structure and equipment insofar as the ship i, covered by the pTesent Convention. Thi, survey slull be such JS to ensure that the arnmgements, material. and scantlings ful
ly comply with the rt'lJuircments of the present Convention. , .. , A periodical SUTV"Y at intervals specified by the Administration. but not exceedmg fiv.l' years. which ,h311 be such as to emure that the structure, equipment, arrangements, materials and scantiings fully comply with the requir c mc"l~ of the prest-nr Com'entio". (el An periudic:!1 inspection wlthitl 3 months eitlucr way of ca,ch annual annivenary date of tne certificate to ensure that alte'rations havt, nOl been made to the: hull or ~u p e~tnJct ur c~ which would affcct the calculations determining the po irion of the load line and so as to ensure the TllaintcT1ancc in an effective condition offittings and appli.1nccs for: lil protection of openings; (ii) guard fJih; liii) freeing ports; and liv) means of access to crew's qwrten. (2) The periodical impenions referred [() in paragraph (1)(c) of this ,artide .hall be "'Tld or~cd on th" lntenutionll Load Line C ~r l;ifi,.,re (19('h) or on the Internatioml Load line Exemption Certificate issued to a ship exempted under paragraph (2) of article 6 of the pre\.Cnt Convention. ArticlelS Mai~lltna/J ce if conditions after 5Urw:y After any survey aflhl: ship under article 14 has been comp1ett"d. no change shall be made 1I1 the structure. cqllipment, JrrangcmCl1t5, material or scantiings covered l)y the survey, without rhe sanction of th~ Admirllstration. Article 16 Issue of certificates 11~ An ImernJ.tiollal Load Line Certificate (1966) s11311 be i;sued to every hip which has been ~ urvey~d and marked in accordance with the prcscnt Convention. 121 An International Load Line Exemption Certificate shall be issued to any ship to ,,\'I11ch an exemption bas been gtanted under and in accordance with (2) or (4} of J.Tticle 6. (3) Such certificates shall be iSSll 'd by tne Administration Or by any person or org,Uli~ ~ ti n n duly authorized by it, In every ca~c, the Administration assumes full responsibility for the certificate. Artl'cles 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 {41 Notwithstanding any othrr provision of the prcel1l Convention, any international load line certificate which is cmrenl when the present Convention comes inro force in respect of the Government of Ule State whose (Jag the ship is flying shall remain valid for two yean or until it expires, whichever is earlier.. After tbat time an International load Line Certificate (1966) shaH be reqllired. Article 17 Issue of certificate by mlo/her G(l1Iemrnent m A Contracting Govcrnm"nt may, at the request of another Contracting C.ovenHrI ~ flt, cause a ship 10 be surveyed and, ir satisfied that the provisions of the present Convention >re complied with, shall i"ue Or authorize dIe i~slJ'" of :m Intcrnational Load Line Certificate (196(,) to the ship in accordance wilh [he present Convention. (2) A copy of the certificate, ;1 copy of the survey report l1.sed for COlllpllling the &.eeboard, and a copy ofl:hc CODlputations ,hall be tr<mslllicred as early as possible to the requesting Gov(,'mmcnt. (3) A certificate so issued mmt contain a'tarem nt to the effect that it has been issued at the request of rhe GO\'ernlllent of the State whose flag the ship is or will be tlying a'ld it shall have the;lI;: force and receive tile same recognition liS a certificate issued under article 16. (4) No International Load Line Cer~jfi ca [ e (1966) shall be issued to a ship which is flying ~he flag (If a State the Government of which is not a Contracting Govt:nlme:nt. Article 18 Fann of cerrifi(all'S (1) T le certificates shall be drawn lip in ,he official hmgl,.lagc or languages ofthc issuing country. If the language uscd is neither English nor French, the tc"t shall inc1ude a translation into onc of these Ianb'Uages. (2) The form of tilc ccrtificlles shaU be that of tbe models giv(;n in annex Ill. The arrangement of the printed pari of each model certificate shall be reproduced in any certificates isslled, lnd in :my certified <,opies ther
eof. scc also the unified interpretation Article 19 Duration of certificates (11 An Imematioml I,oad Line Certificate (1966) shall be issued for 3 period specified by the Administration, which Sh;lU not c ceed ;; years from the date of isme. (2) if. after the periodical survey refcTTC:d to in paragnph (l)(b) ofartide 14, a new certificate cannot be issued to [he ship before: the expiry ofthc I:crtific.ate originally issued, dIe pcnon or organization carrying Ollt (he ~ utvey m~)I extend 9 Jnlernalioll<l/ COllvetl/roll Oil Load Lilies, 1966 the validity of the original certificat.e for a period which shall not exceed five months. Thi~ extension sha.ll be e-ndorsed on the cerrifll:atc, and ,hall be granted only where there have been 110 altcra.tions in the ,truc!ure. equipment, arran
gements, material or s,an.tling ~ which <llfect tht ship's free board. 131 An IntemationaJ Lood Line C crrific~[e (1966) shall be cancelled by the Administration jf any of the following circumstances exist: (I) material altennons h~v c taken pI ace in the hull or IUperstructures of th~ ship mch a~ would necessitate the .J.ssignment oran increased freeboard; I~I the fittings rod appliances mentioned in sub-par:lgraph (cl of paragraph (1) of article 14 ate not maintained in an effective condition; Ic) the ∙certificate is not endorst,d to show tltat the ship Ius been .inspectcd J.S provided in sl.Ib-par:lgraph (c) of paragraph (1) of artide 14; (11) the structural strength of the ship is lowered to SIlC h ;tn exteI1t that [he 5hip is Illlsafe. (411 (a) The duratlon of an Intnn.tional Load Line Exemption C.:::trHicate issued by an Administration to ;a ship exempted under paragraph (2) of article 6 shall not exceed five ye,r, froOl the dale of imle. Such certificJtl" shall be subject co a renewal, endorsement and cancellation prol ~ durc imilar to that provide,d for an International Load Line Certificate (1966) under this article. (bl The duration of;m Intermtional load Line Exemption Certificate issued to a ship exempted l.Iudcr paragraph (4) of artide 6 sh~lJ be limited to the single v0l'dg<' (or which it i., i.'~llcd. 151 A certificate issue.d to;> ship by an Administration shall ce;lse to be valid upon the transfer of such a ship co the flag of another Scate. Article 20 AaeptaPlcc of ter.tificares The certificates issued. under the ;ll.lth.ority of 3 Contracting GQvernment in a
ecordanc∙e with the present Convemion shall be accepted by thE' other Conttacting Govcmments Jnd regarded fnr all purposes covered by the prC'sent Convention as ha'~n g rhe ∙same forct> a~ certificates isslIed by them. Article 21 Cotlrml (11 Ships holding a certificate issued under article 16 or article 17 are sllbject. whcn Ul the ports of other Contracting Governments, t(l control by officers duly authorized by such Governmetlts. ContrJcting Governments shall en ure tbat sudl control i ~ t:xen:::iS~'d a~ far as is reasol1dblc and practicable with .. view to verifying that there is on bo~r d 3 v:llid certificate under tile present Convention. lf tben: is a vaud Intl:rnational Load Line Ct"rtifica.rc: (1966) 011 bOdl'd the sh ip, such control shall be limitt>d to the purpose of determining th ~ t: 10 ∙ \ Artidt,S 20, 21, 22, 23 1.1 the ship is not loaded beyond the limits allowed by thccertific3tc; (b) tlu: position of the load line of the ,hip corresponds with tb.~ cercificate; Jnd (c) the ,hip ha, not been so n-clterially :lltered in respect of lhe matters e~ O\\l in Hlb - p~r~gr<lphs (a) and (b) of paragraph {3) of article 19 thJt the ship is mallifesdy unfit to proceed to se:l. wilbou[ (bilge! to human life. Jf there is a valid International Load line Exemption Certificate on board, meh comrol shaH be limited to lhe purpose of determining that 'my cond∙iti
ons stipulated in dlJt (;cmfic<lw ar", cumplied with. (2) If such control is exercised under sub-paragnph (c) of paragraph (1) of thi~ article. it shall only be ~)(crcised in so tar as may be ncce sary to ensure that fh~ ,hip .h:lll nol ,,,i] until il can proceed to sea without da.nger to the pa.:sengcrs or ,he crew. (3) In the event of rhe contt()1 provided for in thi, article giving rise to intervention of any kind. the officer carrying out the control shall immediately inform ill "''Tiring the Consul Qr the di[,!o",>atic repre'crltative of the Sta~ w bo ~~ flag the ship is flying of this decision lnd of all the cirCUt'1stances in which i1H~rvellrion was deemed to be necessary. Article 22 Pri viieges The privileges of the present Convention may not be claimed in favour oLmy ship unles, it holds a valid certificate u[lder the Convention. Article 23 Casualties 11) Each Admjni,tration undert::lkes, to conduct an investigation of any casualty occllrrillg to ships for which it is respolIsible and whidl ue subject to tlw provisiom of the pre,ent Convention when it judge, that sue h :111 im"cstigltion may assist in detC:n:n.ining what changes in the 'onvention might be desirable, (2) Each Contracting Government undertakes w supply the Organization with the pertinent infonllation concerning the flnd i ng~ of such investigations. No H'ports or re(:ommenduions of rhe Organization based upon wch infonnation shall di~cl me the identity or nationality of the ships concerned or in .:my manner fix or imply responsibility upon aJ1Y ship or person. 11 Article 24 Prior treaties and conventions 0) All other treati~,. CQnvcntiom and anangements rcla,ing \0 load line matter! ;lt prcsent in force bet\vee .. Government> Partin to the presco"t Convention shall continue to have full and complete effect during [he terms the reo r as rega rds : la' ships to which the present Convc: .. tion doe~ not apply; and Ib] ships [0 which the present Convention applies, in respect of maU"" (OT which l[ has not exprc~s l y provid<:d. IZt To the extent, however, that such treatie,. cOTlventions or :arr:LIIge-
ments conflict with the provIsions of the present Com'ention, the pmvisiOtB of the present C:ollvention shall prevaiL Article 2S Special n~le s drawn up by agreement \Vhen in accordance ~ith the present Convention special rules arc draWl1 up by agreement among 311 or some of the Comrac(ing Governments, such rules shall be communicated to the Qrgan.i7..ltion for cLrclllanon 10 ill Contracting Gc v .. mm,' n t,. Article 26 Comm ,m ication of itiformatirm III The Contracting Governments undcrtHkc to commllniate to :md deposit with the Organization: la] a sufficient mlmber of ~pecimem of their certificates i~sued under t1'Je provision' of the pres~nt Co[""t'ntion for circulation to the Co nt rac ci ng Gave rn me lHS; (b) the text -of the laws, decrees, or-d!:N, regul:!.tioos and other il1llruments which shall have been promulgated 01'1 the "a ri o L,l~ matters within the scope of the prCK'nt Convention: and Ic' a list of l1on ~ go\'crnmcntal .g e ncie ~ whieh are authorized to act in their be-half ill the administration of load line mattcr~ for circulalion la the ContrActing Covernmenn. (2) Each ContI~,ti[]g Gov<;[nment agrees to make its strength standards available to :lily otncr Contracting G()V~~l1l11em, upon request, Article 27 Signature, acceplmlCe and accession 11' The presen~ ConventiQ.n shall remain open for signature for three momhs nom') April 1966 alld shlll thereafrer rem~Ln ope" for accession, Governments of State" Memhers of the l.}ni[cd Nations. or of any or the Amdf:S 24, 25, 26, 27. 28, 29 Specialized Agencies, or of the Intemational AtOmic Energy Agency, or part.ies to the Statute ofdlC Intcrnational Court ofJuscice may become parties la the Convention by: (a) sign attIre without reservation as to acceptmce; (b) signature subject to acceptance follow,:d by acceptance; or (c) aCCc:smln. (21 Acceptance or acccsSiOtl sh~ll be effected by the deposit of an instrument of acceptance or accession .... itb the Org:mization whicb shall info
rm .11 Go,'ernmCrl[S th,t have signed tbe COllvt."ntion or acceded to il of each new accepLance or accession and of the date of its deposit. Artide 28 Comillg illlo force {1l The present Convention shall come into force twelve months after the date on which not less than fiftc(:n Govetnl1letlts of the SL1 t e~, including seven each with not lc5S man one miUion gross IOns of shipping, have signed without reservation a, to acceptance or deposited instrum<:llts of acceptance or accession in accordance with article 27. The Orgatlizarioll shall inform all Governments have signed or J("ceded 1:0 the present COllvention of the d ah ~ on which it come. into force. 121 For Governments which have deposited an instrument of acceptance of or accessiotl to the present Conventioll during the rv.,.dve months mentioned in paragraph (1) of this article, the a<:n'ptance Or accession shall take effect on Lhe coming imo force of the present COl1vcntio[l or thret: months after the date of deposit ofthc instrument ofacecptance or accession. whichever is the later date. 13l for Govcmmems which have deposited an instrument of accepmnce of or accession to the pre ~ent COllvention after the datt' on which it comes into force, the Convention ,hall come into force three lIlo.uths after the date of the deposit of such imtnlmcnL (4~ Ai'ier the da~c Oil which all tbe-measures required to bring an amendment to the present COl1.venrion imo (orce have been completed, or all necessary acceptances are deemed to have been given under sub-paragraph (b) of paragraph (2) of arriclc 29 m c a~e of amendment by unanimous acceptance, any instrurnc::nt of acceptance: or accession dcp05ited shaH be deemed to apply tu the Convcntion as amended. Article 29 AmtruimclIts (1l The present Convention may be amended upon the proposal of a Contracting Government by allY of the procedures Ipecified in this article, (21 Am~ndmcnt by unanimous accc;prAnc,,: (.~ Upon the r"quest of a Contracting Government, any amendrncm propust:d by it III (he presem C.onvention shall be commUniCJled 13 IntmwlWna/ Convention 071 LIiuI LiP1t'5, 1966 by the Organization to all ContrActing Govemmt∙nts for con-
sideruion with a view to unanimous acceptltlce. [bl Any such amendmem shall enter illto fotce twelve months aftt:r the date of its K(C"ptance b)' all Contracting Governments unless 3.n tarlier date is agreed upon A Contracting Gov<crnment which does not communicate in acceptance or rejection of the amendment to th" Organization within three years of its first communication by lht laller shall be der:med to have ~ccc pt e d the amendment. (cl Any proposed amendment sba]1 be d"emed [0 be rejected if it i, not J.ccepled under sub-paragraph (b) of the present p;lr::lgraph witrun thr<."c year, it has been first communiC;)led to all Contracting Govcrnmems by the Organization. ~31 Amendment after consideration in the Organiz.ation: t4 (al Upon the request of a Contraning Government, any amendment proposed by it ro the prcsrnt Convention will be corHidered in the Organizatlon. I( adopled by a majoriry of two-third, of lho,~ present and voting in the Maritimc Safety Committee of the Organjz.ation, such amendment shall be communicated lO all Mcmhcrs of the OrganiZation and all Contracting Government~ ~t km ~ ix months prior to it~ consideration by the Assembly of the Organizltion. (bl If adop~ed by a two-thirds majority ofth(>se present and voting iJI the Assembly. the amendment shall be communicated by the OrganiZJIlOn to all Conrracting Govemmem, for their aCcept<lIl"" (cl Such amendment ,h;UJ 'come 11lCO force twelve 11IO.ilh •• ne. L),e date on which i[ is acccpced by two-tbirds of the ContrACting Government" The amendment ,hall come into rorC(, with respect to .ill Contrlcting Gov~mmems except those which, before it comes illto force. make 3 declarati.on that they do not accept the am~ndll1enL (dl The Assembly, by ;l two-thirds tmjority of those present :rnd voting. ind~lding two-thirds of ,he Covernmcnls represented on th~ Maritime Safety Commitcee :md present arId \>oli,,& in rh e A~ sc ll1 bly. may propose a detennimtion at the time of its adoption that an amendment is of such :111 impOnalH nature ~hac ~ny Contracting GovcmmcnI which makes a dedar.tion under sub-
p'f"b'Taph (c), and which does not accept the amendment within a penod of twelve months after it come. into force. shall ease to be a pany [0 he pn:scnt Convention "pon the <""piry of that period. This dctcnnination shall be subject to thc prior acceplAnce ortwo∙ thirds of tile Conmlning Gov,ernments to the present Conven-
tion. (0) Nothing in this paragraph ~hall prevent tbe Contracting Govern-
ment which first propos"d ;lnio., \Inder ~his paragraph on an ammclrnent to the pr~sent Convention from lakillg a[ allY time such alternative action as it deems desirable in acc;ordance with paragraph (2) Of (4j of this "rci("Io:. (.e., Arricl.! 30 Amendment by a conference: I -
(.) Upon the requeS[ of a Contracting Government, c(lllcurred in by at l e~ st onc-rh ird urth' Contr.cting Governments . .1 conference of Governments will be convened by (he OrganiHtiml to consider amendments TO rhe present Convention_ (11, Evny amendment adQp t ~d by ~uch a cotlferencc by a two-thirds majority of those presellt 3nci voting of the Cotl(tactillg Govern-
ments sball be cO TIlmuni c ~t e d by the Organization to all Contracting Govemm.::nn for their acccpcantt_ (e) Such amendment shall (Come into force twelve months after the date on which it is accepted by two-thirds of the Contracting Government,_ Tile .mcndlTlcm ,ha11 come imo fon'e with r~$p"ct to ill Contracting Governments except tbose, before it comes into force, make a declaration tha, they do nOt acccpl the amendment. (d) Bya two-thirds majority oflnose present and voting, 3 conferent'" convencd under sub-paragraph {a) may dctcrmine at the -imc of its adoption that an amendment i, of such dJ1 import"m n",ure that any Contracting Govemment whidJ makn d (kclaration under suh-[utJgraph (c), and which does not accept the amendment within a period of twelve months after it comes into force, shall cease to be a party [0 the present Convention upon the ~xpiry of that period. (51 Any amendments to the present COlwention made under this article whicb relal:e to the mucture of a ,hip ,hall apply only to ship, the keels of which arc laId. or ""hleh are at a similar stage of cOllSuuction, on or after .he on which th.:: .mtndnlcnt COmes into force. [61 The Org:m.iz;ltion shall inform 01.11 Contracting G<wemment, of any ~m e nd men ts which come into loree unJer this article, together witb the date on which each sucb ame.ndment will come into force. [71 Any acceprance or dedararion under this anicle shall be made bya notification in ,vriting to rhe Organilarion wh.icb shall notiry all Contracting Governments of the-
rcct"ipt of the acce-prance or declar;nioll_ Article ~O Den /.tt/(ia rum (11 The present Convention m~y be denonnced by any Contracting Government 3t :my lime after me expiry oHive years frOI11 the dace on which me COIlVcntion comes into force fOT tl:1C Government. 12) Denunciation shall be effected by a notifinrion in writing addressed to the Org~nization which shall inform all the other Contracting Governments of any such notification received and of the date of it'; receipt. 131 A d.::nunciation shall take effect one year, or mch longer ~riod as may be specified in the notificatio1l, after 'its teceipt by [he Organiz.tiort, 15 inU'matiorJai Corrvenliem cm u)(ld LiIltS, 1966 Article 31 Sllspensiol1 (1) In case-
of hostilities or other extraordin~ry circumstances which alTect the .':ital inter Its of a S(ate the GovernmCIH oC whi(h i~ a Contracting Government, that Govcnuncm may suspend the operation of the whole Or any pa.rt of tbe present Convention. The smpending Goverrrrnent shall irrunediately give notice of any such suspension tu th., Organization. IZj Such susl}ension sha I not deprive other Contracting Governments of any right of control under the present Convention over the sh.ips of the 5usp"udiug Guvernment when sl,1ch shIp> arc' v.ithio rheir POfts. 13) Tht suspending Government may a[ any time t.erminate such suspemion alid .hall immediately give notice of such termination to the Organization. (4) Tbe Organizatiun shall notifY all Contracting Governmenls of my suspension or lennjnat:10n of suspension under this article. Article 32 Territories (11 ∙I.) The United Nations, in cases where they are the administering authority for a [cni.lOry, or any Conlracnng Government responsible for the i
nternational relation.s of a territory. shall as soun as possible consult will! such terricory in an ~ndcavour to extend the pr.esent Cunvention to that territory and may at any time by notification in writing to the Organizapon declare that the presenl Conwntion shaU extend to such territory . •• 1 Th.e present Convention shan, from the date of the receipt of the notific:moll or frOll1 such othn date as may be specified in the notificalion, extend to the territory named therein. (2) j.1 The United Nations, or an)' Contracting Government which has made a declaration under sub-paragraph (a) ofparagnph (1) of this article, at any lime after the expiry of a period of fL vI:' years from the date on which the Convendon has been M) extended to an~' territory. may by noLi(jcation in writing to the Organization declare that rllC present Convention shall ccase t∙o ('xtend to any such territory rumed in tbe notifICation. Ibl The present Convention shall cease to extend to :my territory mentioned in such notification one year, or such longer pniod as may be s,,~ciiied therein. after the date of receipt of the notificallon by the Organization. 131 The Org:miZdlion shall inform all the Contracting Governments of the extension of th .. present Convention to ~ny territQric. under paragraph (I) of this article. and of the tennination of any sue h extension under the provisions of paragraph (2), Slating in each cue the date trom which the present Convention has been or w1l1 cease to be so extended. 16 Article 33 Regis/Tation Arrides 31, 32, 33, 34 11) The present Convention shall be deposl(cd with the Org-dnization and the Secreury-Gencral of the Organizarjon shaH transmit certified true copies thereof to all Signatory GovcmmcnL~ :;lnci to III Governments which accede to the presem Convention. (21 As 5000 as the present Convention comes into force it shall he registered by the Org:lI1ization in accordance with Article 102 of the Chatter of the United Nation;. Article 34 Languages The present Convention is established ln a single copy in the English and French languages, both texts being equally authentic. Official translations in the Russian and Spa lli~h langWlges shall be prepared and deposited with the Signed origina . IN WITNESS WHEREOF the uncief1iigned bein~ duly authorized by their respective Governments for that purpo,e have signed rile pres~m Convention.' DONE a.t London this fifth day of April 1966 . .. --: 17 Annex I Regulations for deten1'1.ining load lines Chapter I General The regulations assume that the nature and stowage of the cargo. ballast. etc,. arc ~ u ch ~s to secure' sua;cj('nt stability of the ship and tbe avoidance of t'xct'ssivt' structural stress, The regubl ion, also aSSllrnt: that where there are international requircmelHs relating to stability or sl.lbdiyision, (hC'sc requirements have been complied with. Regulation j Strength '!/. hull The Adminjmarion shall satisfy itself that the general structural strength of the hull is sufficient for th~ draught corresponding to the freeboard assigned. Shi~lS built and maintained in confor-lnil)' ,-vith the requircrnet'lls of :i c1assifica.tion society recognized by the AdministI'ation tllay be considered to possess adequate ,>trength. Regulation 2 A [,piielltioll (I) Sllips with mechanical means of propulsion or lighters. barge, or mher ,hip" without independem means of propulslon ,h,,1I be a~s l gned freeboanh in accordance with the provisions of' n:gulation$ 1-40 inclusive of this annex. (21 Ships carrylllg timber deck cafgoes may be assigned, in addition to the frccboards pre (rihcd in parab'Iaph (1) of this regulation, timber freeboards in accordance with the pl'ovisiollS of rcgoLH:iom 41-45 in ∙Iusive of this annex. (31 Ships dc-signed 10 carry sail, whether as the sole mcans of propulsion or as a supplemel1tary means, and tlIgs. shaH be assigned fT∙eeboards in accordance with thc provisions of regulations 1-40 indmlvc of [his annex. Such addicional freeboard shall he required as determined by the Administration. (41 Ships of wood or of compo,itc comtruction, or of other m.1terials [he u'e of'which tbe Administration has approycd, or ships whose comrTuClional fea
tures are such as to r end~ r the lp-plication or tbe provi,iom of thi, annex unreasonable or impracticable, shall be assigned fTceboards .s detemu!)"d b), th e Ad It1 i f1 ;St:r.l ti on , 19 'nimUltion,J/ Cotwemi,m Ot! Load I.jllt:s, .. :.1:.96~6~ _____________ _ (5) Reg11lations 1 26 inclusive of this annex shall apply to every ship to which a mllli mum frceboard is assigned. Relaxations fronl these requirements may b~ granted to a ship to which a greal'cr thID minimum rreeboard is assigned on condilion that the AciministrJ(ion is smsfied with. the safery conditions provided. scc also the unified interpretation Regulation 3 D ~/lnj!iotls if It:nffS used in the annext's (11 Length. The length (L} shall be taken as 96% of ~ hc total length on a waterlinc at 85% of the leas! moulded depth meaSllred from the rop of the keel, or as the length from the fore ,id of the stcm to the axis of the rudder stock on that waterline, if that be gr ∙ater. ln ships deS1h'llcd with a rake ofkee} the watcrlinc tIn which this length is measured shall be p a r~lIe1 to the designed waterline. (2) Petpt'lldiwlars. The forward and after perpendiculaTS shall be taken at the forvvanl and after ends of the lcngt h (L), The fOr\'IIard perpendicular shall coincide with the fote side of"the stem on the W3tf:rline on which clle length is measured. . . .: I') Amidships. Amidships is at the rnidcUe of the length (L). (4) Bread/It, Unless expressly providen othcrwist. the breadth (B) is [he m:.ximUDl breadth oflbe ship, rneamTcd amid,hip' [0 [he mOL.idcd line of the frame in ~ ship with 3 metal shell and to che outer ~ urla cc of the hull in d 5hip with a shell of any other m~ t t"rial. 151 Mo.l1tkd depth 20 la) The moulded depth is the vertical distance measured from the top of Ih ~ kt'clto the top of the free board deck be,lIn at side. In wood atld composite ships the distance is measured from the lower edge of the keel rabbet. Where the form at the l ow~r part of the llIidship lectiun is of a hollow character, or where thick garboards are fitted, the distance is measured from the poillt whert" tht" line of the flat of the bottom continued inward ~ cuts the side of the keel. (b, In ships having rC)unded gunwales. rhe moulded depth hall be: measured to the point or imersecdon of the moulded lines of the deck and slde shell plating, the Lines 'xt~ nd i ng as though the gunw;llc were of angubr design. {el V/here the free board deck is stepped and rhe raised part orlhe deck extends over the poim at which the moulded depth is to be detennincd, the moulded deptll shall be meamred (0 a line of reftrellce <:"xtending from the ower part of the deck al(}ng a line parallel with the raised part. see also the unified interpretation (5) Depth for Jr!'l'bOOTd (D) (_, The depth for frceboard CD) is the moulded depth amidships. plus the thickness of the free board deck stringer phtc. where fitted, plus T( L L-5) if the exposed freeboard deck is sheathed, where T is th~ mc;m thickness of the exposed ,heathitlg clear of deck openjtl~, and S is the total length of superstructllrcs as de6ned ;11 slIb-
paragraph (1 O)(d) of this regulation. (b) The depth fOT frccboard (D) in a ship having a rounded gunwale with a r.dius b'TcatcJ: than 4% ofth" breadth (.8) or having t o p~ides of unusual fOfm is the dcpdl for free board of a. hip having a midship section with vertical 1.Clpsides and with the samt: round of beam and area of topside secnon equal to that provided by the act'ual midship section. sce ;aho∙ the unified in tcrpretation (7) Block co.1ficic"t. The block coefficlem (Co) is given by: -V h Cb ~ L. B . d, : were V is the .... alume of the moulded dispbcemeot of the ship, excluding bossing, in a ship with a mt'cal shell. and is the vo lll m~ of displacement to the ourer ~ urfa ce ofthl;' huU ill a ship with a shell of any I)[her material, both taken at a moulded draught of d
: and where d, is 85% of the least moulded depth. (11 Freeixlard. The freeboard 3ssigntd is the diuancc measured vertically downwards amidships frOIll the upper edge of the deck line to the upper edge of the rdated load line. (9) FreebrxlTd deck. The frccboard deck i~ nomlaUy the uppennosl complete deck exposed to weather and sea, which has permanent I11cam of closing ;JI opt>ning; in the weather pan thereof, aud below wlli<:h all opfning-; in the sides of the jhip .. re filted with pemlancnt means of watertight dosing. In a ship having a discontinuous frecboard deck. the lowest line of the cxpmed dee k and the continuJtlon of ch:!t line parallel to lhe upp∙ r p:lTI oftbe deck is taken a~ rhe freeboard deck. At the option of the owm:r and subject to che approval of the Administration. a lower deck may be designated as the freeboard deck provided it is a cornplete am! p ~ rm a n e nt deck continuous in a (ore and an direction at least between the machinery space and peak bulkheads and continuom athw;lf(ships. When tilis lower deck is > t ~ppc d the lowest line ∙of the deck anrl the-
cOl1tinuacion of that line paralld to [he upper part of rhe deck is Glken as [he freet10ard deck. Wl1cIl a lower deck is desib,!lated as the frceboard deck, tl at part ∙ofthe fill 11 which extends above the freeboard deck is trt'3ted as a ;uperstructure so far as COllCcttl! the a.pplication of the condition of as,ignmcm and the c.lculation oC freeboard. rt is from this deck that rhe ftee board is caleu l.ted. see also the unified interpretations 21 Itllrr?Ultiotzal COtlVl'nNOt1 ott Load Line" 1966 ~ ~~~~ ---------------- ---- -
(tu) S Ilperscrual4 ~ ~.I A superstructure is a decked strucmre on the frcdlOard deck, extend1l1g from side to side of the ship or with the side plating not being inboard of the shell plating more (han 4% of the breadth (B). A r .. iscd quarter-deck is regarded as a superstructure. ~~I An enclo~t'd sllperstructure is :I. su\>Crstructure with: (i) enclosing bulk.h~ad\ of efficient construction; (iil aGcess openin~. if any, in these bulk.heads fitted with doors complying with rhe requirements of regulation 12: (iii) all other openings in sides or ends of the slIpcrstmcture fitted wlth efficient weathertight means of dosing. A bridge or poop shall not be regJrdcd as enclosed unless access is provided for the Cr"w to reach machinery and Olhcr working spaces inside these superstructures by altertlative means which arc a,,-allable .It all time~ ",1.el1 bulkhead opcnings are closed. see also tbe unified interpretation (cl The height of J wperstructure i~ the least vertiCill height mea,ured at sid~ from the top of the superstructure deck beams to the top of the freeboard deck beams .. Id, The length of a superstTucrurc (S) ;s the mean length oflhe pan of tbe supersrrucrure which lies within the lenE,oth (L). 111) FllIsh de-ck ship. A flush deck ship is OnC which has no superstructure on the frecboard deck. (12) Weather/iglll. "Weathcrtight" means tha[ in any se;> condit.ions water will not penetrate imo the ship. Regulation .. Deck litre The deck. line is a honzontallinc 300 mm (12 inchc~) in length and 25 mm (1 inch) in breadth. It shall be l11.lTkcd amidships on each ~id(' of the ship, and it, upper edge shall normally pass through the point where the conhnu:niotl outwards of the upper surface of the frecboard dcck intersects the outer surt:1ce oft.hc hell (as illumated in figure I), provided that the deck line ma)' be placed with referenc~ to :mother fixed poim on the ship 011 eondition that the Creeboard i~ corrcspomIDlgly corrected. The location of tht' reference point and Ih .. identificatiun of the frceboard deL shall in all cases be indicated on the lntemational Load Line Certificate (1966). 22 ~. 25 m"'~t ~-~ --1 + deck lme f1") mrmn Regulation 5 LOCld Line Mark (12") I .... ----
~ Figure 1 -
Deck fine A rmex 1, rFS',/atioru 4, 5, 6 The Load Ljne Mark shall consist of a ring 300 mm (12 inches) in outside diameter and 2S mm (\ inch) wide which is intersected by 3 horizontal Line 450 mm (18 inches) in lenbrth and 25 mm (I inch) in breadth, the upper edge of which passes through th~ centre of [he rillg. The cc [r~ of the ring shall be placed amid~hips Jnd at a diS[ance equal to the .assigned summer fr~e b o:Jrd measured vertically below the upper ~dgt' of the deck line (a\ illu>[r~lcd In figure 2). Regulation 6 Lines to be used With the Lead Lint" Mark (1) The line. whi"h indint .. the load line ~ .. igned in ~ccord.1"Ce witb these regulatiuns .h"H be horizontal lines 230 mm (9 inches) in length and 2S mm (1 inch) in breadth which extend forward of, unlt∙ss exprl's ly providrd otherwise. and at right angl '5 to, a vertical line 25 mm (1 inch) in breadth marked at a distance 540 mm (21 inches) forward of rhe ccm:rc of the ring (as illustrated in rl!;Ure 2). 540 mm (211 fOlWard ~ 25 mm (1') I'" 230mm I ... .,. _ .. T ___ s :::::NA Figure 2 -
L"<ld Lille .~{ark and lines 10 be used with this mtlli> 23 ItlUnldlional COIIVfntiol1 011 Load LiH~, 1966 -- --~---- ------------------ -------
(2) The following load)' ncs shall be used: . -t. (1) The Slltnmer Load Line indicated by the upper edge of the line which passc~ through the centre of the ring and also by a line marked S. (Ill The Winter Load Line htdicatcd by the upper edge of a line riluked W. (c) The Winter N mth Atlantic Load Lin" indicated by rhe upper edge oC a line marked WNA. (dl The Tropical Load Line indicared b)' ri><: upper edge of a lint" marked T. I.) The Fresh Water Load Line in summer indicated by the upper edge of a Hnl' marked F. The Fresh Water Load line in summer 1$ marked abafi th~ wrllcal line. The difference berwc,cn the Frcsb Water Load Line in summer alld dIe Summt;r Load Line lS the allowance (Q be made for loading in h'sh water at the other load lines. (I) The Tropical Fresh Water Load Line indicated by the upper edge of a hne marked TF. and marked ab~f, [he "crlinl lin~. (3) If timber fi:ecboards are assigned in accordance with these rcgubtions. the timber l o~d lines shall be marked in .ddition to ordinary IO:ldi line .. These lines .hall be horiwntallines 230 mm (9 inches) in length and 25 mm (I inch) in breadth which r:xrcnd abaft unless e prt'ssly provided othenvisc. and arc at right ang le~ to. a vertical tint 25 mun (I inch) in breadth marked at a distance 540 mm (21 inches} abaft the centre of the ring (as illmtrated in figure 3) . "--
.. --' ,. LS __ _ l'N --
--" ~ --
Figure 3 -
Tirn&e, l..O<Jd Line Mark a"d 1'<If' ro be med [1Il'tl, tl,i, mark ,.) The following timber load lines shall be used: 24 '_I ihe Summer Timber Load Line indicated by the upper edgl: of a line marked LS. ,., Th" Winter Timbcr lOld Line indicated by the upper edge of a line LW. (c) The Winter Norch Adantic Timber Load Line indicated by the upper edg of a line marked LWNA. A rlllex I, rrguJa/i.m 6 till The Tropical Timber Load Line indicated by the upper edge of it bne marked LT. !e~ The Fresh \1;'alcr Timber Load Line in summer i:n cl i~'a t e d by the upper ~dgc of it line marked IF and marked fO!'\or.!rd of the vertical line. The difference bt∙t-,.veen the Fresh Water Timber Load Line in summer :l.Ild rhe Sumnll;r Timber Load Line is the allowance 1.0 be made for loading ill fresh water al the other timber lo,d tines. (11 The T ,apical Fresh Water Timber Load Line indicated by the upper edge of a line mark 'u TF and marked forward ofrhe vertical Ime. (5,) Where the characteristics ufa ship or the nature of the snip's service or n3vigaLiom.llimit, make an)' ofche scasnnallines inapphcable, rhese lines Illay bL: umi ned. (6) Where a ship is assi[,'Iled a b'Teater than m.inimum frceboarci ~o that tne load line is marked at a position corresponding to, or lower than, the lowest ,easonal load line assigned at minimum freeboard in accord«nce with the present Convention, only rhe: Fr e~ h WO-ter Load Line lleed be m~rked. (71 0" sail ing ships only the Fresh Water Load Line and the \Vimcr arth Atlantic Load Line need be marked (as illustr:lted in figure 4). F ___ WNA Figure .. -
l.oad Unl' Mark all ,ailing ships and lines 10 be wed with rhis tnlJrk 181 Where a Winter North Atlantic Load Line is identical with the Winter Luad Line corresponding to the same vertical line, this load line shall be marked W. 11, Additional lo~d lines required by othc:r international conventions in force may be marked at right angles to and abafi the vertical line specified in p a r3 g r;~p h (I) of thIS regul;Hion. 25 imrn1lllionlli Ctmmflion on Lead Lines, 1966 Regulation 7 Mark of i1SsigHing Authority The mark of the Au[hority by whom the load Iincs aTC assigned ma)' be iJldKated along'\ide (he l o~ d lint.> ring abov .. the honzontalline which passes tbrough the centre of the ring, or above a.nd below it. Thi, mark shall comist of not more tllatl four initiah to identifY the Authority\ namt, each me~Si.1rillg approximately 115 mm (4\ inches) in height and 75 mm (3 inches) in width. Regulation 8 Details of marking The ring, lines and kttcrs shall be painted in white or yellow on a dark ground or in black on a light ground. They shall also bt.> pc:rma[Jcntly marked Oil the sides of [he ship~ [0 the ~ a[ i s l actioJl of the Administrarion. The marks shall be plainly visible and, if necessary. special arrangemenl shall be made for this purpose. see also the unified interpretation Regulation ~ Verification (If I//(lrks . . The Intemaocmal Load Line Certificate (1966) Sh3Jl nor be delivered to the ship ulltit the offIcer or urvcyor acting under the provisions of imide t 3 of the present Convention has certified that the marks are correcdy and pem1ancntly indicated on the ship's sides. Am1ex I, n;s:UlatiollS 7, .8, 9, 10, 1 t, 12, 1) Chapter 11 Conditions cif aSSigml1ent cif freeboard Regulation 10 Information to be supplied to the master (11 The master of every new ship shaD be supplied with sufficient information, in;tn 3pprovcd form, to enable him [0 arrange for the lo ~d j ng and b~UasliJ1g of his ship in such a way as to avoid the creatiotl of any u n acce p t ~ble stres es in the ship's structure, provided tbat this requiremem need not apply to any pnrticular l en~ h, design or dass of ship where: the Administration cOIl.l id,~rs it to be UnJ1 ecT~,ary_ (21 The master of every new shIp which is nOI a I rtady provided witb stability information under an international convention for the safe-ry of life at ,ea in force shall be supplied with sufficient. information in an approved form to give him guirlann: as to the stability of the ship under. varying conditions of ser"ict;, and J copy shall be furnished to t he Administration. Regulation 11 SlIperS(mc[lIre end bulkheads Bu Ikhead5 at exposed wds of enclosed superstnlcrures shall be of efficient construction and shall be to rh,: satisf;lction of the Administrarion Regulation 12 Doors sec also th e unified interpretation n I AU access openings in bulkheads at ends of enclosed super-structures shall be fj Lted with doors of sted or olher equivalent material, pennanently and strongly attached to the bulkhead, and frallled, stiffened and fitted so that the whole structure is of equivalent strength to the unpierccd bulkhead and weathcrtiglH when closed. The means for securing these doors weathertight ~h:lll consisl or h'3sk.:ts and clamping devices Or other equivalent rne3l1S and sball be permanently attached to the blllkhl'ad or lO the doors themselves, ~ nd the: doors shall be so arranged that they can be operated ITom both sides of the bulkhead. IZI Except as otherwise provid~d in the e regulations, the height of~hc ~ills of access openings in bulkheads at {"Ilds of enclosed superstructures shall be at least 380 mm (\5 in c h e~) ~bovc t11(' deck. Regulation 13 POSiTiol1 .if hatchways, doonvays attd vemjlators For the purpose of the regul.ations, two position, ofhuchways, dO(')f'vays and ventilators art' defined as follows: IrJII'nUltiotlai CO""""""" 1'" Lcod Lilies, ;:.1 ~96=6 _____________ _ Position 1 -Upon exposed free board and raised quarter-decks, and upon exposed supers true tu re decks ~itl1a(ed forv.∙ard uf ~ point located a gllartcr of the ship's length from the furward perpendICular, Position 2 -Upon exposed $UperstfUCrurt decks situJled abaft a quarter of the ,hip's kngth from the forward perp,~nd i cular. Regulation 14 C Cl ~lt0 Cl nd "ther 111;1 tchwa y s 11J The construction and the meanS [or securing the wcathertightness of cargo and other halchways in po~itioJls 1 arid 2 shall b~ at least eq~l iv al en t to the requirerncnls of regulations 15 and 16 of this annex. (2) Coaming5 and hat<;hway covt:rs to exposed 113lchways on decks above the superstructure dt'Ck shall comply with the requiremellts of tllC Adminisuation. Regulation 15 Hatchways dosed by portable covers and secured Wfathert~(!ht by tarpaulins alld batterling deviCl's lilltchwa), (oamings 111 The coarnings of hatchways closed by portable cover.; secured wea t h.,.n i S h~ by \"-rpaulins and battening devices shaU b~ of mhstanual {onstrucrion. and their neight .bow the deck sllall be at least as folJows: 600 mm (23 ~ inches) if in position 1 450 mm (I7~ iuches) if in pvsirion 2. H arch", .. ), collt'rs . III The Width of c.{Oh bearing surface for hatchway covers shaH be at least 65 mm ( 2~ inches), (31 'Where covers are made of wood, the fini hed thj c knes~ shall be at least 60 mm ( 2~ inches) in association with. span of not mOle than 1.5 111 (4.9 feet). 141 Where coveI'$ are made of mild steel the strc:ngtih shall be calculated with a.mmed loads not le,s than 1.75 metric tom per squar(, ml∙tH' (358 pounds peT square foOt) un hatchways In position I, and not less than 1.30 metric tons per square metre (26(, pounds peT square foot) on hatchways in position 2, and tbe PWdlICt of the maximu.m stress thus calcuialtd and the factor 4.25 shall flot exceed the minimum Uhjtn3W $trength of the material. They shall be so designed as to limit the defkction to not more than 0.0028 times the span under these loads, scc iI,lso the unified interpretiltion (5' Th., ""ume-d loads on hatchways in position 1 may be reduced to metric ton per square metre (205 pounds per square foot) for ships 01'24 m (79 feet) i,l lellgth and shall be not less than t .75 rnctri . tons per square: metre (358 pounds per square foot) for ships of toO m (328 feet) in IC[lgth, The 28 Annex I, n'gll/atiotlS 14, 15 corresponding loads on ha lch wlY~ in position 2 may hI:' reduced to 0.75 rn .. tnc tOil< pcr square metre (154 pounds per sqtlarc foot) and 1.30 metric tom per _quare metIt' (266 pounds per square (OOt) respectively. In all cases values at intermediate lengfhs shall be obtained by i.nterpolation. see also the unified interpretation P01tah/e bea ms ~&) Wllcrc portabk beams for supporting hatchway COlrt:rs are mat d ~ of mild m'd the strength shall be calculated with assumed IO;ids nor les, than 1.75 metric tOIll per square l11etre (358 pounds per square fOOL) on hatchways In position J and not less than 1.30 metric cons pet square metre (266 pounds per qUMt: foot) on hac,hways in po iciol12 and che product of the maximum stn:ss thus ca.lculated and the factor 5 ,hall not exc~ed the mimmum ultimate .trcngth of the material. They s,hall b~ so desigt1~d as to lilllit rlll' deflection to not more tllln 0.0022 limes the 'pan under these loads. Fur ships of not morc ,h ~n 100 metres (328 fcet) in length the requirements of paragraph (.~) of this r~g lt l:1ti()ri are applicable. see also the unified interpretation PQtI,,,pn covas (1) Where pOntoon coven med III place of portable beams Jnd covers arc rnade of mild steel the Strength shall be calculated with the assumed loads given in paragraph (4) of this regulation, and the product of the maximum stress thus calculated 3nd the f.!.ctor 5 shall not e.~c ee d the minimum ultim:uc mengtb of ch" materia/. They shan be so designed as co Ii mi~ the ddlc!;tinn to not 1110rc than 0.0022 times the span. Mild <tal I'bt'ing forming th" top, of Coven shall b~ nOt I~ss in thlCkne>s than 10/. .. of [ b ~ spacing of stiffeners or 6 mm (0.24 inches) if that be wearer For ships of nor more than LOO III (323 feet) n length the requirements of paragraph (5) of this Tcgul:uion arc applicable. see also the unified interpretation 181 The strength md stiffness of covers made of materials other than mild sted shall be equinlem to thme of mild steel to tht: satisfaction of the Administration. Ca~TS or sockl'ts ~9) earners or sockets for portable beams shall be of sub~t.1Illial construction. and shall provide "'<'ans for the dliclcnt fitting and securing of the beams. Where rolling type~ of bt.1lT1S arc used, the arrangemclus shall ensure that the beams remain properly in position whell the hatchway is dmed. Cleats (ID) Clcau shall he ~c t: to fit the (Jper of the wedges. They Sll:lll be at least 65 mm (2~ inch".) wide and spaced not mOrC than 600 rrun (23~ inches} ct∙ntl"e to centre; the clCl t ~ a.long cac h side or end shall be not more dum 150 mm (6 inches) from che hatch 'QTm;rs. 29 Intnnaiiolltl/ Co"vetlliorr on Load Lines, t 966 Battens and wedgu (111 Battens and wedges shall be efficient and in good condition. Wedges shall be of tough wood or other equivalent material. They shall have a taper of nol more ch;!!n I ill 6 and shall be nOl less than 13 mm (~ inch) thick It the toes. Tarpa .. lim (121 At Ie~st twO l ~yc r s oCtarp3ulill in good condition shall be provided for each hatchway in position 1 or 2. The tarpaulins .hall be waterproof and of ample stT~ngth. They shall be of a material of at least .In JPprovcd stJndard weight and quality. &eurity of Mtchway ,~ (13) For all hatchways in position 1 or 2 steel bars or other equivalent means shall be provided in order efficiently and independently to secure each section of hatchway coveN :;.fter the tarpaulins are ballened down. l-htchw<lY co.'en of more d'an 1.5 m (4.9 fcet) in length shall be secured by at kast t'.vo such securing appLiances. lee also the unified ittterpret .. tion Regulation 16 Hatchways dosed by tveathertight covers of 5leel or other eqHivaicl1t material fitted with gaskets and cLtmping devices see al.o the uni.fied interpretation" Hatchway cOllmmgs (11 At positions 1 and 2 the height above the deck of hatchway coarnings fitted with weathertight hatch covers of ,[eel or other equivalenl malcri~l l fimd with gaskets and d~ UT1ping devices shall be as specified in regula-
lion 15(1). The heighl of th.:s ... warnings may be reduced., or the wamings omined entirely, on condition that the Administration is satisfied tbat the S3fcry of the ~hip is not thereb}' impaired Irl any sea conditions. mere coarnings are pro"illed they shall be of subrantial conscruction. W~/ltlta1ight ,o:l!~rs (21 Where we:ahertiglll covers are or mild steel th~ strength shall be calculatrd with assumed loads not less than 1.75 metric tons per square: metre (358 pounds per square foot) on hatchways in position 1, and not less than 1.30 metric tons per square mt;tre (266 pounds per square foor) 011 hatchways in position 2. and the product of the maximum strC'$S thlls c alcl.lla~ed and the factor of 4.2.0, shall not exceed the miltirnum ultimate strength of the material. Th~y shall be 50 designed as to limit the def1cclion to not more than 0.0028 times r.he span under these loads. Mild ~leel plating oorming the tops of coverS shall. be not less in thickness than 1 % of the spacmg of sti.ffcnen or 6 mm (0.24 inches) if that be grCo1tCr. The pr ovjs jorl~ of regulation 15(5) are applicable fOT ships of not more thall 100 III (328 feet) in kngth. __________________ .:..A.:..:Jl.:..:Jl.:.:c:.:x-=I .... ,.:..'2?=ulati<>tls 16,17, 18 ~3!' The strength and stiffness of cover rnadl" of materials other [hall mild st""l shall be equivalent to those of mild steel to tbe satisf3ction of the AdministIation. Means for sWlring wCilrhenigh!IILJJ (4) The mean r~)r securing and maintaining weathcrtighmess shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration. The arrangements shall ensure thaL tbe tightness can be maintained in ~ny SI'J conditions, and for [his purpose tests for tightness shall b" required at th.c initial survey, and nwy be requITed at pe.riodical surveys and at annual inspections or at more frequen, i merv ~1s. Regulation 17 Macilinery space openings 111 Machinery space openings in position" or 2 shall be properly framed and efficiently cnc\os'ed by steel casings of ample strength, and where the casin!,"S are not protected by other structures their strength shall be specially comidered. Access openinl;\s in S lCh casings shall be fitted with doors complying with the r e~u i:ements of regu la ~jon 12(1). the. silh of which shall be at least 600 mm (23 ~ Inches) above the deck If m pos1t1on I, and at least 380 mm (15 inches) above the d~ck if in position 2. Other openings in slIch casings shall be fitted with ~quivale nt covers, permanently attJched in their proper posmom. see a1so the unified interpretatio_11 (2) Coaming5 of any fiddley, funnel or machinery space ventilatOr i,l an exposed pmitiollotl the freebuard or mperstruclure deck sho.!1 be ~ high above the deck 3S is reasonable and practicable, Fiddley ope nin ~s shall be fLtted with Hrong covers of sted or other equivalent material pem13nently attached in their proper posicions and capabl<: of being secured weathenight. see also the unified inlerpreLation Regulation 18 Miscellaneous opet/ings in jreeb(la1d and super.;tructure deck! (I) Manholes and (Jush scuttl~s in pmit:ioll 1 or 2 or within mperstructures other than .. nclosed superstrucmrcs shall be closed by substantial covers capable of being made wate-rtight, Unkss secur~d by closely spaced bults, the Covers shall be permmently attached, (21 Openings in fn:eboard decks other than hatchways, madlinery space openings. manholes and flush scuttles snail be protected by an enclosed superstructure, or by a dcckhcmse or companionway of equivalent, trength andweatbcrtightn<:ss. Any such opening in an exposed s upeT Structur~ deck. or in the top of a dcckhouse on the freeboard deck which gives ~ cc ess to a space below the freeboard deck or a space within an enclosed superstructure \h ~1 1l be protected by an efficient dcckJlOuse or companionway. Doorways it> suen deck houses or companionways shall be fitted with doors complyinl;\ with the requirements o(regulation 12(1). sce ab(> the unwed interpretations 31 131 In position I the height above the deck of ~iIIs to the doorways in companionw .. ys hall be at 6()O mm (2312 inches). In position 2 it shall be at least 380 mm (15 inches}. Regulation 19 Vl't1tilator.l see also the unified interpretation see also ~he unified interpretation 1'1 Ventilators in position 1 or 2 to spaces below frceboard decks or decks of enclos~ d superstructures shall have cn;lmings of steel or other equivalent material, substantially construCted and efficiently connected to the deck. Where the coarning or any ventilator exceeds 900 mm (35~ illches) in height it shall be specially supported. 121 Vcnlilacors passing through superstructures other than enclosed mperstructurcs hall have substantially comtruc;tcd warnings of sted or other equivalent material at the freeboard deck. 131 Ventilators in pOlition 1 thecoamings of which extend to more than 4.5 m ( 1 4.~ feet) above the deck, and in position 2 th coarnings .of which extend to mor", tllan 2.3 m (7.5 feet) above the deck, need not be fitted with closing arnngcmcnts un l c~s specifically required by the Administration. see also the unified interpretation (4) Except as provided in par ~ graph (3) of tht, regulation, ventilator opl'nings shall be provided with weltherught closing appliatlces. 111 ship! of not more than 100 m (328 feet) III lellgdl [ht ~ clo iug appliances shall be permatieIlrly attached; where not so pr(l\~d e d in other ships, they shall be cOTlVenicT.tiy s tow~d m:ar the lIentilators to which they are to be fined. Vt>ntiIators in positIOn 1 shall nave (oaming! of a height of at least C)OO mm (35~ inches) above tbe deck; IT1 position 2 tht: coaming' shall b~ ofa height at least 760 mm (30 inches) above {he deck. see also the unified interpretation jSI In exposed positiDn~, the height of coJ.mings rnay be re~l\1 i red to be increased to tht:: s~ t isf3ctilm 0 tht, Adm.inisrratloll. Regulation 20 Air pipes Where air pipes to ballalt and other tanks extend above the frecboard or superstructure decks. tb ~ ("xpo ed parts or th~ pipes ,hall be of substantial (∙omtruction; Ihe height from the deck to the point where water l1lay have 3CCCS.\ below shall be at least 7flO mill (30 inches) on the freeboard dl'Tk and 450 'um (17\~ inches) On the supentnJ<:nJre deck. Where these heights may 32 ________________ ---.!- A~'~lI!!lfx::::....!I Ct.,~reg"lations 19, 20, 21. 22 interfere with the working of the ship. a lower heigllt tllay be approved, provided the Administration is suisfied that the closing: .1.lT.lngcments ~nd other c:irClllnstances jllScify , lower height. S:lcisfKIOry means. permanently ;ltlached. shall be provided lor dusing the openings of the air pipes. :sec also the unified interpre~tions Regulation 21 Cargo ports Qtld "ther similar operllngs see also the unified interpretation (1) Cargo ports and olber .imilar openlllgs in the sides of ships below the (rc(~board deck shall be fitted with doors so designl"d as to emure watertightnesj and uructural integrity commensurute wi(h the surrounding shell plating. The nurnberofsuch openings ~hall be the rninimu01 compatible with the desigJ1 and proper working of the ship. see also the unified j nterprctation (2) Unless permitted by fhe Administration. the lower cdg(' 0 such openings sha 11 not be below a line drawn parallel to the ftecboard derk at side, which has at ils lowest point the upper edg<: of ttlt" upperrnmt load lille. see also tbe unified inteYpretation Regulation 22 Scuppw, .inlets and discharXes see also the unified interpretation 11) Discharges led through the sbell either from spaces below the freeboard deck or from within superstructures and deckhollScs on the frecboard deck fitted with doors complying with the requiremt"nts of regulation 12 shall. be fitted with efficient and ;u;cessibk∙ means for preventing water from pas!ing inboard. Normally each separate discharge ~hal l have one alltomatic UOr1-retLlrn vatve with a positive means ofclo;ing it from a position above the frceboard deck. Where. however. the: vcrlil:al distance from the SllrnrnCT load waterline [0 rhe inboard ( ~ nd (If the discharge pIpe exceeds O.OlL. the discharge may have t\\lo. 3utom;aic nOIl-rerum valves without positive llleanS of dosing. pro\~ded that the inboard valve is always accessible for exarnin.ltion under service conditions; wbne that vertical distance exccclls O.02L. a single automatic non-return valve witnout positive meanS of closillg Illay be accepted subject ro the lpprm∙al of the Admini,tra(ion. The means for operating the positive-action valve s.haU be readily accessible ,l[Id pro\'icled with an indicator ~ howing whether the valve is open or closed. see alsl) the .. nifie.d interpretations (21 In manned l1l3chincry spaces, main and auxiliary sea inlets ~nd discharges in connectiOll witb the operation of machinery may he controlled locally. The contwls shall be readil), accc,;ible ;md ,hall be provided Vlith ind.icators showing whether [he vJ.lves arc open or dosed. [,1/emari0n4( Conl'mtion on Load LiIU'S, 1966 (3) Scupp~rs and discharge pipes originating at any level and pcnetra,ing the shell either morc thln 4:>0 mm (17~ inches) below the freeboard deck or less than 600 mm (23 ~ incl",,) .. bov ... the summer load wateditll ~ shaU be provid(!d with J nOD-rerum v:lLI\'c u the shell. This v31ve. unless required by p~ Iagraph (I). may bt' omitted if the piping is of 5ubstantial thickness. (4) Scuppers leading from superstructures OT deckhouses not filted with doors complying with the rC'luir<:mems of regulacion "12 shaH be led overboard. {51 All valves and shell fittings requiTed by this relIuLition shall be of steel, bronze or other approve.d ductile material. Valves of ordinary cast iron Of sim.ilar material are not acceplable. All pipes to which this regulation r efe r ~ shaH be of steel or other equivalent material to the sar1sfaction of the Administradon. Regulation 23 SidesClJtrfes see also the unified interpretations (1) Sidescuu!cs 10 spaces below the freeboard deck or to ,paces within enclosed superstrucrures shall be titted with dlicient h.inged inside deadlighLs ~r r ang ed so that they Gln be ellcctivc!y dosl'd and secured watertight. (2) No side~cut d c shaU be uttt:d in a position so that ItS sill is below a line drawn parallel to the tTccboard deck at ~ i dc and having its loweH point 2.5% oC the breadth (H) abo .... e the load watt.'rljne or 500 mm ( 19 ~ inches), Whlchcvcr i~ the greater distance. (3) The sidescutlies, together w]th their gla..~ses. if fined, and deadlights. sllaJl be of substandal and approved (Cotlstnlction. Regulation 24 . Freeillg p()rt~ (11 Where blllwarkson the weaoth<'f portion. of frccboanl OT super-
structure decks fOnn wells. ample provi~ion shall be made for rapidly freemg the decks of water lnd for draining them. 'Except '" provided in PJragraph~ (2) and (J) of th i ~ r~ g ulation, the minimum freeing port area (A) on each side of the ,hip for each well on the frceboard deck sh;,1I be th,t given by the foUowirlt; fonnulae in cases where the shet:r in way of the well i~ st:lndard or grealcr dlan st:mdard. The minimum area for each welJ on superstrucmre decks shall be onc-half of [ile area givtn by the formulae. WhC'n' the length of bulwark (I) in the well is 20 m or less A -
0.7 + 0.0351 m
. Where [ exceeds 20 m A ~ 0.071 [112. I need in no C.1se be taken '" greater than 0.7L Ifth., h\.lwark i~ mon' than 1.2 m ill average h~i g ht, the required area shall be increased by O.O()4 1112 per metre oflellglh of well for each 0.1 m difference in ___________________ ----'.A.:.:n.::"::e:.:x-.:/-L..::, rq:uiati(ln.l 23,24 height. I the bulwark is less than 0.9 m in averngc height. the required arca may be decreased by 0.004 rn
2 per metre of length of wcll for each O.l m diffcrcllce in height. 0, ~r!J e r e the length of bulwark (Q in the well is 66 fect or les.s A -
7.6 + 0.11 Si ( ~ qllare feet). Wh,:rc I exceeds 66 feet A = 0.231 (sqll:lrc feet) I nee-d in no case be taken as greater than 0.7 L. [frhe bldwark is more than 3.9 feet in average height. th~ required uea shall be increased by 0.04 square feet per (OO[ uflength of well for each foot ditIerence in height. If the bulwark is le ~ s than 3 feet in average height, the required area may be decrc3s'd by 0.04 square feet per foot of length tor each foot difference in height. see also the unified interpretations IZ) In ships with no sheer, the calcLllated ~rea shall be increased by 50%. Where: du~ she'r is less than the standlrd. the percelltage -,hall be obtJincd by imerpolotjon. (3) Where a ship tined widl. ~ trunk. ∙does not comply with the rcquirem c nt ~ of regulation. 36(1)(e) or where continuous or substaollaJly continuom hatchway -,ide coamings are fitted bet1.!,Ieen detached super-∙ structure,. the minimum area of tbe fr~eiog port openings shall be (;akuhtcd from the following table: Breadth or hatchway 01' trunk in Area of freeing ports in relation relation to the breadth of sbip to the total area of the bulwarks 40
H, ar less 2{)<l4, 75% or more 10% The area of freeing ports at intennediate br ca dth~ ~ h.ul be obtajned by linear interpolation. see also the unified interpretation t.) In ships having superstructures which arC open at either or both cnds. adequate provision for freeing the \pacc within ,u<:h mperstrucrures shall be provided to the satisfaction uf the Administration. see also the unified interpretation ~5) The lower ~dg~s of th ... freeing pom shall be as near th.e de.;;k as practicable. Two-thirds of the freeing pon area reqUired shall be provided in the half of the well nearest the low ~st point [Jf rhe ,"e:er (:\lI .... e. sce also the unified interpretatiotl 35 International Conlll'ntWn on Load Line., 1966 (I' All such openings in the bulwarks shall be protected by rails or har, spaced approxinutdy 230 mm (9 inches) apart. If shutt~rs are fitted to freeing pons, ampk~ cJcaram:e ~ b:ul be prQvided to prevent jamming. Hinges shall have pins or bt'Jnngs of non-corrodible material. If shutters are fitted ",;th s..:curing appliances, these: appliances shall be of approved construction. Rcgulation 2!; Proteclion of the crew ,11 The stTt'ngth of the de-ckhouses used fo,r the accommodation of the crew shall be to the satilbnion of the Administration. 121 Efficient guard rails or hulwarks shalJ be fitted le all exposed parts of the frccboard and \Upcrstn.l lLIre decks. The h..:ight of the bulwarks or guard rails shall be at Ica,t I m (39 ~ inches) from the deck, provided that where this h..:ight would intcrferc with the normal operation of the: ship, a lesser height may be approved if the Ad,tIInislrarion is satisfied that adequate protection is provided. see aJso the unified intelJ>tetations 13) The op..:ning below the lowest course o(the guard rails .,h;lll not Exceed 230 mm (9 inches), The other courses sh~ 11 be not man: than 380 mm (IS inches) apart. In the ca~ c of ships with rounded gunwales the guard rail suppom shall b placed on the £Iar of the deck. sce also the 'mified interpretation (4) Satisfactory t\lI:am (in 'the form of b'UJrd rads, hfclincs, gangways or undcrdeck passages. etc.) ~hall be provided for the proteccion of (hc crcw in gc ting to and from their quarters. the machinery space and all other parts used in the necessary work of the ship. see also the uni6ed interpretation 15) Deck cargo carried (,>0 any ship shall be ~o stowed that any opening which i.s in wa)' of the cargo and which gives access (0 j)nd from the C:r ew·~ qu~rt <:r , ,he rna<;hinery space and aLl other pan, used in t.he n >ccssary work of the ship, can be properly closed atld secuted again5t thE" admission of water. Efleniv' prol(:(:tion for (he crew in the form of guard r:!ils or lifeline, shall be providtd abov" th., deck cargo if there is no convenient p"ssagc on or below the deck of ~ h e ship. Regulation 26 Special wndiliom r1 assignment Jor type 'A' ships scc also the unified inlerpreution Machirlt'ry cQjings {1I Machinery casings on type 'A' ships, as defined in regllla.rion 27. shaH be protected by an enc\os"d poop or bridge of at least standard height, or by a deckh
ousc uf equal h.∙ight mcl equivalent strength, provided (hac m~diin .. :ry c:a~ings nuy be exposed if there arc no upcnings giving direct access from rhe frccboard d~ck to the machinc::ry space. A door complylIlg wirh (he . _________________ --'A:...:::n::.:ne:::x:....:..T.'-'.:6 4/ations 25, 26 requirement> of regulation 12 may, howcvc:r, be pemlim:d in the machinery (;)sing, provided that it lead, (0 a sF~cc: or p",sageway which is as ItTOugly constructed a.~ the c;l.sing and is;ltt'd from the slai l w~y to the engine-
room by a second wcathertight door of steel or other cqlllval~nt material. see also thll unified interpretation Gangway and t1cce,« (2) An cfficict1l1y construCted fOre a.nd 3ft permanent gangw~y ,ufliciem Slrctlgth shall be fitted on £)'pe 'l\' ships 3t the level of the superstructure deck bnween the poop and the Illidshrp bridg~ OT deckhouse where fitted, or equivalent means of :lccess shall be prov~d{'<l to carry out the purpose of the gangway, such as passages below deck. Elsewhere, and on rype 'A' ships without J midship bridge, 3fflllgements to the satisfaction of th~ Adminis-
tration shall h". pro\'idcd to s;,feguard the (rew in reaching all pans m d ill the necessary work of the ship. see also the unified interpretation (3) Safe and satisfacrory acce~s from lht: g~ ngway level shall be available between separate crew accommodations and also bctwet:n crew accommoda-
tiom :lJ1d the mach.inery space. Hatchways I") Exposed hatchways Orl the freeboard and fore-<astle decks or OIl the tops of t:xpamion trunks on eype 'A' ships sh:lll be provided witn efficit'nt watntighr coven of steel or other equivalent material. Freeing ammgeml'"ts (5) Type 'A' ships with bulwarks shall have open nils fitted for l[ least balf the length of the exposed p ~ T ts of the weather deck or other e6cctivc freeing arrangements. The upper rdge of th~ sheer stroke shall be kept n low as pr:lcti cabl'. sec also the unified interpretation (6) Where sup e r ~ tr UC rilftl are collnected by ~T'-'n, s, open rails shall be fittl'd for th~ whole length of th(, exposed parts of the freeboard deck. .' " 37 IntemariOtld/ C_ticm on Load Lint's, 1966 Chapter III Freeboa"ds RegulatioD 27 Types qJsllips (1) For the purpo~cs of frccbo:ltd computation ships shall be divided into type 'A' and rype 'B'. Type 'A' .ships (2) A rype 'A' ship is onc which is dcsigl\ed to ''''rt)' only liquid carg<les in bulk, and in wnich cargo tanks ha .... e only ~ma ll access opening<> dosed by watl'nignt gasketed covers of steel or t:quivaJ"nt material. Such 3 ship necessarily has the following inherent features: (_) high integrity of the exposed deck; and (b) high degree of safety agail1lt flooding, resulting from the low permeability of loaded cargo spaces and the degree of subdivision mally provided. (3) A type 'A' ship ifover 150 m (492 feet) in length, and designed to have empty compartmems when loaded to her summer load warerline" shall be 3ble to withstand the flooding of anyone of these empty compartments at an assumcd permc3biliry of 0.95, and remain afloat in a condltion ,of equilibrium considered to be "tisfanory by rh" Administration. In sucb a ship, if uw~ 225 m (73S feet) ln1englll, tile ll1a c hin~r)' Ipac~. ~ hall be treated as a flood.lble compartment but with a permeability of 0.85. For the guidance of Administrations the fonowing limits may be regarded :IS satisfactory: (11 The fin~ 1 watedine after flooding is below the lower edge of any opening through which progressive t100ding may t.ake pllce. (11) Th" maximum angle of heel due to umYllIllIctrical [Iooding i< of the order of 15
. (c) The metacentric height in the flooded condition is positive. (4) A type 'A' ship shall be assign cd a free board not h:ss than that based on table A of regulation 28. Type 'B' ships (5) All ships which do not come within tbe provisions regarding type 'A' ship in pardgTdphs (2) and (3) of tbis regulation shall be considered as type 'B' ships. (6) Type 'B' ship I which in pOlition I have hatchways fined with hatch co"",rs complying with the requirements or regulation 15(7, or 16 shall, ~x ce p [ as provided in parJgraphs (7) to (10) indu\ive of this regulation, be assigned ITeeboards based on table B of regulation 28. 38 A,rnex I, /alion 27 (J) Any type 'n' ships of over 100 ID (326 fett) in length m<l)' be migned &eeboards kss than those requited under pardgraph (6) of lhis regulacic)f1 provided that, in relation to the amount of reduction grantl'd. the Admjhi ~ t ration is satisfied. that: (Il the measures p[l)lIided f01" the prot~crion oCthc crew are adequate; (11) the freeing arran~eml:nl s arc adcquate; (tl the covers in pmit io l1~ I and 2 comply with the provisions of regulation 16 and have ade Ill a t~ strength, speciJI Cd''' bt'ing given to their scaling and securing arrangcmenu; see also the unified interpretation Id) the ,hip, when loatdcd to her lumJncr load waterline, will Tcmlin afloat in a satlsfactory condition of equilibrium after flooding of any single damaged wmpanment lt 3J1 assumed penneability of 0.95 excluding the machinery space; and (.J ill such a ship, over 223 m (73R feet) in length, the machinery ~pact: shall be treated as l flood able compartment bm with a pe
rmeability <)f 0.85. For the guidance of Administration. in applying sub-paragraphs (d) 3I1d (e) of u1is paragraph the limit ~ g.iven in sl1b-paragmphs (3) (3), (b) and (c) may be regarded ~ s S3Iis{aClOTY, The relevant calculations may be based upon the foUowing main as~u mprions: the vertical extellt (lf damage is equal to the depth of the shjp; the penetration of damage is not more than ~ :l IlO main transverse bulkhead is damaged: the hciglll of the centre of gravity above the base: line is a ss~ s 5ed a.lIowing for homogeliecllH loading of cargo hold..s, and for sO'*' of the designed capacity of consumable flLlids and stores, etc. see also the unified interpretation (I) In calcul.oring the £r~e boards for type 'B' ,l1ip' which comply ,vitl1 the re
quirements of paragrdph (7) of this regulation, the valucs from t~ble B of regulation 28 shall not be reduced by more than 60% of the differC'KC be
tween the 'B' and 'A' tabular values for the appropriate ship len!,rths. (9) The reduction in t.blllar freeboardallowed under paragraph (8) of this regulation may be increased up to the rotal difference between the vJlues in table A and those in (able B of regulation 28 on condil'on that the ship complies with u1e r t ~ qui r em e n ts of regulation 26(1), (2), (3), (5) and (6), as ifit were a type 'A' shtp, and further complies with the provision. ofparagnpb 7 (a) 10 (d) inclu$ivc orchis regulation except tha( du' reference in sub-p.1ragraph (d) w the flooding of any single dama.ged compartmem shall be Ire;m:d as a reference to the flooding of any two adJacent fore ~n d aft compartments, nejd'cr of which is the machinery spao;:c, Aho any such ship of over 225 m (738 feet) in length, when loaded to her summer load waterline. ,hall .1flo∙3t in a satisCa(IQl)' t:Ondltion of equilibrium after flooding of the machinery 5pace, taken alone, at an assumed perml'abillty of O.HS. see also the wlined interpretation [rrremaliontJi Convrntior! Of! !.Md Lim.J, 1966 (10) Type 'B' ~hips. which in position I have hatchways fitted with hatch (av':r, which ,-,omply with the '""9uiremeots of regulat.ion 15, other than paragraph (7), shall be as>igncd frccboard5 b~sed upon, the values given in table B of regulation 28 increased by d,e valll"S given in "he following Frecboard increase over tabular freeboard for [}'pe 'B' s hip~, for $hips with hatch cov'en not complying with regulation 1 :'(7) or 16 Length of Freeboard Length of Freeboard Lengtb of Freeboard ship Increase ship inc['case ~hip Increase (m) (mm) (m) (nun) (m.) (mm) 108 and 50 139 175 171 292 below 140 181 172 294 lO9 52 141 186 173 297 110 55 142 191 174 299 11 I 57 143 196 175 301 112 59 144 201 176 304-
113 62 145 206 177 306 14 64 146 210 178 308 15 : 68 147 215 179 311 116 70 148 219 180 313 117 73 149 224 181 315 118 76 150 228 182 318 119 80 1St 232 183 320 120 84 152 236 ]84 322 121 fl7 153 240 '185 325 122 9j 154 244 186 327 123 9 155 247 1117 32') ]24 99 156 251 188 332 125 ]03 157 254 189 334 126 108 158 258 190 JJ() 127 112 15';1 261 191 339 128 116 160 264 192 341 129 121 \61 267 193 343 130 126 162 270 194 346 131 131 163 273 ]95 348 132 136 164 275 196 350 133 142 165 278 197 353 134 147 166 280 )98 355 \35 153 167 283 199 357 136 159 168 285 200 358 137 164 16() 287 138 170 170 290 I'rccbolrds at intcnncdi~tc lengths ofship shall be obtaincd by linear intcrpolation. Ships abo,'c 200 m in Length shall be dealt wi th hi' the Adrrlio.istratiun. 40 Freeboard increase over tabular freeboard for type 'B' ~hip~, for s hip~ with hatch covers not compEying with regulation 1.5(7) or 16 I Length of Freeooard Length of Freeboard ship I increase ship increase (feet) (inches) (feet) (inches) 1 350 I 2.0 510 9.6 and below I 520 10,0 360 2.3 530 10.4 370 2.6 540 10,7 380 2.9 550 11.0 390 3.3 560 11.4 400 3.7 570 11.8 410 4.2 580 12.1 420 47 590 12.5 430 5.2 (,00 12.8 440 Sf! 610 13.1 450 6.4 620 13.4 460 7.0 630 13.6 470 7,6 640 13.9 480 8,2 650 14.1 490 8.7 660 14,3 500 9.2 frceboards Jt intermediate lengths of ship shall be Obt3mcd by lillear inlerpo alion. Ship above 660 feet in kngth shall be dealt with by the: Administration. &ee ,01.0 the unified ihterpretation (11) A lighter, barge or othcr ~h ip without independent means of propulsion shall be assigned a f,eehoard in accordance WiLb the pro'~sion~ of these rCbTlllatioIlS. However, in lhe case of barges which arc 11 I1n l3nl1l~d the requiremems of rcguh6<)Ds 25, 20(2) and (3) and 39 shall not ~ p p l y. Such unmanned barges which have on the fi-eeboard deck only small access opening, closed by weatherlight 105keted covers of steel or c4uivaJent material may be a signed fn:cboards 25% less than those calculated in accordance with these regulations. Regulation 28 Freeboard talJie Type 'A' ships see also the unified interpretations see also the unified interpretation (1) The rabular fTccboard for type 'A' ships shaU be determined from the following table: 4t 1"lenUlii"",,1 Con"" .. !;"" Oil Load LiMer, 1966 Table A -
Frrrl>rJmrl fable for type 'A' 5lripl Length of Freeboard Length of F:n:eboard LeDgth of Freeboard ship (mm) ship (mm) ship (mm) (m) (rn) (m) ?,' -", 200 1',9 693 114 1359 25 208 70 706 115 1376 2& 217 71 72U 116 1392 27 225 72 733 117 1409 28 233 73 746 118 1426 29 242 74 760 119 1442 30 250 75 77.1 120 14
59 31 258 76 796 121 1476 32 267 77 800 122 1494 33 275 78 814 123 1511 34 2H3 79 828 124 1528 35 292 80 841 125 1 54() 3& 300 81 ~55 126 15(,3 37 308 82 869 127 1580 38 316 83 883 128 1598 39 325 84 897 129 1615 40 334 85 ')11 130 1632 41 .'>44 86 926 131 1650 42 354 87 940 132 166
7 43 364 88 955 133 1684 44 374 89 969 134 17(J2 45 385 90 984 135 1719 46 396 91 999 136 1736 47 , 408 92 1014 137 1753 48 420 93 1029 138 1770 49 , 432 94 10∙\4 139 1787 50 443 95 1059 140 1803 51 455 96 1074 141 1820 52 467 97 1089 142 1837 53 478 98 1105 143 1853 54 490 99 1120 144 HOD 55 S03 100 1135 145 1886 50 S16 101 1151 146 1903 57 S30 102 1166 147 1919 58 544 103 1181 148 1935 59 559 104 1196 14<) .1952 60 573 105 \212 150 1968 61 587 106 122!l 151 1984 62 600 107 1244 152 2000 63 613 108 1260 153 2016 64 626 10':1 1.276 154 2032 , 65 639 110 1293 15S 2048 66 65J I 1 I 1309 156 2064, 67 666 112 1326 157 2080 68 680 113 1342 ISH 2096 __________________ AH/lex J, !eg ul.:Jli o~rl 2_8 Table A (continued) I.Length of Frceboard Length of Freeboard Length of Freeboard ship (mm) ship (mm) ship (mm) (m) (m) (m) 159 2Hl 204 2650 249 3006 160 2126 205 2659 250 3012 161 2141 206 2669 251 301S 162 2155 207 2678 252 3024 1
63 2]69 20R 2687 253 .3030 164 2184 209 2696 254 3036 165 2198 210 2705 255 3U42 166 2212 211 2714 256 3048 167 2226 212 2723 257 3054 168 2240 213 2732 258 3060 169 2254 214 2741 259 3066 170 2268 215 2749 260 3072 171 22Rl 216 2758 261 3078 1-" 1-
2294 217 2767 262 3084 173 2307 218 2775 263 3089 174 2'120 219 27R4 264 .1095 175 2332 220 2792 265 310l 176 2345 221 2801 266 3106 177 n.'i7 222 2809 267 3112 178 2369 223 2817 268 3117 179 238,1 224 2825 269 3123 180 2393 225 2833 270 3128 181 2405 226 2841 271 3133 182 2416 227 2849 272 3138 183 2428 228 2857 273 3143 184 244-0 229 2865 274 3148 185 2451 230 2872 275 3153 186 2463 231 2~R() 276 3158 187 2474 232 2888 277 3163 188 2486 233 2895 278 3167 189 2497 234 290J 279 3172 190 2.508 235 2')]0 2RO 3176 191 2519 236 2918 281 3181 192 2530 237 2925 282 3185 193 2541 238 2932 283 31
89 194 25')2 239 2939 284 3194 195 2562 240 2946 285 3198 196 2572 241 2953 286 3202 197 2582 242 2959 287 3207 198 2592 243 2966 288 3211 199 2602 244 2973 289 3215 200 2612 245 2979 290 3220 201 2622 246 2986 291 3224 202 2632 247 2993 292 3228 203 2641 248 3000 293 3233 43 tml?mtlllOluli COllVl'lIIion 011 Lood's. 1966 Table A (con/fllwed) Lehgth Qf freebQard Length of Freeboard Length of freeboard ship (mm) ship (mm) ship (mm) (m) (m) (m) , 294 3237 318 3325 3
42 3387 295 3241 319 3328 343 3381} 296 3246 320 3331 344 3392 297 3250 321 3334 345 3394 298 3254 322 3337 346 3396 299 _US8 323 3339 347 3399 300 3262 324 3342 348 3401 30] 3266 325 3345 349 3403 302 3270 326 3347 350 3406 303 3274 327 3350 351 3408 304 3278 328 _1353 352 3410 305 3281 329 3355 35~ 3412 306 3285 330 3351l 354 3414 307 32118 331 3361 355 3416 308 3292 332 3363 3:i(i 3418 309 3295 333 3366 357 3420 310 329H 334 33(.8 358 3422 311 3302 335 3371 359 3423 312 3305 336 3373 360 3425 313 3308 337 3375 361 3427 314 3312 338 3378 362 3428 315 3315 339 3380 363 3430 316 3318 340 3382 3(.4 3432 317 3322 341 3385 365 3433 Fr ~cbo ards at intermediate lengths of ship shilll be obtained by linear interpolation_ Ships above 365 m in length shall be dealt with by the Administration. Table A -
Freeboard table jor type 'A' slupl Length of Freeboard Length of Freeboard Length of Freeboard ship (inches) ship (inches) ship (inches) (feet) (feet) (fect) 80 8_0 180 19.8 2S0 36.3 90 SI) 190 21.3 290 38_0 100 9.8 200 22.9 300 39_7 110 10_8 210 24.5 310 41.4 120 11.9 220 26_2 320 43.2 130 no 230 27_8 DO 45.0 140 14.2 240 29_5 340 46.9 150 15.5 250 31.1 350 48.8 160 16.9 260 32_8 360 50.7 170 18.3 270 34.6 370 52_7 I I Annex I, rrgul4tion 28 Table A (OPltiHued) Len.gth of Freeboard Length of Frceboard Length of Frceboard ship (inches) ship (inches) ~hip (inches) (feet) (feet) (feet) 380 54.7 660 103.3 940 126.2 390 56.8 670 104.4 950 126.7 400 58.8 680 I OS. 5 960 127.2 410 60.9 690 106.6 970 127.7 420 62.9 700 107.7 980 128.1 430 65.0 710 108.7 990 128.6 440 67.0 720 109.7 1000 129.0 450 69.1 730 110.7 010 129.4 460 711 740 111.7 1020 129.9 470 73.1 750 112.6 1030 130.3 480 75.1 760 ID.S 1040 130.7 490 77.1 770 114.4 ]050 Dl.O 500 79.0 790 11 S.3 1060 131.4 510 80.9 790 ] ) 0.1 1070 1317 520 82.7 800 117.0 1080 132.0 530 84.5 810 117.8 1090 132.3 540 86.1 820 118.6 1100 132.6 550 88.0 830 11<).3 1110 132.9 560 89.6 840 120.1 1120 133.2 570 91.1 850 120.7 1130 133.5 580 92.6 860 121,4 1140 133.8 590 94.1 870 122.1 1150 134.0 600 955 1l1l0 122.7 l160 134.3 610 96.9 890 123.4 1170 134.5 620 98.3 900 124.0 1180 134.7 630 99.6 9'10 1246 1190 135.0 640 toO.9 920 125.2 l200 l35.2 650 102.1 930 125.7 Freeboards at intenndiate lengths ofshjp ~ha lJ be obtai,,,,d by linear interpolation. Ships above 1200 feet in length shall be dealt With by the Administration. Typt 'B' ships (2) The Ilbular freeboard for type 'D' ships shall be determined from the roll owing table: Table B -
Frceboard rabic for type 'B' ships Length of Fre<eboard Length of Fteeboard Length of Freeboard ship (mm) ship (mm) ship (mm) (m) (m) (rn) 24 200 2B 233 32 267 25 208 29 242 33 275 26 217 3(} 250 34 283 27 225 3] 258 35 292 45 Table B (cOl1linCld) Lcugth of FReboard Lellgtlt of Freeboard Length of Frncboard ship (mm) ~hip (nun) ship (mm) (rn) (ttt) {rn} 36 300 81 905 t26 1815 37 308 B2 923 127 18]7 3g 316 83 942 ]28 1859 3') 325 84 960 129 1880 4C1 334 85 978 BD 1901 41 344 86 996 ]31 1921 42 354 87 1015 132 1940 43 364 BB '1034 133 1.959 44 374 89 1054 134 1979 45 385 90 1075 135 2{)()O 46 396 91 1096 136 2021 47 408 92 1116 137 2043 48 420 93 1135 138 2065 49 432 94 H54 139 2087 50 443 95 1172 140 2109 51 455 96 1190 141 2130 52 467 97 1209 142 2151 53 478 98 122') 143 2171 54 4<){) 99 1250 144 2190 SS 503 100 1271 145 2209 56 516 101 1293 146 2229 57 530 102 1315 147 2250 58 54-4 10J DJ7 148 2271 59 551) 104 1359 149 2293 60 573 105 1380 1.50 2315 61 587 106 1401 151 2334 62 60'1 107 1421 152 2354 63 615 108 1440 153 2375 64 629 11)9 1459 154 2396 65 64-4 110 1479 155 2418 66 ('S9 111 1500 156 2440 67 674 112 1521 157 2460 68 689 113 1543 158 2480 69 70S 114 1565 159 2500 70 721 115 1587 160 2520 71 73H 116 1609 161 2540 72 754 117 1630 162 2560 73 769 118 1651 163 2580 74 784 119 1671 164 26W 75 flOO 120 1690 165 2620 76 816 121 1709 166 2640 77 833 122 1729 167 2660 78 850 123 1750 168 2680 79 868 124 1771 169 2698 80 887 125 1793 170 2716 46 AIIMX 1, ~ ti o n 28 Table B (conritlt:4ed) .> Length of Frccboard Length of Fl:eeboard Length of Freeboard ship (mm) §hip (mm) Ship (mm) (m) (m) (m) I 171 2735 216 3520 261 4165 172 2754 217 3537 262 4177 173 2774 218 3554 263 4189 174 2795 219 3570 264 4201 175 28t5 220 3586 265 4214 1
76 2835 221 3601 266 4227 177 2S55 222 3615 267 4240 178 287S 223 3630 268 4252 179 2895 224 3645 269 4264 180 2915 225 3660 2
70 4276 181 2933 226 3675 271 4289 182 2952 227 3690 272 4302 183 2970 2213 3705 273 4315 184 2988 229 3720 274 4327 185 3007 230 3735 275 4339 lRIi 3025 231 3750 276 4350 187 3044 232 3765 277 4362 188 3062 233 3780 27B 4373 189 3080 234 3795 279 4385 190 3098 235 3808 2~O 4397 191 3116 236 3821 281 4408 192 3134 237 3835 282 4420 193 3]51 238 ]849 21B 4432 1
94 3167 239 3864 284 4443 195 3185 240 3880 285 4455 196 3202 241 389] 286 44(,7 197 3219 242 3906 287 4478 198 3235 243 3920 288 4490 199 3249 244 3934 2t:1'J 4502 lOC 3264 245 3949 290 4513 201 , 3280 246 3965 291 4525 202 3296 247 3978 292 4537 203 3313 243 3992 293 4548 204 3330 249 4005 294 4560 205 3347 250 4018 21}S 4572 206 33(,3 25J 4032 296 4583 207 3380 252 4045 21}7 4595 208 3397 2.53 4058 2')8 +607 20') 3413 254 4072 299 4618 210 3430 ?--
_:n 4085 300 4630 211 3445 256 4098 31)1 4642 212 3460 257 4112 302 4654 2!:l 3475 2.,>fj 4125 303 4665 214 3490 59 4139 304 4676 215 3505 260 4152 305 4686 47 r"temational CCllvmfilm 011 Load Lilres,,~1:9:..::6:..:::6_· __________ _ Table B (amtillued) I .. r. '! Length of Freeboard Length of Preeboard Lenglh of Freeboard Ship (mm) Ship (mm) Ship (mm) (m) (m) (m} I 306 4695 326 4909 346 5119 307 4704 327 4920 347 5130 308 <1714 328 4931 348 514() 309 4725 329 4943 349 S15() 310 4736 330 495S 350 516U 311 4748 331 4')65 351 5170 3 2 4757 332 4975 352 5180 313 4768 333 4985 353 5190 314 4779 334 4995 354 5200 315 4790 335 5005 355 5210 316 480) 336 5015 356 5220 317 4812 337 5025 357 5230 .'3U:l 4823 338 5035 358 5240 319 4834 339 5045 359 5250 320 4844 340 5055 360 52(iO 321 4855 341 506') 361 5268 322 4866 342 5075 362 5276 323 4!l7S 343 5086 363 5285 324 4890 344 50')7 364 5294 325 4899 345 5108 365 5303 FreebQardSlt intennedi:tte lengths of ship Ihall be obtained by lillc;u∙ interpoLation. Ship~ abov∙" 365 HI ill kng-ll. ,hall be dealt with by lhe hdministracion. TaMe B -
Freeboard tcJhle jQr type 'B' ships Length of Freeboard Length of Freeboard Length of Freeb031'd ship (inches) ship (inche~) ship (inches) (feet) (fecc:) (feet) 80 8.0 240 30.4 400 68.2 90 8.9 250 32.4 410 70.7 100 9.8 260 34.4 420 73.2 110 10.8 270 36.5 430 75.7 120 11.9 280 38.7 440 78.2 130 13.0 290 41.0 450 80.7 140 14.2 300 43.3 4(,Q 83.1 150 15.5 310 45.7 470 85.6 160 16.9 320 48.2 4HO RRt no 18.3 330 50.7 490 90.6 180 19.8 340 53.2 500 93.1 190 21.3 350 55.7 510 95.6 200 22.9 360 58.2 520 98.1 210 24.7 370 60.7 530 100.6 220 26.6 380 63.2 540 103.0 230 28.5 39(l 65.7 550 105.4 48 Annex 1, reguJarioo 29 Table B (continu,d) Length of Freeboard Length of Freeboard Leugth of Freeboard ship (inches) ship (inches) ship (inches) (feet) (feet) (feet) 360 1
07.7 7~O 15!. IOO() 184.4 570 110.0 790 153.2 1010 185.8 580 112.3 800 154.8 1020 1 S7.2 590 114.f> 810 156.'1 1030 1 !)8. 5 600 116.8 820 158.0 1040 189.8 610 119.0 830 159.6 1050 1
91.U 620 121.1 840 161.2 1060 192.3 630 123.2 850 '[62.8 1070 193.5 640 125.3 8f>{) 164.3 WHO 194.8 650 127.3 870 165.9 1090 196.1 660 129.3 880 167.4 1100 197.3 670 13\.J 890 168.9 1110 19R.6 680 133.3 900 170.4 1120 199.9 690 135.3 9\0 nUl 1130 201.2 700 137.1 920 173.3 1140 202.3 710 139.0 930 174.7 1150 203.5 720 140.9 940 176.1 1160 204.6 730 142.7 950 177.5 1170 205.8 740 144.5 960 178.9 1180 2069 750 146.3 970 180.3 1190 208.1 760 148.1 980 181.7 1200 209.3 770 149.8 990 183.1 Frecbomls at intermediate lengths of ship shall be obL.lined by linear interpolation. Ships above 1200 feet in length ~h;\ll be d c:~ l t with by the Administration. Regulation 29 Coru.c'rion to r.hrJTecboardJoT silips under 100 m (328 feet) ill length scc also the uniUed interpretation The tahular freeboard for a type 'l:l' ship of bel we en 24 rn (79 feet) lnd 100 m (
32& feet) in length having enclosed superstnlcrores with an effective length of up to 35% of rhe length of the ship shall be increased by: 7.5 (100 -I..) (O.3.'i -
I) mm where L ~ I"ngth of ship in me~s, E ~ effective length of supenlTUcture in mo::rres as defined in regula-
tion 35 49 Intenldcional ConllCllt;on 011 Load Li~le =s"LI -=1..:..9-=6 -=6 _____________ _ or 0.09 (328 -
L) (0.35 -
Zl inches where L = length of ,hip ill fect E = effective lengt11 of 5uperstrucrure in feet all deSned in regula-
tion 35. Regu1ation 30 Correcii(}n for block cotfftcient When.' the b]ock coctlkicnt (C\,) e xceed~ 0.68, the tabula:r it 'cbo<lrd s pccifi ~ d in n:gulation 28 as modified. if applicable, by n'gulatjons 27(8), 27(10) and 29 s h~j) be multiplied by the factor Cb t3~68. Regulation J 1 Correction for depth see also the unified interpretation UI Where D exft'eds ]~ the frceboa cl shall be by (D -
5)R nun, where R is ~ at lengths less than 120 m and 2:'0 at OAf! 120 m length and above, or (D :S)R lnche •• where R is 13~ .2 at lengths le .. th:ltl .393.6 feet and 3 at 393 .. 6 feet blgtb and above. 121 Where D is !css thall ~ no reduction shall be made except in a ship with all .~ nclos c d superstructure covering at least O.6L amidships, with a complete trunk, or cOrl1btnatioll of dc,-",c hcd enclosed superstructures and lrunks which extend I fore and aft. where the frcebolrd ~ h a ll he r'cduced at the Tltc prescribed in paJ<lgraph (1) of this regulation. (31 Wh~re the height of S\I perstmcture or trunk is less than the sttndJrd height. the reduction sh<lIJ be in the ratio orthe actual to the; st.andard height as defined in regulation 33. see also the unified interpretation Regulation 3.2 Correcli.J/l jor pOsitl:O~1 Ilj deck line Where the actual depth CO the llppcr edge of the deck linc is greater or less than D, the diOcrence beLween the depths shall be added to or deducted frQm the frccboard. 50 A,mex I, r!?gulalions 30, 31, 32, 33, J 4 Regulation 33 Standard he(~"1 of superslnu/ure The standard height of a supcrstrucrurc shall be a.s given in the following table; Standard height (m) L Raised All other (rn) quarter-deck superstructures 30 or less O.?o 1.80 75 1.20 1.80 125 [)T more 1.80 2.30 I∙ Standard height (feet) L Raised All other (fcet) quarter-deck superstructures 9!l.S or less 3.0 5.9 246 3.9 5.9 410 or more 5.9 7.S The standard height., at intemlcdi~te lengths of th~ ship shall be obtained by linear interpolation. Regulation 34 Length oI,uperstructE4Te see also the unified interpretation (1) Except as pro;;dcd in pamgrJph (2) ot thi. regulation, the length of a SllperS!rucrure (S) ,ha.!1 be the mean length of the parts of tht" supt"rstrucrure whkh lie willlin the length (L). see also the unified interpretation 12) Where the end bulkhead of an enclosed superstructure extends in a fair 'onvcx curve beyond its intersection with the Sllptrstructure sides, the length of ,h e supeTstTIlctu~e may be incrcased on the basis of anequlvalent plane bulkhead. This increase shall be two-thirds of the for« and aft extent of the curvaw~ c. The maximum curvature which may be t.J.kcn into ~ c count in determining this increase is one-half th.e breadth of th« superstructure at the roine or iJln:rseniun of the curved end of the superstructure with its side:. see also the unified interyretation 51 r InfmlJ1tional Convmtion on Load Lim'S, 1966 Regulation 35 Effi'ctive lengtil of su:perstructure see also the unified interpretations ill Except as provided for in paragraph (2) of this regulation. the effective length (E) of an enclosed superstructure of stand:lrd height shall be its Icngth. (2) In all (as"" where an enclosed superStruCLUre of standard height is set in from the sides of the ship lS permittcd in regulation 3(10). the t:'frectiv~ length shall be the length Ir'odified by the "tio of biD,. where b is the breadth of the superstructure at the middle oftts length; and S, is the breadth of the ship at the mjddle of the length of the ~ up er stru c ture. Where a superstructure is set in for a part Qfits length. this modification s!JaU be applic-d only re (he sc[∙in pm. Il) Where the height of an endosed supcr!muc[Ure is less thall the st:mdard height, thl' effective length shall be its Lmb'th reollced in the ratio of the actual height tu the st.:l.ndatd height. Wb~ r e the height exceeds the standa.rd. no increase shall be milde to the effective length of the superstmcture, iee abo the unified intcryrctatiott (4) The effe(tive length of 3 raised quanJ::r-clec:k, if fined with an intact front bulkhead, shall be its length up .to a ma~ .. ill1um of O.6L. Where the bulkhead is rlO! intact. chI.' raised quarter-deck shall be treated as a poop oflcss than stlndard height. l!i) Superstructures which are not enclosed shall have no effective length. Regulation 36 Trunks see also the unified ill tcryr etati ODS (11 A trunk or similar stnlCturc which does not e"'tend to the sides ofche ship shall be regarded as efficient on the folJowing conditions: (I) the trunk is at leasl as strong as a supers!rucmre; (11) the hatchways are in thc tmnk deck, and the hatchway coamin!,'li and <:
oven comply with the require'mems of regul:1tiom ) 3 to 16 indLlsive and the width of the trunk deck. mingt'T pTo\~des ~ Salisuctory gmgway and sufficient lateral stitfucss. However, small access openings with warertight covers may be pt:nniued in the freeboa:rd deck; 11:1 a penmmcnt working plarform fore J.nd aft [[tIed witb guard rail! is provided by the trutlk deck, or by detached ttunk ~ eonllecled to supcr,rrucrurcs by efficient permanent gangways; Id) ventilators are protcc[ed by the trunk. by w∙ .. tertight coven or by other equivalent IT1c~ns; ~I) open r.uh are fitted on tht: weather parrs of the freeboard deck III way of the trunk fm at le~~t half t11cir length; i~C aho rh" unified interpretation ~f) the machinery oSltlgs are protecte,d by the tmnk, by a supn-
stflUcture of at le as~ s,andard height, Or by ~ dee khou,e or the same bei~IH and of ('"qui vlient strmgth; ~g~ the breadth of the trunk j, at lea,t 60% of the breadth of the ship; and ~h~ where there i~ no ~UpCf!l[f\J.:rurc. the length of the tnmK is ,t. lea,,! O.6L. 121 The full length of an efficient trunk reduced in the ratlo of its m~:m bn,.dth [0 B shall be its effective length. III The standard height of a trunk. is the ~tanda.rd height of a superstrunure otn~r than a raised quarter-deck. 1'1 \l;,1It'rc the height of a trunk is less than the scandard height. its effective length 5hall be reduced in [he ratio of the aC[u~] to the stand~ r d heiglll. Where tne he gl\[ of hatchway coamings on the trunk dce k is less than that required under regubrion 15(1), a rrduction from the actual height ofrmnk shall be m3dc which corrc:spond5 to the diflerencc bc("Weenlhe a mal «nd the requir(:d beight of sce al.5o the unified interpretation Regulation 37 Deduaian for s ~lper s trucl"'res l1,.,d 111mb see also the unified interpretation [11 Where tbe dfcctivc length of superstructures and trllnks i, 1.0 , the dedu riOD rroIll the rreeboard shall be 350 nun at 24 m length of ,hip. 860 mm .t !>S m length, and. 1070 mm at 122 m length and above (14 inches at 79 feet length of ship, 34 inches ~t 279 feet length, ~nJ 42 inche, .t 400 fet't length and abo"c); deductions at intermediate length, ,hall be ohtained by lincar interpolation. (2) Where the total effective length of superstructures :tnd trunks i; Ie.s than 1.0L the deduction shall be ;L percentage ob(ained frolll onc of ,he following ubks: Percentage of deduction for type' A' ships Total effective lcngih of superstructures and trunks 0 O.lL O.2L O.lL IO.4LIO.SL O.6L O.7L O.8L O.9l. l.OL Percentage of deduction for alJ typc~ of 0 7 14 21 31 41 52 63 75.3 87.7 100 .uper.trll
tur~s 53 In!e7fJational Contl/'lltiO/l otl Load Litles, 1966 Percentages a.t intettl1ediate lengths of superstructures shall be obtained by linear interpolation. Percentage of deduction for type 'B' ships Line Total effective length of superstructures and trunks 0 O.IL O.2L 0.3L OAL O.5L 0.6L O.7L O.BL 0.9L 1.0 I Ship!! with forecastle and without [ () 5 10 15 23.5 32 46 63 75.3 87.7 100 detached bridge Ships ~;t h fo.-ecastlc aDd IT () 6.3 12.7 19 27.5 36 46 63 75.3 87.7 100 detached , bridge I PtTc~ntagcs ~ [ intcmlcdiatc lengths of supel1trucrurcs dull be obtained by linear interpolation. (3) F:Ot ~h ip ~ of type 'B'; (1) Where the e£r~c t i v e length of a bridge is less than O.2L. the percentages shall be obtained by linear interpolation between Li.nes [ and Il. I',' Wbere the effective length of:1. forecastle is more than O.4L, the percentages shall Ix: obtained from line 11. (c) \'Vhere ~ hc effective length of a forecastle is less than O.07L, the above percenl:Jges shall be Teduced by: ~ (o.on -
fl :l x O.07L where.r is the effective: length of the forecastle. Regulation 38 SJu"er sce .. Iso the unified interpretation C'zmerlll 111 The sheer snaU be mt:3~ u red from the deck at side to aline of reference drawn parallel to the keel through the sheer line amidships. 121 In ships designed with a nkc of ked, the ~ h ee r shall be measured in relation to a rerer<:l1ce line drawn parallel to the design load warer!inc. III In flush deck ships and in SlUPS with detached superstructures (he sheer shall Ix: measured at the freeboard deck. 54 A mlcx t, regulation 38 141 In ships with topsides of unusual form in which there is a ,tep or break in the topsides, the sheer ,hall be considered in [dation to the <:quivalent depth amidghips. llil In ships with a super<tructur" of standard height which eJ(tends Qver the whole length uf the freeboard deck, the sheer shall be measured ;It .h,c SlIpcrstructurc deck. Where the heigln exceeds lh{, standard the least ditferenc<: (Z) betwecn the actual and standard heigh lS h~lI be added to I'Jch end ordinate. Similarly, Ihe ;ntcnnediatc ordinates at dlHunccs of ! L and ~ L from each perpendicular ,hJIl be incrclscd by OA44Z and 0,1112 respt'ctivdy. sce also the unified interpretation 16, Where the deck of an cne osed .uperstructure as at least the same sheer as the exposed frecbo;lr(l deck. the sheer of the enclosed pomon of [he free board deck sh~U not be taken mto account. (1) Where 3n enclosed poop or fOreC3!tJe ;1 of standard height with greater sheer than that of [he freeboard deck. or is of more than standard height. 1Il addition lO the sheer or the fre"buard deck shall be made as provided in paragraph (12) of this regulation. scc also the unified interpretations Staruiard shuT profile (11 The ordinates of the standard sheer profile are given in [he following table: After half For-
ward half Station Standard sheer profilfl' (where L is ill metres) Ordinate ,(mm) ACler perpendicular 25(~ + 10) t L ftOm A.P. L 11.1(3+
) !L from A,P. L 2,8(3+ 10) AmidshIPS 0 Amidships 0 iL from F.P. L 5.6(3 + 10) . kL from F,P, L 22,2(3' + 10) L 10) Forward 50(-
perpendicular 3 Factor I 3 ;, 1 1 3 3 , I 55 blrm~ltl o n,a1 COIIIJwtion 0/1 1 ~ Jdd LIne" 1966 ~-------- ------------
Aftet half Fot"~ ward half , Station Standard sheer profile (where L is in leet) Ordinate (inches) After perpendicular 1).1 L ; 10 I k L from A.P. O.0444L ... 4.44 j L from A.P. O.OlI1L"'1.11 Am.idships 0 Amidship5 0 ~ L from F.P. O.0222L + 2.22 ~ L from F.P. O.Ol!88L ... 8.1'18 Forward O.2L + 20 perpendicular Factor 1 3 3 1 1 3 3 1 Me'aJun'mrnf of l'ariatiOI! from standard shier proJiI~ (9) Where the sheer profile ditrf.'rs from the standard, the four ordinates of each profile in the forward or af ~er half shall be J1lultipJied by the ~ I'pro pr ia t e [actOrs given in the table of ordinares. The differenc!' b~!Wee n rh .. mms of the respective prodl1cts and those of th l ~ Sl<lr1danl dividl:d by 8 measure, the ddic:iency Or excess of sheer in the (or",,[<I or after hair The arithmetic.'! ml'an of the excess or deficiency 111 the forward and alter halves IllCaSl1TCS lhe excess or deficiency of sheet. (10) Wllcre the afen half of tlle sheer profile is greater than the standard and the forward halfis less ,hm the standard, no credit slull be allowed for the p:trt in excess and ddlcicncy only 5h .. 1I be measured. nlJ Where the forward half of the sh ~c r pro5le exceeds the stal1_dard. and lhe ~f rer portjOll of the sheer pwfik is not less than 75% ofrhe standard. credit ~h a ll be allowed for the parr in excess: where the after part j, less than 50% of the sfandard no credit; shall Ix∙ givcn for the e xcc _~s ,heer forward_ Where the after sheer is between 50% :md 75% of tbe 'l'mdard, intermediate allowances may be granted for excess sheer for. ... ard. (12) Where sheer credit is .given fora poop or forecastle the rollowi'lg fo rill U I a shalJ bl: used: where s = yL' s = 3L sheercredil'. to be deducted from rne ddiciency or added to the: e xc c ~ ~ of sheer, y ∙Jjiference between actual md st3ndard height of ~upers{ruc tu re 3t the: end of sheer, A nncx 1, regulniiotl 39 L" = mean ∙enclosed lengrh of poop OT fore-castle up to a maximum length of O. 51., L length of ship as defined in reguladon 3(\) oCthis annex. The above fonnula provides a cII"'e in the fonn of 3 parabola tangent to the 3CtuaJ she~ r curve at the free-board deck and intersecting the end ordinate at a point below the supenrfucrure deck a distance e;:gual to rhl." standard height of :J lupcrStfUCture The .\upeTStT'UCll1re deck shall not be less than st.~l'\d;J.t d height above this curve at any poi ne This curve-
,hall be used in determining the sheer profile for forward and ~rtet halves of Ih ... ship. scc also the unified interpretations Corredion for van'ariotlS from srarlddrd Jllecr profile 113) The correction for sheer shall be the deficiency Or excess d sheer (~ee p:mgraphs (9) to (I I} inclusive of this regulation). multiplied by S 0.75--
21 ~ where S j, rhe total length of enclosed supentroctures. Addition for deficiency in shrc ~ (14, Where the sheer is ltss than the standard, the correcuon for deficiency in sheer (~ee paragraph (13) of this regulation) !ball be added to the freeboard. Deductioll for ~:rce'l5 5"e~ (15) In ships where an enclosed superstructure covers O.IL before and D.lL ahaft amidships, (he correction for ex ces of sheer as Cllculated under the provISions of paragraph (13) of thi regulation shall be deducted from the freehoard; in ships where no enclosed superstructure covers amidships. no deduction shall be made from the frccboard; wl'ere an enclosed superstructure coven less than O.lL before and 0.1 L abaft amidships. th~ deduction shall be obtained by linear intt'rpolation. The maximum deduction for excess sheer shall be It the rate of 125 mm per 100 III of lenglll (1 ~ inches per 100 feet of length). .. sce also the unified inte retation Regulation 39 lvfi,.imurJI bow heJ:~ l!t see also the unified interpretation (1) The bow height ddided a, th .. vertical dista.ncc ;u the forward perpen.dicular between the waterlinc corresponding I() the assigned SlImlTler freeboard and the dc~isncd trim and the top of the exposed deck at side shall be not less than: 57 for ships below 250 m in length, 56L(l -~) 1.36 mm; SOO Cb + 0.(.8 for ship. of250 III and above in length, 70{)0 1.36 Ch +0.68 Tnln; whe:re L i, the length of the ,hip in metres, OT ... Cb is the block coefficient which is to be taken as not less than 0.68 for Ihips be-Iow 820 fecI in length. o.672L(1 - ~ ) 1.% inr),es; 1640 Ch + 0.68 for ships of 820 feet and abovc in length, d" 275.6 C 1.36 8 i nc he;~ b 0.6 . whcre L is the Ien,gth of the ship in fect, Cb is the block coefficient which i~ to be wken as not less than 0.68 (:Zl Whete the bow height required in patagraph (1) of th's regulation is obtained by sheer. the sheer shall extend for at least IS,}!, of the Imgth of the ,hip measured from the forward perpendicular. Wh,∙,,∙ it is by fitting a superstructure, such mpc.rstructure snall {'xtend from the Item to a point at least 0.07L abafT the forward perpcndicular, and it shall comply with [he following requirements: (.) for ships not over 100 m (328 feet) in length it shall be enclosed as defined in regulation 3(10}, and (11) for ~hip <,lV"r 100 m (328 feet) in length it need not ,omply with rcguiJtion 3(10), but shall be fitted with c1o~illg appl iances to the la~isf1,crion of thl: Administr:arie,n. see also the unified inte1J?retation (3) Ships which, fO slIit t'xceptional operltional requirements. cannot meet the rcquiremetm of paragraph, (I) and (2) ofth is regulation may be g;vcn special cons id ~ r a ti o n by tht> ,o\dminillranon. ss _____________ . _______ ..:.A-'-':.:.:II ~lex 1, lfgUL:!timt 40 Regulation 40 Minimum Jrecboarris S~~ also the unified interpretation (11 The; minimum fi-eeboanl in summer shaH be the frx:cboard derived frolll the tables in TCb'Ulation 28 as modifIed hy the correctLom in n:gulatinns 27, as applicable,. 29, 30. 31,32,37,38 and. if applicable, .19, See also the unified interpretation /2) The frccboard in salt water. as calculated in accordan~e with paragraph (I) of rh is regulation. but without the correction for deck line, as provided by regulation 32. shall not be less than 50 mm (2 inches). For ships having in position 1 hatchways with coveTS which do not wmply with the requirements of regulations 15(7), ] 6 or 26. the freeboard shaH be not le" than I SO mm (6 inches). /3) The min.irtlum frl'eboard in the Tropical Zone shall be the frccboard ob!4im:d by a deduction from the summer frccboatd of onc (orty-eighth of the summer draught measured from the tol' of the keel to the centre of the ring of the load line mark. (41 The free board in salt water, as calculated in accordance with p:lTlgraph (1) of thi, regula!'ion, but with.out the correction Co< deck line. as provided by reglll~tion 32. shall not be less than 50 mm (2 inches). Forsaips having in position 1 hatchways with covers which do not comply with the requirements of regulations 15(7),16 or 26. the fi-eebo3rd shall be not less th~n ISO mm (6 inches). Wintb' J"dxnlnl (51 The minimum freeboard in winter shall be the freeboard obtained by an addition to the stunmer freeboard of one forty-eighth of summer draught. me:liured from the top of the keel to the centre of the ring of the: load Line mark. Winta Nol1h Atlantic j';ubo<Jnl (I) The minimum freeboard fot ships of not more than lOOm (328 feet) in length whkh enter any part of the North Atlantic defint'd in regulation 52 (annex 11) during the winter seasonal period shall be the winter freebo~rd plus 50 IDm (2 inches), For other ships, the Winter North Atlantic frceboaTd shall be tbe winter freeboard. Intemario" .. 1 ConverHion Ot! IJKUi l.itu!s, 1966 Fresh lPater fruboard (1) The minimum treeboard in fresh water of unit density shall be obt.ained by deducting from the minimum fr cbO:l[d in salt w~ter: 4~T cm (inches) ",hne A -
displacemcllt in salt waltr in tons at lh,' jUmmer lo~d wltcrline T ~ tons per centimetre (w(:h) immersIOn i[l ~a l t water at the summer load w~u~rlin e" ,I, Where [h" displacement at the summer load watc-rlil1c cannot be certified, tht> deduction shall be oue forty-eighth of summer draught, mt"asured from the top of the keel to the centre of the flng (If the load line ma.rk. Annex I, I'tgullltiom 41, 42, 43 Chapter IV Speciall'equiremmts for ships assigned timber freeboards Regulation 41 Applicariot'1 of rh is chapter R ... gulalions 42 10 45 mclusive apply only to sh ips to wbich timber load lines lrc lssiglled. Regulation 42 Ddlll
tiot15 01 Timbe, (a~~o. The term "timber deck cargo" means. ("<ugo of timber (:arried on an uncovere,d part of a free board or superstructure deck. Th.e tem1 doe. IlOt include wood plllp or similar cargo. {ll Tjmbt7 roadlitu'. A timber deck cargo may be rt:gudcd as giving a ship a additional buoyancy and " gr"'at~r degree of protcniol1 against the .lea. For chat re~50n, ships ("arrying J rimber deck cargo IH:ly be granted a reduction of freeboard calClllated according to the provisions of regulation 45 and marked on the ship's side in accordance with the provisions uf n:gulations 6(3) and (4). J iowcvcr. in order I.hat such special free board may be b,,-aJ1t~d 3nd u~ed, the tihlbct deck c.rgo ,11.11 comply with ccrtai" condition, which arc I"id down III regulation 44. and the ,hip itself ~hall also comply with certain wnditions relating to ItS comm.lctiol1 which :Ire set out in regulation 43. Regulation 43 ConsiructiOl) of s!tip S uperslrnctu re (1) Ships shall have a forecastle of ;It least standard height lnd :I length of:lt least O/)7L. In addition, if the ship is I"ss than 100 m (J2x fcct) inlcngth, a poop of at least standard height, or a raised qllartcr ~ dcck with eirher a deckhouse or a strong !t(~cI hood of at least the same total height shall be fined aft. DOl/bIt bott"'''' /""ks IZI Double bottom tanks where fitted within the midship half length of the ship shall have adequate watertight longirudinal subdivision. 1:11 The shjp shall be fittl:d either with peT1TLll1Cnt bu.iwarks;lt IeJst I m (39 ~ inches) in height, specially stiffened on me upper edge and supported by strung bulwark stays atuchcd to the deck lnd provided with ncct'ssary (in∙jng ports, or with efficient .rails of the same height and of sp"cially strong constTUcrion. 61 Regulation 44-
Stowage s",e also the unified inte retation (1) Openings in the weather deck over which cargo is stowed shall be 5e<llTcly c10led Jnd ba!r(:ncd down. The vCt1tilaton ;hail be efficieml,\, protected. 121 Timlxr d€ck cugo shall extend over It least the entire available length which is the total length of the well or wells between superstructures. Where there is no limiting superstructure at tbe after end, the timber shall extend at Ie:l~' w the after l'nd of the afte:rmost hatchway. Tilt: timber ,hall bt: stowed as solidly as pcmible to at lea~t the standaTd height of the superstructure. 131 On a ship within a seasonal winter l:onc in winter. the height of the deck cargo above Ih .. ""(,lther deck shall riOt exaed one-third of the extreme breadth of [he sbip. 141 The timber deck cargo shall be compactly stowed, hshed :md 5ccurcd. It s h~11 not∙ interfere in any way with the n~vigat i on and n ~C~SS Jry WOTk of the shjp. Uprights 151 Uprights, when rcquin:<l by the nat\lre of the timber. jh,ll b~ <)f adequJte strength. considering me breadth of the ship; the spacing shall be ~l,]iLlble for the 1 'ngth ~nd character of "imber carri",d, but shall not CK('ct,d 3 rn (9.8 feet). Strong ;mgle~ or metal ~ockets or equally efficient means shall be provided for securing the uprighr.. Lashings (6) Timber deck cargo shall be cffecicmly "ecuJred througlll>ut it. length by independent over-all lashing5 :spaced not more than 3 m (9. 8 fe ~ t) apart. Eye plates for tllcsc lashings shall be efficiently :lttaehed to the ~hecr 5ttakc or to the deck stringer plate at it1tervals of nOt mort than 3 ID (9.8 feet). The distance from an end bl.llkhcad of a supentrucrure to the first eye plate shaU be nor more than 2 IT! (6.6 feet). Eye plates :md lashings .hall be provided 0.6 m (23! in.ches) and 1.5 m (4.9 f t:~t) from the ends ofcimber deck cargoe, where there is no bulkb,.ad. (7) l:I.shing\ shall ~ not 1e5~ than 19 mm G inch) close link chWi or flexible wire rope of equivalent strength. fined with sliphooks and tunl-
buckles. which shaH be :lcces~iblt at all times. Wire rope I:l.shings ,hall have" short length oflong link chain to pennit the length oflasain~ to be regulat .. d. 11) When timber is in lenglhs less t1un 3.6 rrt (11.8 feet) thc= spacing of the lashings shall be reduced or other suitable provision. mad~ to suit the length of timber. (I) All fittings r~qllir e d for securing the lashings shall be of strengtb correspollding to the ,trength of the lashings. 62 AmltX T, regufatirms 44, 45 St;rbility OD} Provision ~hal1 be made for a safe margin of stability at all stages of the voyage, reg<lrd being given (0 additioTls of weight, meh as those due to absorptioli of water .wc! icing, and to lo > ~es of weight such as thme due to con.lll Il1ption of fuel and stores. Prolcct.'of'! of crew, 4CUJS to m4(hiMery space.!, etc. (11) In addition to th~ ~uirements of regulation 25(5) of this annex guard rails Or lifelines not more than :n cm (13 inches) apart venicaJJy shall be provided on t'JCh side of the deck cargo to a height ofat least 1 Jl'! (39 ~ inches) ... bove the cargo. Steering 4IT4ngrml'flu 112) Steering a.-rangements shall be effectively protected from damage by cargo and, as far as practicable, shall bt: accessible. Efficient provision shail be made for steering in the event of a breakdown in the main sreering <IrrangeJnenLl. Regulation 45 C<Jttlputali()n for freeboard (1) The minimum summer fr e ebo~rds ,b.1I be ~ompu tc d in accordance: with regulations 27(.'i), 27(6), 27(11), 28. 29. 30, 31, 32,37 and 38, except mal regulation 37 is modified by sub ~ t i tut in g the following percentages fOT thme g;ve-n in r"gubtion 37: Total effective length of superstructures 0 O.lL O.2L O.3L O.<4L O.SL O.6L O.7L O.BL O.9L 1.0L Percentage of deduction for all types of 20 31 42 5., 64 70 76 82 88 94 100 lupentruc-
tW"e Percentages at intermediate Ienglh~ of superstructures shall be obtained by linear interpolation. (2) The Winter Timbn Fre<:board shall be,: obt ... ined by adding to the Suntmer Timber Fre:eboard one l.hiny-six,h of the moulded summer timber draught. see atso the lUrified interpretation t3) The Winter North Atla.ntic Timber Frceboard shall be the same as the Winter North Atlamic Freeboard prescribed in regulation 40(6). see also the unified interpretation 63 bltmli1timtol COllvntticl! (Ill Load LIlies, 1966 141 Tile Tropical Timber Freeboard shall be obtained by deducting from tbe Summer Timber Freeboard one-
forty-eighth of the moulded summer timber draugbL ISI The Fresh Water Timber Freeboard shall be computed in accordance with regulation 40{7) based on the summer timher load W3t,~ ( lin e, A 12/lP.X 11, '!$Ildatian 46 Annex 11 Zone5~ area5 and seasonal periods The zones ;md areas in Ihis annex ue, in general. based on the f()llowing cnt.cna: SUMMER not more thall 10% winds offo[c~ 8 Beaufort (J4 knots) ur J110re. TROPICAL not more Ihan 1 % w;nds offorce 8 Beaufort (34 knots) or more. Not more th311 olle tTOpical storm in 10 years in an area ,of 5" square in anyone separate calendar month. In ccruin special arCJ5, for practical reasons, some degree of re!ax;1I ion has been found acceptable. A chan is attached to this annex to illustrate the zones :mcl area, defined below, Regulation "6 Northern Wi/ller Seasonal Zones and Area (1) North A1Iantic Winter S"$o!ia( Zones I and 11 'I' The Nonh Atlanri . Winter Seasonal Zone I [jes within rhe meridiall of longitude 50∙ W from the coast ofGrc-enland to lat;tude 45
0 N, thence the parallel ofladtudc 45° N to loagitude 15° W, thence the meridia.n of longitude 15
0 \V to latitude (,0" N, thenu' lh." parallel of Iatitlldt" 60 ~ N to the Greenwich Meridian, thence this meridiln northwards, Seascluli periOih: WINTER.: Hi October to 15 April SUMMER; 16 I\pril to 15 October ~1I) The North Atlantic Winter Seasorul Zone n lies within the meridian oflongirude 68"30' W from the coast of the United States to latitude 40" N, thence the rhumb line to the point latitude 36" N, longitude 73° W, thence (he parallel or latitude 36° N co longitude 25° Wand thence the rhumb line to Cape: ToriiianJ. Excluded from this wile JTe the North Atlantic Winter Seasonal Zone [and the Baltic Sea bounded by the parallel of the btitudc ofTh~ Skaw in the Slcaggerak. SrWOfIdl pMot/s: WINTER: 1 November to 31 M:rrch SUMMER: 1 April to 31 October 65 IntmtlJtiOM/ Convmtioll on Load Lilies, 1966 ____________ _ (2) Nortb AtlintiC Winter SIISlInil AnlI The boundary of th orth Atlanlic Winter Seasonal Are3 is the meridian orIongirude 6R'30 W frorllthc cum of the United Sutes to latitude 40
0 N, thence the rhumb line to the southcrnrnost inters~ction of the meridian of longitude 61" W ",-ith the coast of Canada and thence the cast coast.s of Canada ;md the United States. Se4rcmal prnods: For s hip ~ Over 100 m (328 feet) in length: WINTER: 16 Oecember to 15 February SUMMER: 16 Febnmy to 15 December For ships of lOO m (328 feet) and under in length: WTNTER: 1 November to 31 MHCh SUMMER: 1 April 10 31 Oetob"r (3) North Pacific Winter Saasonll Zone The southern boundary of the North Pacific Winter Se:lsona] Zone is the paralll'"l of latitude 50" from lhe east coast of the USSR to the west coast of Sakhalin, thence the west coast of Sakhalitl to the s
uuthern extremi'Y of Cape Kril'on. the.nee the rhumb line to Wakkanai, Hokkaido, Japan, thence the east and south co,,[, of Hokkaido to longitude 145" E, thence the meridian of longiwde 145' E to latitude 35" .. thence tht pa .. lId of latitude 35" N to longitude 150" Wand thence the rhumb line to the southern extrenuty of 0211 Island. A1ask:a. &~ (I""/ pmods: WINTER: 16 October to 15 April SUMM.ER.: 16 April to 15 October Regulation 47 Southern Witltet Seasonal Zone The northern boundary of the Southern Winter Seasonal Zone is 66-
the thumb line frOJll the cast coast of thl.: American continent at Cape Trc:s Punras to the point latitude 34∙ S. longitude 50° W, thence the parAllel oflaritude 34° S to longitude 17" E, thence the rhumb line to the point latitude 35"10∙ S, longitude 20' E, thence the rhumb line to the point latitude 34" S. longitude 28" E. thence along Lbt: rhumb line to the point latitude 35".1fr S. longitude 1 t8' E, and thence the rhumb line [0 Cape Grim on the-north-west coast of Tasmania; thence along the north and L'3St coasts of Tasmania to the somhcrnmost point of Bruny Island, thence the rhumb line to Black Rock Point on Stewart Island, thence the rhumb line to the point !.atimdc 47 $, longitude Annex 11, n:g"Lrtion.< 47, 48 170
0 E, (hence along the rhumb line co tile point I.atitudc 33' S. longitudc 170" W. and lhcflce the pJralld oflatirude 33" S [Q the west coast of the American continent. Seasotrdl petiodJ: WINTER: 16 April to 15 October SUMMER: 16 October to 15 April Regulation 48 Tropical Zone (1) Northem boundary of the T ropicII Zone ihe northern boundary of the Tropical Zone is ."~ tlK paralld uf lJtitlld~ 13∙ N from the east coast of the American continent to longitude 60∙ W. thence the rhumb line to [he point l:uitudc 10" N, longitude 58° W, thence the parallel oflatitude 10" N to longitude 20∙ W, thence the meridian oflongiwde 20' W to latitude 30" N lnd thence the paraJlel of btitude 30' to tht" west coast of Africa; from the cast uast of Africa the parallel of laorudc HO N to longitude 70" E, Lhctlce the mendian of longitude 70
0 E to luitudc \30 , thence the parallel of latitude 1)' N to t h ~ west coast oflndia; th~ncc the soutb coast oflndi.3 to latitude 10' 30' N on the east coast of India, thence tbe rhumb line to the point latitude 9" N. longitude 82' E. thence the mcridi:u] oflotll.,'itud" 82" E to latirude S" N. then(c the parallel of latintde 8
0 N to the west coast of Malaysia. thence tile coast ofSouth-E3S~ Asia to th" east coast of Vi et N.ffi at latitude 10° N, tbence tbe parallel of j:Hirudc ]00 N 10 longitude 14:=;0 E, thence th", meridian oflongitude 1∙15" E to latitude 13° Nand tbence the par.Jld o ( htin l d~ 13" to the west COllt of the American continent. Saigon is to be considered as beiltg 011 the bOUtidary line of the Tropical Zone and the Seasonal Tropical Area. (2) Sou1hlm boundary of the Tropical Zonl Tile southern boundary of the Trol>ical Zone is tbe rhumb lme from the Port ofSJntos, Brazil, to tbe point where the mendi,,,] of longitude 40
0 W intersects the impic of C.lpricom, therKe the" Tropic of Capricorn to the welt cua,t of Africa: from th~ east coast of Alnca the paralld of latimde 20° S to the we,t coast or MadJg:lscar., tbence tbe west and nonh coasts of Madagascar to longitude 50° E. thence the Ill<:ridian of longitude 50∙ E to latitude 10° S, thence the p~Tallel of latitude 10° S to longitude 98 E. thence the rhumb line: to POrt Darwin, Australia. thence tbe coasts of Australia and We,scl Island e"a,twards to Cape WesseL thcnce the parallel of larimde I] 0 S [0 the wen ~ idc of Cape York; !Tom the east ,ide of Cape York the pa,.. .. ILel uf latitude 11
0 S to longitude 150∙ W, thence the rhumb l i n~ to the point latitude 26" S. longitude 75° W, and thence thl." rhumb line 10 the west coa,t of lhe AmericJIl continent at latitude 3{J° S. 67 .I'~lemalioI'1llJ CorlVrntion on !.oar! Lines, J 966 Coquimbo and Santos are to be considered as being on the boundary lil1t' of the Tropical :md Summer Zone,. (3) AfeH 10 be included in the Tropical Zone The following areJ..~ are [0 be treated J.S included in tht' Tropical Zone: (~) The Suez Canal, I e Red Sea and Ihe Coulf oLA.den, fi-om Port Said to the meridi;lfl of longitude 45< E. Aden Jnd Berben are to be considered as being on the boundary line of the.! Zone and the Seasonal Tropical Area. Ibl The Persian Culf to the meridian of longitude S9" E. (c) The "rea hounded hy the parallel of latitude 22" S fmm the "ast coast of Australia to the Gnat R~rri <'T Rxef, thence the Grc~ [ Barrier R""f to latitude I'∙ S. The northew bouru:b'1' of the ~rt,a is the sOllthcm boundary of the Tropical Zone. Regulation 49 Seasonal I mpical arl',B The following arc Seasonal Tropical Arca.s: (I) In the North Atlaotic An area bounded on the north by the rhumb line from Cape Catoch , Yucalan, 10 Cape San Amonio. Cuba. the north COlS[ of uba [0 Inirude 20" N :md lh~",,~ dIe: pal";dkl urlaLiluJC 20" N 10 iongiludc 20" W; on the west by rhe coast of the American continent; on the sOllth and ea~1 by the northern ball ndal)' of th~ Tropical Zone. 8uwnal periods: TROPICAl: 1 November to 15 July SUMMER: 16 July to 31 October (2) In the ATabi'ln S •• An area bounded on the west by the coasr of A [rica. the meridian of longitude 45
0 E in the Gulf of Aden. the (031t of South Arabia and the mcriJion of longitude 59" E ill til" (;lIlf of Oman; on the north and cast by the coasts of I':\kistan and India; on tht∙ muth b}' the northern bO'lnd.ry of rh ~ Tropic,,1 Zone. &1ZStmI11 pmoo.<~ 68 TROI'[CAL: 1 September to 31 May SUMMER: ~ )um: to 31 August Amlc'x Il, rrgulation 49 (31 In the Bay of Bengal The Bay of BcngaJ north of the llorthern boundary of the Tropical Zone. St.wMl periods; TROPICAL: I December 10 30 April SUMMER: t May to 3(J November (41 In ItII SIKlIIII Indian Ocean tal An area bounded on che north and wt"sl by the southern boundary of the Tropic:a.l Zone and the cast coast of Madaga,car; On the somh b)' the parallel oflarilude 20
Q s: on the east by the rhumb line from the point latitude 20
Q S. longiwde 50° t, to the point latitude I S° S, longitude 5" "30' E. and thence by the meridian oflongitudc 51 °30' E to latirude 10° S, S
easonal period'; TROPICAL: t April to 30 uvember SUMMER: 1 December to 31 Marcn till An area bOLlnded on the north by the southern boundary of the Tropical Zone; On the east by the coast of AU'lnl;a; on the south by the parallel of latitude 15° S from longitude 51 "30' E to longitude 120 E ;Jnd thence the meridiarl oflotlgilUdc 12W' E LO the coast o( Australia; on the west by the mcridia.n oflongitude 51 °30' E. Seasonal pe:riods: TROPICAL: 1 May to 30 November SUMMER: t Dect'mber {O 30 April (61 In the Chine Sal An area bO<lnded Otl the west and north by the coasts of Viet am and China from latitude 10° N to I long Kong; on the cm by the rhumb line from Hong Kong to the Port of Sual (Luzon hland) and the west coasts ,of lhe blands of Luzon , Samar, and Leyte to htitude 10' N; on [he sourh by the parallel oflatitudc 10" N. Hong Kong and Sua] are to be considered 3.~ being 011 the bOUl'ld3ry of the Seasonal Tropkal Area and SurlllIH:r Zone. Scnso,UlI periods: TROPICAL: 21 Jannary to 30 April SUMMER: l May to 20 Janu:lry 69 In(ml4lj'm~l Coruoenfion on Load Lines, 19(,6 (6) In the North Pacific (.) An area bounded on the north by the parallel ofl:ltitudc 25° N; on the west by [he ItIcridi:ln (lflongirude 160" E; On the south by tbe parallel oflatitudc 13" N; on the cast by the rnc'ridian of lungitude 130
0 W. SeIlSOtUIi periods: TR.OPICAL: 1 April to .31 October SUMMER: 1 November to 31 March (11) An area bounded on (he florth and east by the west cOast ofrhe Americilcn CQnnnent; on che west by the mt'ridian oflongirude 12J n W frolll [he coast of the American contment {() blilUde 33° N and by the rhumb line from th~ point latitl,ld 3Y N, longitude 123∙ W, to the point latitude 13
0 N. longitude 105' W; on the south by the parallel of latitude 13" N. SeasotUli periods: 'rROI'ICAL: 1 March to .30 June arid I November tu 30 Novt'mba SUMMER: 1 Ju\y to 31 October and 1 December to 2RJ29 February. m In the South Pacifi c (a) The Gulf of CarpentJria south of13tirudc 11 0 S. &11\(lIInl p ~ riod.s; TR.OPICAL: 1 April tu 30 November SUMMER: 1 December to 31 Marcb (11) Art area bounded on the north and east by the ,mllhem boundary of the Tropical Zone; on the south by the Tropic of Capricorn from the cast coast of Australia to longitude 150
0 W. [ hc:n< ~ e by the meridian of longitude 150" W to latitude 20° S and thence by the par:illel of latitude 20" S to the point where it intersects the southern boundary of the Tropical Zone; on the we,t by the boundaries of the a~3. within the Great Barrier Reef included in the Tropical Zone and by the cast coast of Austr-~lia. Se<l5o)tUli prriods: 70 TROPICAL: 1 April to 30 Navemllt:r SUMMER: 1 December to 31 Mm:h ________ ~ ___________ A_"lIex 11, regllu,tioo15 50,51 Regulation 50 Summer ZOlles The remaining areas ∙constitute the Swruner Zones. I - Iow~er, for ships oflOO m (328 feet) and under in length, the area bounded on the north and west by the C:l~t coast of the United States; on !he t:ast by the meridian oflongitude 68°30' W ITom the coast of the Unitt'd States to latitude 40" N and thence by the rhumb J ille to the poinllacilUuc 36" N, longitude 73° W; on rhe SOUl h by the parallel oflatitude 36° N is a Winter Seasonal Arr!a. &.a.<c",,1 prri«Js; WINTER: 1 NovcUlb~r to 31 March SUMMER: 1 April to 31 October Regulation 51 Enclosed seas (11 Baltic Se. This sea bounded by the parallel oflatitude of The Sbw in the Skagerrak i~ included in the Summer Zones. However, for ships of 100 m (328 feet) and under in length. it is a Winter Scasona J fuca_ Sl'l/.kIfUli periods: WINTER: I November to 31 March SUMMER: J April to 31 October (2. Blilck Se. This sea is included in the Summer Zone~_ However, for ships of 1 ()O m (328 feet) and undt"r in Icngth, [he area north of lacimde 44< N is a Winter Seasonal AH~J _ Sea50PIQ/ perWds: WJ TER: 1 December to 28/29 February SUMMER: 1 March to 30 N()vcn ber (3) Meditl!mnaan This ,ca is included in tbe SunUllcr Ztlm:; However, for ships of1 00 m (328 fcct) and ullder in length, the area boundt~d on the north and we~t by the: coasts of France and Spain and the' meridi
an oflOllgitude .10 E from the' coast of Spain la latitude 40' N; 71 Inre",,,tional C",,..entior, 0" Lo'1I1 UII"', 1966 on the south bv [he paral1{'] ofhrimdc-
40" N from longitud~ 3" E to th~ we s~ c oa.s ~ of S;Jrdinia; Oil [he east by the west and nO~l ll c o~st ~ ofSardini~ from latitude 40C N 10 longitude 9
0 E. tht'nee by th" m .. riclian of longimde !J
0 E. to the south COiN of Corsin, thence by the wClt and nonh coasts of Corsicl to longirud" 9° E and mence by the rhumb linc to Cape Sicie is d Wimer Sea~onal Area. Sf4S01U1/ p"Tiods: WINTEH,: Hi Deconbcr to l5 March SUMMER: 16 M"TCh lo 15 Dcc<:mber ,4, Se. of Japan This sea south of I:J.tilUde 50
c N is included in the Summer Zones, Howe,'er. (or ;hip, of 100 m (328 feet) and under in length, the are3 bet'.vccn the pJralld ofbtitude 50° N and the rhumh line from [he east coaSl of Korea ar lalitude 38" to the west coast ofHokbiJo,japan, arlalitlld" 43°12' i, a Winter Seasonal Area, St'asona I pm'oos: WINTER: 1 Drc('mbt."r to 2812.9 februarv SUMMER: 1 March to 30 November Regulation 52 "I'llI' Witlkr !Vorth Atlantic Load Unt' The part of rhe North Atlantic referred to In rC~lhtion 40(6) (annex: I) campnses; 72 tal that part oftht' Nonh Atlantic Winter S,eamnal Zone 1I which lies between the meridians of 1 So W ,HId 50" W; [b) th" who]" of th~ North Atlantic W i I)(cr Seasonal Zone I, the Shetland Islands co be comidcrcd a, bei ng on he boundary_ r J .' ∙f o ,I ! I A ,II/C.,∙ 11, n;glllali"" 52 jl I "I " I •• ~! 't \" h I! !J • ~ • '" ." = • ~ c ~ ~ o • -
• ~ U 73 (Officiaf seal) Annex III Certificates INTERNATIONAL LOAD UNE CERTIFICATE 1196'6) Issued ... .ndef Ihe provisions ollrle Intemational Conver1t,Orl on Load Lines, 1966, under the authority of the gover UTlent of by Name (full official designa(lOn 0/ rhe coun/ry) (full official desir;;nariofl of the competent person or organization recognized under the prow~<jjons of (he Inwm{i(ion,,,1 Conv,"mion QJJ Load L,nes. 1966) Distinctive Port of regislry Leng1h U) of ship number or letters as defined in 8wcle 2(8) Freeboard <lssigned as: [ A new ship An e~isting ship • lDel".e whall"'" i" in.'lpplieallle. Type 01 ship [
Type A Type 'B' • Type 'B' with reduced freeboard Type 'B' Wllh increased f ~eeboard 75 Imernational Cmlwt,{ieltl 012 u,/I,f Lmes, 1966 - ~~ -------------- -- ----
Freeboard from deck tine TropIcal Summer . "mm (inches) (T) . , . , mm (inches) (S) , , .. mm (inches) ftN) Winter Nooh A{lant,c ",. mm (Inches) (WNA) Timber tropical Timber su mer Timber winter Timber winter Nonh Attantic mm \1 ches) (Ln mm (,nches) (LS) . mm (Inches) ( W) , ., mm (inches) (LWNA) Load lilie mm (inch..,;;) above (S) Upper edge ot tine through centre 01 ring ∙ mm (inches) below (S) ∙ mm (inches) below (S) , rn"" (Inches) abolle (LS) ∙ mm (inches) ~bolle (S) " .. , mm (inches) below (LS) .. , mm (inChes) below (LS) NOTE: Freeboards and l08d litles which are not applicable ne€d not be entered on lhe cenificalc Allowance or fresh water tOl alt reeboafds other I an timber ... , mm (inches) or timber freeboards. mm (inches). The upper edge of the deck line from which these Ireeboards are me<Jsvred is _ ... mm (inches) . . .. deck at sld",. "'--
1.1' .. "'---
__ T __ a =
w .. w. Date of ,nilial or periodical swvey , .•.. _ ..... " . , ..... , ... _ .............. . This is to certify that this ship has been surveyed and that the Ireeboards have been assigned and loael lines shown above have been marked In accordance th he International Conve lion on Load ines. 1966 ThIS cerlif;ca e is valid until . , , ....... _ , . , ... , . , .. , '. ." subject to periodical InspectIOns in accordance WIth article 14( 1 )le) of the Conven ,on. 76 Issued at .............. 19 ... (Date of i.ssue) Cerri(ua les • , ••••• , •••• " I ••••••• (Place of ISSue of certificate) (Signature of official issumg the C8r1lhcarej and/or (Seal of Issumg 8uthomy) If signed, (he fol/owlng paragraph is ro be added The underSigned decl8res. that he is duly authorized by the said Government to Issue this cerOhcate. (signarure) NOTES: 1 wt,OO a ship departs from a Port situa1ed ~ a river or inland waters. deEper lomling sl'811 be p"mlllled cor'resPondlng 10 the wBlght of fuel and illl O1hcr mil1ori"I, reqllired for COnSur IpM" between me point of d P"rture and ihn "6' 2 When a shIP is in fresh water of unlf densl(y the appropriate kmd tine may be submerged by the amounl 01 frosh ", .. ter "lIowJnCIl shown 'bO\l~. Whe'" the denSity IS olher than unity. an allowanGR 5h,,1I be made prapl>rhonal 10 tile dllference between 1.025 and the actual density , .. 77 /tliemaJiOM/ COIIIJ('ntion Ofl Load Lines, 1966 Reverse of Cflrrific81tJ rHIS IS TO CERTIFY that a1 a periodical inspection required byanicle 14( 1 )(e) of the Conventio . the ship was found 10 comply with the re '~a nt prcwisio s of the Conven t Ion. Place∙ ....................... . Date ........••..... signaW{(J and/or seal of Issumg authority Place Date ....•.•.....••... signature and/or seal of issuing aurhor;ry Place ....•....... , ..................... . Date ...........•....• signa Cure and/or seal of Issuing Bur honry Place ........ Date SJgnarurtJ and/or seal of iSSUing authoriry The provisions of the Convention being fully complied with by this ship. the validity of this certificate is. in accordance wnh article 19(2) of he Conllentlon, extended until Place ...•........................... , ..... Dare .....•........... slgnat(Jro and/or seal of issuing authority 78 INTERNATIONAL LOAD UNE EXEMPTION CERllFICATE (Official sea!) Issued under the provisions of the International Conve lion on Load Unes. 1966. unde~ e au{hority of the government of by Name 01 ship (full official deswnalion of the coumry) (ful! official designation of the comperenr person or org,lnlla(lon recognized under [he prOVISIOnS 01 the Imematlonal Conventloll on Load Lmos: 1966) Distinctive Port of registry number or letters This is to certdy that the above-rnenlloned ship is exempted from the provisions of the 1966 ConventIOn, under 1 e authOrity conferred bv "rticle 6(2)/artrcie 6(4)' of the Con;venllon referred 10 above. The prOVisions of the Convention from which the ship is exempled under article 6(2) <lre: The voyage lor which e1<empllQn is granted under article 6(4) is: From-
__ .... ___ . _ . ____ ._ To: ', .•.• ,',.' ., .• " ••• ", ••.• ' •... _. _ .. _____ •• _. __ " • Delete whichever is inappile-.a o. 79 Inttmalj()/ttll CIl'ItWtlfion 011 Lead Li~ es,...:1;..::9--=6c::6 _____________ _ Conditions. if any. on whioh the 8Xttrnplion is granted under either article 6(2) or article 6(4) This certificate is vtJltd until ..... __ ...... , ...... _ ... _ . _ ..... _ . . .. subjllCI. where a.ppropriate, to periodical i nsp e ctio n ~ in accordance with article 14( l}(e) of the Convention. Issued at ........ _ .. 19. (Dattt of issue) (P/ace of issuf1 of certtl!care) (Signature of officla/lssuing thf1 cenificare) and/or (Seal of i.~suing authority) .a' If signed the fol/owing paragraph is fa be added' The u dersigned declares that he is duly au ~ t lO r iled by the said Govornmenf to issue this cer L i f l(;~le. (Signature) • Certificalfl Reverse of Certificate This IS to certIfy that th,s ship continues to comply wilh the cOl1ditlol1s uncler which Ih,5 exemption Was granted. Place Dale _ .
..• ___ ... ___ . signawre Imrf/or seal of Issuing aurhOllty Place ... _ ... _ .. _ ........ _ .. _ .. ___ _ Date . _ ...• __ •. __ .. _ .. signature at1d/o~ seal of Issuing authorilV Place _ . Date __ . signawf"fi and/or seal of Issuing iJuthonty Place __ . _ .•.... __ ..... _ .. Dala signarure and/or seal of iSSUing authority .~ This, ship conllnues to compl,y wilh he conditions under which this exemplioro was granted and the validity 01 this certificate is. In accordance with article 19(4)(a) of the Convention. extended until .. , .. _ .. , . _ ...... _ . _ , ... , _ ... , , _ ... , , , .. , , . , Place ........................•......... _ . Date signature and/or seill of issuing authority 81 Part 2 Articles of the Protocol of 1988 relating to the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966 Protocol of 1988 relating to the International Convention on Load Lines; 1966 THE PARTIES TO THE PRESENT PROTOCOL, BEING PAR TIES to the International CAlnvcntion on Load Line~. 1966, done at London on 5 April 1966, RECOGNIZING the s ignific~nt contribution which is m:.dc by the aoove-
mentioned Convention to the promotion oflh!: safety ofsh..ips and pj[()perty at se-a and Ihe lives of petsom on board, IlECOCiNIZlN(j ALSO Ihe neee! [0 improve further the technical provisions of tht, above -m ention~d Convention, RECOGNIZ!NG FURTHER. the n""d for th ... introduction into the above-
mentioned Convemion of provisions for survey and Ctrti:fic3tion harmonized witb cOTresponding ptovisiol1s in other international i"'trllmCllt5, CONSIDERING that these needs may best be met by the conclusion of a Pro[Ocol reh.ting to the Intcrtlatiord Convention on Load Lines. 1966, H.A,VE AGREED as follow,: Article I Ceneral <lhf(gtlliom , Tb. Parties to the present Protocol undertake 10 give effect to the provisions of the prescm Prolocol and the Arlllcxe~ hereto, which ~halI constirme an lnlCgral parI of the present Protocol. Every referenc;1' to the prescm Pro roco I constitutes at the same time a reference [0 the Annexes hneto. 2 A. between the Parties to the present Protocol, the provisions of the International CmJvcntion on Load Lines,. 1.966 (hereinafter referred to as "the Conventi.on"), except article 29, sh.,1I ~p ply subject tn th~ modifications and additiom ~et om in the present ProtocoL J With respect to ships enticled to fly the flag of 3 Sute which is not a P~ r ty 1'0 the Convemion and tbe ptC5ent PrOlocol, the ParllCS (0 the present Protocol shall apply the requirements of the C'mvention and the pTe~erlt Protocol as may be Tlcccs5ary to enSLlre [hat no lIlore favourable trea r m~nt i∙, given to slIch shjps. Article 11 Existing certificates I Notwithstanding any other provi"om of the present Protocol, any International Load Lille Certificate which is current when the present Pn'tQ<;Ql ep t~n int9 for.;;!;: in ~spe(t 01 ch,c ('ovemmenl of the State who'c flag the ship is entitled to fly shall remain valid until it expires. 85 /nlem<ltumal Convt'tHiotl 0" Load Lines, 1966, Proww{ of 1988 2 A Party [(l the presem Prolocol sha.1l not issue certificate's under, ~nd in ;!( c ordanc~ with, the p~ovisiom of the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, as adopted on 5 April 19(,(,. Article III CommHnication of itiformiltion The Parties to the presc)J[ Prolocol underuke to communicate \0, and deposit with. the of the lntcrllatiom.l Maritime Org~nizlticll1 (hereinafter n.·ferr~d to as "the Organization"): I-I the ,eXI of laws, decrees, order. and regulations and other instruments which have been promulgated on the various matttrs within the scope of the present P oloeol; (b) ~ list of nominJted SLlrve:YOT5 or recognized organizations which arc authorized to act un their behalf" in the adminim∙ationofload line mancrs for circulation to [he Partics for information of their officers. arid ~ notification of the specific respomibiLities and conditions of the authority delegated to those nominated ~Ur'ilcy()r.\ or recognized organizations; 3T1d {~I a wfficient number of 'pecimens of their certificates issued under the pro\~slons of Ihe pr e~e n' Protocol. Article IV SignatuTl', ratificatiol1, a[{eptance, approval and accession , Tbc: present Protocol sl'dll IJ" <Jp"n fur signaTUre at [he Hcaciqu"ner.; of Ihe Orga.nization from 1 March 1989 to 28 ebruary 1990 ;md shall thereafter remain open for accession. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 3, States m~y express t h~i r COr! ent to be bOll nd by tilt present Protocol by: (I) signature without reservation as 10 t;!cificatioIl, acceptance or approval; or Ill} signatur'c subject to f"dcificatIOIl, acceptance or approval, followed by ratification, acceptance or approval; or Icl acceSSion. Z IVtifi{∙,l ion, acceptance: approval or acct:ssion shall be effected by the deposic of :m instrument to that effect with the Secretary-General of the Orgalllntion. 3 The present Protocol may be signed without reservation, ratified, accepted, approved or accedt"d to only by Slates which have signed with()ut reservation, accepted or ~ c ced~,d to the Convention. Article V Enlry into force , The present Protocol shall enter into force twelve months after the date 00 which both (he following conditions have been met: 86 __________________ -'-'A.,.,rI=icle.r=lJI, lV, V, Vi (_I not less than fifteen StaleS, tht: combined merchant fleets of which constitute 110t less th~tI fifty per cent of the gross tonnage of the wodd's merchant shi.pping, have expressed their consent to be bound by it in accordance with article IV, and ('I the comlitjuns for the entry into rorce of the Protocol of 1988 rellting m the Int ern~tiomJ Convention (or the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 have neen met, provided thn the present I'rotocol shallllol enter iTllO (orce before 1 February 1992. Z For States which have deposited an instrument of r-atification, acceptance, a.pproval or accessiOn in respeCt of the pr<;~cnt Protocol ~fter the conditions for entry into force Ibcn:ofbave been met but prior to the date of e"try into force. the ratification, acceptance, approval or accession .shall nice effect on the date of entry into force of the present Protocol or three months aftn rh" date of depo$it of the instrument, whichever is the Later date. 3 Any imcrument of fatific3ti()l1.accel)u.nce, approval or accession deposited after tht date on which the prest>nt Protocol enters into force: shall take effect three months after the due of dcpo'it. 4 After the date of which an amcnchm:m lO the present Protocol or an amendment. as between the Parties to the present Protocol, lO the Convention is deemed to have been accepted under article VI. any instrument of ratification. 3CCeptlncc, approval or accession deposited shall apply to the present Protocol or the Convention as amended. Article VI Amendments 1 The present Protocol and, as between the Parties to the pttsent Protocol, the Convention may be amended by either of the procedures specified in the rollow;ng paragraphs. Z Amendment af;tcr consideration within the Orpn1~..arion: 'I' Any amendment proposed by a Party to rhe present Protocol ~haU be submitted to the $ecrctary-Gcllcr,.l of the Organization, who shall then circul~te it to all Members of the Oq,"'~ mlza tioll :l.nd all Contracting Governments to [he Convelltion at least six months prior to its consideration. (bl AIly amendment proposed and circulated as above shall be referred lO (he Maritime Safety Committee of the Organjza.tion for consider3t.ion. (cl St.1tcs which ~re Parties to the present Protocol, whether or not Members afthc Organization, ~hall be entitled to participate in ti,e proceedings of tht Maritime Safety Com.mittcc for the considera-
tion wd .adoption of amendments. (dl Amendments shall be adopted by a two-third.. nujority of the Parties to the prcsemProtocol present and voting in the Maritime Safety Committee expanded as provided for in subparagraph (c) 87 il1ll'mati(Jnll' C OfIlIr1InMl 011 Lc.:ld Lines, j 96 6 ~ f'rol«=o:.=-'-"'''f'--.:..:19:...:S:...:8'-----
_____ _ 88 (hereinafter referred to a! "the expanded Maritime Safety COll1rn,ttec") On condition that at Iea,t one third of the Part i e~ shall be presem It the time of voting. III Amendments adopted in accordance withsubpaI:lgr.Iph (d) ,hall be communicated by rhe Scc.retary-Gencral of the (Jrg;mi2.ation [0 all P,rties to the pre,cnt Protocol for acceptance. III HI An amcndmellt to all article ,Of Annex A to the present Protocol or ,an amendment, a, between P<lrtics to the present ∙Protocol. to an article ofLhe Convention. shall be deemed to .have been accepted on the date 011 which it is accepted by tWO third, of the Parties to the presem Protocol. ('
ii) An amendment [0 Annl!x B to th" present Protocol aT an amendment, as becu'een Parties to the present Protocol, to an Ann"",, to the Convention, sbaLl be deemed to bave been accepted: till I at the cnd of lWO year frOlI1 the date un which it is comml,lnip.ted to Panks to thr present Protocol for acaptance: or (lIbl at the cnd of a different periC"ld, which shall not be I~~s than one year, if 0 dett"rrnined at the time of its adoption by a two-thirds majoriry of the Parrie, prcsent and voting in the expanded Maritime Safety Commit-
tee. However, if within the specified period either more th,m olle • .hird of rhe Panics, Ot" (Juties the combimd merchant !lee!> of which comrirutc not less Ihan fift), per cent of thc gm" tonnage of all dlC merchant fleets of ~II Panic" notify the Secretary-General of the Organj:tation t.hat they obje<:t to the amendtHell!, il shal] be deemed not to hd"e bt'cn a("(:t"ptt"d, 'la) (il An amellcinltnt Tt[.:rred to in subparJ.graph (I) (i) .haLl eIlter into force: with respect to those P~nie-s m thr;: prr;:setlt PrOlOcol which have accepted it, six mOr1ths after the date on whi(h it is deemed to have becn accepted, and with respect to c;}.ch Pa,ty which ace,eprs i[ af£cf [he due, si" lIIomhs aft-cr thc dale of that Party's acceptance. I'~I An Jm~ndment referred to in ~ubparagr:lph (f)(ii) ~hall enter into force with respect to all Part:ie~ to the prncnt ProtQ<;ol, except those which ha,'c objected to t.he amt"ndment nnder thaf suhparagraph and which have:: not withdrawn such objections, six I1JOlitlll aftet the date On which it is dt"emcd to have been accepced. !-Jowever, before the date se t for entry into force. any Party may givc nOlice to tht Secret.ary-G~neral of the Org,anization mat It exempts itself from gi\"ing effect to that amendmenl lor a period not longer rhan one year from the date of its t"ntry into forco::, or for such longer period as may be determined by a t\'Vo-thirds majority of [he "artie> prcs(~l1t and vOling in the expanded Ma r ili rn~ Safety Commjt:lecar the t;rne of th" adoption of the amendment_ Arridt VU :.1 Amendment hI' a Conference: la' Upon the request of a Party to the present Protocol concurred in by at least one third! of (he Parties. the Organization shaJl convene a Conference of P ani~, (Q conoider ~ll1clldl1lenl:S to che present Protocol and the Convention. Ibl Evtry amendment adop(cd by ~uch et Conle::rccnct∙ by a two-thirds J1lajun ty of the Parties pr"scnt and ,,<,"cng shall be cDmmunicatcd by the Secretary-General of the f rganiZ:llion to all Partics for au:cptance. (c) Unless the Conference decides otherwise. the amendment ~hall he d'ee[!1ed t.o h ~ v" been acc:'cptcd <ll1d shall clltn ~ [lto force in acC'ordance ,>"j(h the procedures specified in subparai1;Tl.phs 2(1) and 2:(g) n:,pectlvely. prm.;ded that rderences ill che,e jlJragraphs to thc c)(pand"d Maritime Safe!), Committee ,h.all be taken t(I mean rcf"rences tl.] tht: Confercnct:. " 'a) A Party to tht: pr e~e nt Protocol which has accepted an amendment re["IT"d to in subparagraph 2(I)(ii) wh.ich has emered into ['Orce shJllnot be obliged Le. c)[tE"ud thc benefit of tht pn::sent Protocol in re.pen of t.he certificates issued to a ~hip entided to fly the flag of a SUI." Party Wllich, pumunt tl) the pro"isions of that subparagraph. has o~iected w the 3mel1dl11~1H and has not withdrawn sudl all objccri,on, in ,0 far as sllch cer,ificlIres relate to mil.Ller cO\l('[cd by t:he arm:ndrlll:nt in qucHim:l. Ibl A Pany to the present Protocol which ha\ accepted an amendment referred to inmbparagrapb 2(Q(ii) which has eme-red IIlLO (orce shall CXlClld the bend;t of the present Protocol in rcspcn ofthc certificates issued to a ship cnritled to 11)' the AJg of a Stdtl' Party which, pursuant to the provisions of , 2(g}(ii), hJS notified che Secrc<ary-Gellcral or dlC Orgamiza,io.n that I{ exempts i(self from giving effect t∙o rhe amendment. 5 Unless expressly provided otherwise. :my amcndmclll made under thi~ ",tide which relates to the S(rlJCt\J[C of a sh.ip 'h ~lI ilpply only to ships tll(: keels of which are laid or which are at a similar stage of construction on or after the date on which the amendment enters into force. 6 Any dedaration of acceptance of, or objection to, an amcltdment or any notice given under sui:lparagraph 2(g)(ii) <ha)) be submitted in writing to the SecT(:tary-Gener~1 ufthe Orb':mization, who shall inform all P~nies to (he present Protocol of any such su bmis,ion and the date of its receipt. 7 The Sccrcury-Gcneral of the Organization shall infonn:l.lI Parties to the pre5ent Protocol of :my amendments which enter into IOITC under tllis article, togetht'r with the date on which each such amendment enters into force .. Article VU Denunciation 1 The present PT.otocol may be denounced by any Party :lit :my time after the expiry of five years from (he date on which the present Prorocol enren into fine.: for that Party. 2 Denunciation sh.lll be etTected by the dep<;>~it of an imtnlm<;nt of denunciation with the Secretary-General of the Orgalliz.ation. 89 IntrnlllliontJl CoouentWn 011 LooJ lintS, 1966; Protocol if 1988 3 A denunciation .hall tab: dI'ect onc ye,,' or 51'ch longer period as may be specified in the imtrument of denmlCiuioll, after its receipt by dlC Sccrctary-{;encral of the Organi ... .ation. 4 A denunciation ofthe Convention by a Party shall be deemed to h~ a denunciation <:If the present I'rotocol by Iha! Party. SllCh denunciation shall take effect on the SaITle date as denullciariOIl of the Convention lake' cffeet .. ccording to paragraph (J) of article: 3() of the Convention. Article VIII Depository 1 The present Protocol shall be deposired with the Secretary-Geneni' of the Org;miz.atiun ( h ~ reinafler r~ferred IU a~ "the depositary"). 2 Tile depo,; Ut)' shall: 11' inform the Govcmmenls of all St3tes which have signed the present Protocol or acceded thereto of: (i) each new signature or deposit uf an instrument of ratification, accepunce, approval or accession, together with the: date Iltereof; (il the date of entry into force of the present Protocol: (iii) the deposit of any instrument of denunciation of the presenl Proto~()1 toge£her with the d~te Oil which it was received and rite d:lte on wbjch the denunciation takes effect: tbl tnmmit certified true copies of the present Protocol to the GO\"t:mments of all States which have signed the present Protocol or 3C ceded there to. 3 As soon as the present Protocol enters into force, a certified true copy thereof shall be tran,mitted by the depo~ i [;lry 10 the Secretariat oflhe United Naoon. fur regi'trati<;>n ~nd pllblication in ac,ord;mce with Article 102 ohlle Charter of the U ruted Nations. Article IX Languages The present Protocol is established in ~ single original in the Arabic, Chinne. English, French, Russian and Spanish languages, each text being equally authelltic, DONE AT LONDO this eleventh day of November one thousand nme hundred and eighty-eight. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned", being duly .. uthorizcd by their rc~pc£tivc Govcmments for thol[ pmpose, have signed [he P[cselll Proto.;ol. • Signature, omitttd. 90 , Part 3 Consolidated text of the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966 as modified by the Protocol of 1988 relating thereto, as amended INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION ON LOAD LINES, 1966 AS MODIFIED BY THE 1988 PROTOCOL RELATING THERETO, AS AMENDED AnnexA A rticles of the International Convention on Load Lines} 1966, as modified by the Protocol if 1988 relatiHg thereto The Contracting Go\'crnmcntl, DESIRING ∙0 cstabLish uniform principles and ru l e~ with respect to the limits to which ships on international voyages m~y be loaded having regard to the need for safeguarding life Jnd property at lea; CONSIDER.lNG that this end may best be achieved by conc1mion of.3 Convention; HAVE AGREED as follow~: Article 1 General obligalrOllul1dcr the COllvel1tio'l (ll Th" Co ntr ~cti ng (;ovc:rnrnerHS uncleruke tu give effect to the provisions of the pre ~cn t Convention and the annexes hereto, wllirh shall consti.tute an integraL part of the present Co nv ~mion. Every reference to the pr∙esent Convention constitutes at the same time a reference to the annexe,. (2) Tb., Contrdcting Governments shall underrake all measur e~ which may be necessary 10 give effect to tile present Convention. Article 2 Defitlitions For the purpose of the present Convention, IlnJess c: _pressly provided ot herwis e ~ (1) Regu/dljolu mean! the regulation, annexed to the present Convention. (2) Adminislrali<m me3[]5 tllr.-
Government of the Stare whose flag che ship is £lying. (3) Apploved means approved by the Administration. 93 (4) [,1 lema tiOfJll I Vi'yllge mN n~ a sea voyage from a country to which the present Convention applies [0 :l port outside such co u n t r~', or conversely. For tbis purpose. every territory for the intemational relations ofwhich a Comraccng Govcmmcnt is r,es'p(J!'lsible or ror which the United N:ttiom :tre the administering authority is regarded a.~ a se-parate country. (!i) AJlsning l't'sse/ is d ship used for catching fish. whales. seals. walrus or other li\~ng resources of the sea. (6) Na,v ship meam a ship the keel of which is laid. or which is at a similar srage of COnltructian. on ar 3ftcr tbe date of coming illto force of t h~ ple.cnt COl1v<:ntiOI} fo( <:a.d1 Contracting Govern-
ment. (1J Exisli'ng ship means J ship which is not a. new ship. !lll(8) L"ngtJ. meam 96% of the totall<:ngth on a waterline at 85% of the leJst moulded deptb measured from the tOp of the keel. or the length from the (on: side oftbc stem to tbe axis oftbc rudder stock 011 {har wan!r1ine, if thal be greater. Where the ,rem conwm'is Wneavc above the waterline at 85% of the lea~t mOlllded depth, both the forward tenninal of the tmal length and tbe fore ,ide of the stem respectively shall be taken at the vcrtic,] pmjcctiol1 to that waterline of the aftennost point of the stem contom (above that wa~edine), [n 5hips designed with .. rake of keel the wllcrline on which th i~ length 'is mea~ur e d shall be plraJlel 00 '[ne des.gned wa~erhne. sce also the unified. inte retation 1 .... 1191 . .4nnivn:sary dill<: mean. the day and the rnon~h of each year which will correspond ro the date of L-xpiry oi the rdc~an ( n!ni6c3tc, Article 3 Genemi pr:ovisiom Ip~ij III No ship to which the present Convention applies shall proceed to se-a or. an international voyage after the date on which (he presem Convention comes into force unless it has been surveyed, marked Jnd provided with an 1I,tcrtHti()tlaJ Load line Certificate or. where appropriate. an IntcrnJ.!ioaal Load Line Exemption Certificate In acc<lrdancc with the provi5iollS of the present Convention, (2) Nothing in thi, Convclluon shall prevent ,In Admirlistr3tiotl from assign;ng • gre.ler fr eebo ~rd rha.n the minimum frceboard detcnnincd in accordance with annex L Artide .. Appi£L'a
I iol1 (1) The preserll Convelltion shall appl), to: (,
I' ships registered incoumries the Governments of which are ComIacting Governments; Artidl$ 3, 4, 5, 6 (Ill Sllips registo:red in territories to which the present Convention is extended under article 32; :md [~l unregistered ,hip, flying the flag ofa State. the Government of which is a Contracting Government. (11 The prc5cm Convention shall apply to ships engaged on international v()y ag'~s. ~ (3) Tne regulations contained in annex I, unless expressly provided otherwise, ~rc :l.pplicabJc w new hips. (4) Existing ships which do not fully comply with the requirements oflhe regulations comained in atlnex I or any part thereof shall meet at least SlIcb lesser relat~d req\liremcnts ~s the Administration applied to ships on international voyages prior to the coming, \lUO foree of the prcsetIt Convention; in llO case shalJ such ship, be requ.ired to increase their frccboards, [11 order to Lake adv.lt1ta~ of 3.ny reduction in freeboard from that previously as ~ ign e d, existing ships ihalJ comply with all the requirements of the pre~ ent Convention. see also the unified interpretation (5) The regulations contained in annex II are applkable to new and exi~ting ship> to which [he pre~e:m COII,'clltion appIies, Article 5 ExceptiottS (1) Th ~ present Convention shaD not apply to: {II} ship' of war; tll) new ships of k:s~ than 24 metre, in length: (~) exi5ling ,hip, of less than 150 ton" gross; (d) p lea~urc yachts not engaged in tnde: {Ill fishj ng vessels. (l) Nothing herein ~hall apply to ship solely navigating: (Il che Great Lakes of North America and the River St. Lawrence 3. fur ea,t as a Thumb line drawn from Gp des Rosiers w West Point. AnticoHi hland, and. on the north side of Antico ~ li Island, the meridian oflongltude 63" W; (bl che Ca s pj~11 Sea; ~ (c) the PI-re, Param and Umgua)' Riv,crs as far east as a rhumb line drawn between Punta fusa (Cabo San Antonio), Argentina, and Puma del ESlC, Umgt'''y. Article 6 Exemptions (1) Ships when engaged 011 iIIleOi ~tio Tlal voyages ~tween the near nCighboming ports of two or more Slac e~ may be exempted by the 95 III/mmtional Convention Ott Load Lilies, 1966 as 'IIodfJied 1988 and 200 . .::3 ___ _ Administration from che provisions of [he present Convcmion, so long~! lhry shall rClI1.lin engaged On such voyages, if the Governments of the Stat~s in which such ports arc situated shaJI be sari,f1ed that the sheltered nature or conditions Q( such voyages b ~ twe cn SllLh port) make: it UnIea~Qnilbk or imp!".! ticablc 10 apply the provi,ion$ of the prc5ent COllvention to ships engaged on such voyages. (2) The' Administration exempt my ship which embodies fearures ofa novel kind from any of the provilions of thi~ Convention theapplicatiOIl or whie h I sctiomly i ttlpcdc' rcsearth. into the d"vc!opment of sLlch tcatm", and rh!:i, incorporation in shIps engaged on international voyages. Any such ship ~hall, however, complywlth safer)' requirements ""hkh. in the opinion or [ha Administration, a r~ adequate r'Or the ~ervice for wbicl1 it is irllended and arc mch as t'O en,llre the over.ill safety of the ship ,md which are acceptable to the Governments 'Of the States to be visited by the ship. 131 The Administration which allows any exemption under p~ragraph s (1) and (2) oflhi' ankle shall comllJUI,icarc ,0 ,he Iptcr-Govcrnmcmal Maririlllc Cumllltative Org;lniZJrion' (hereitlafter called "the OrganiZJtioll") particulars of the same and reasons thcrefor which the Orgalllzation shall circulate to the Comracting Governments for their information. 141 A ship which is not nonnally engaged on imernational voyages but which. in exceplional ciTcumst:mces. i .• requir(:d 10 undertake a single internatlon.aJ voy ~ gc may be ~xempted by the Adminimation fr∙om any of the requirements of the pre,ent ConveIltiotl, provided char IC complies WIth safety requirement> whi~ h. in the opinLon of that Admini5lration. are adcgu3te for the ,"oyage which is to be undefuken by the ship. Article 7 Force maJ~'ur e 0) A ship wrlictt i~ nut ~Llbjec t to th~ provisions of the present Convention .t the time of it, departure on any voyage ,hallllot become ,ubject to such provisions 011 account of any deviation from its imcmkd voyage Jur to streSS of w..,,,ther or any other cause or fome majeure. (Z) In applying [he provisions of the r[,~sell~ Convention, the Contracting Government shall give due consideration to any de\';alion or delay caus~d to any ship mving to stress of weather or any other came of farce maj e ~r e_ Article 8 Equivalents (H The Ad:mini,tc.tioll may allow any titting, material, "pplian~e or apparatus W be fitted. or any oth[ ~ r provili()n to be mJd~ in a ship. other than that required by t h~ present Convention. if it i< .aei∙died hy trial rhereof or othcrwi,e that such fiUirlg, l!Iat eri ~l. appliarKe or apparatus, 0,. provi,ion, is at lea .. as effective a~ that required by .lIt: Cotlvention . • The' name of [he Organi:l<lt10fl w;)'s rhil1lgt"d to "lntemauonnl l\oiaritlme OrgdIl12aLJon" by virtu~ of amendmen~ ((') the Orgimizatinn'!i Convention which entered inro force on 22 :M..:ly 1982. Articles 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 IZI The Administration which aUows .1 fitting, material, appliance or apparatus, Or provision, other than thin required by the present Conventioll, shall communicate to the Organization for circulation to the Contracting Govemmc:nts particula
r5 thereof. together with a report on any trials made. Artic1e 9 A pprovals for experimental purposes ,11 Nothing in the presem Co,w(:nnon sh.1l prevent Ul Administration (rom making specific approvals for experimental purposes in respect of a. 111ip 10 which the Convention applies. 121 An Administration which makes any such approval shall communicate to the OrgaI1lzation for circulation lO Ihe Contracting Governments particulars I hereof Article 10 Repa In, alrerations and modijicatio,ls (1) .A ship which undergoes repairs, :>lterations, modifications and ourfining related tllereto shall conLinue to comply with at least the r equir~me nts previomly "-pplicable to the ship. An eXisting ship in such a Clse ~hall nor, as a rule, comply to a lesser extent witJl the requirements for a new ,I> ip than iT did before. (2) Repairs, alterations and modifications of a major charJccer and outfitting related thereto should meet the requirements for. new ship in sO far as the Administr~rion deems reasonable and practicable. Article 11 ZDrH'.s arid areas (11 A ship to which the present Conv"ntioll ~ppli", s h~ll comply witll the requiremcms applicable to that ship in the zones and areas described in allnex 11. (2} A port standing on the boundary line bern'een two zones or areas shall be regarded as within the or area from or into wflich the ~hip ~lrrives Or departs. Article 12 SubmersiOtl (1) Except as provided in par4,rraphs (2) and (3) of this article, the appropriate load line, On the sides of the ship corre'ponding to the ~eason of the year and the zone or area in which the ,hip may be shall not be submerged 31 any titne wh.,n th., ship puts to sea, during the voyage or 011 arrival. ~ (2) When a ship i ~ in fresh water of Ulllt density the appropriatt lo~dJ line mly be ~ubl11crgcd by the amount of the f1∙esh allowance sllOwn on the International Load Line Certificatl ~. W'here the density is other than lUlity, an allowance shall be nude propOftiOtiaJ to the diiference between 1,025 and the actual den,ity. 97 Inltmatiorml C(>1\Vffilion on Load Lirlts, 1966 a.< modiped 1988 rlnd 2003 (3) When a ship departs from a port situated on a ri\'cr or inland WJter~. deeper 10J.ding shall be permil"ted corresponding to the weight of fuel aTld all other material. required for consumption betw" .. " the point of departure a [Id the sea. Article 13 p Surveys and markjng ~The survey, and markil1g of ships. as regards the enforcement of the pro,~sio!1s oftnc prtsent Convention olnd Ine granting of exemption there from. shall be cameJ out by officers or the A.dnUnisttatiOIl. The Administrar;iol1 may. however, entrust the sur ... eys lnd marking either to surveyor, nom.inatt,d {or the pu rpose or 10 Qrg')J)iza.tion, recognized by it. [n every case the Administration concerned fully gu~ra nt ecs the wrnpkt.<:nC8S .nd dlic;ency of the survey and marking. Article 14 Iii!I III i/ial, rmewal ami Ilnrwal surveys A ship ,hall be subjected to the sutveys specified below: III An inidal ,urvcy before the s.hip is PUt in smrice. which shall il
'iclude ;t complete impcction. of its structure .md equipment in so tar :t, the ship is wvered by t.he prcscm Conventior!. he wrvcy shall be such a~ to i'n~tlr e rh,u the arr-angl!mentl, materials and scantlings fully (amply with the requirclm:n.tS of the present Convctltiotl. Ibl A r mcw~ l 5Urvey at i nterv~ls specified by the Admini~trat:ion but nN exceeding fi\rc yClf~. except where p:lrdgr.!phs (2). (5), (6) and (7) ohrtidc 19 are app l i,;~blc. whi<:h ~ hall b<: <I,l<;h as to cmurc that the structur∙e. cq\lipmenr. an:angem~nts, materials and Kantiings . fully l:ompl)' witb rhe requirements of the present Convemion, le) An lIlnLUl Illrvcy within 3 mo nth ~ before or after each annivenary date ∙of the certifica.te to ensure that: (i) a,[t:eratiom have not been made to the: hull or supcrstrUCtlHe, which would affect the calcubtiol1s detcnninillg the position of the load line; (ii) the fittings and appliance. (er the protection of openings. guard rails, freeing ports :md means of access to crew's <juarters are maintained in an etlective condition; liHI the {reeboud m",uks arc correctly and permanently indicated; (iv) [he infomution required by regulation 10 is provided. ~ ~2J The annual surveys referred 10 in p;'rlb'l'apb (l He) orthis aniclc shall be endorsed on the lnternationa.! Load Line Ceroficate or the International Load L,ne E;>:cml cion Cerlific.l[c i,sued 10 a ,hip exempted under paragraph (2) of article 6 of the pr.esem Convention. Articlt'5 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 Article 15 Ml1imenance of condirions after SUM,' After any ~urvcy of tile ship under article 14 ha> been completed, no cbange ~hall b~ made en the ~t ructUTe, equipment, arrang"menh, material or scantlings ,covered by the survey, wttbout t.he sanction of the Admini.ltratiml. Article 16 155" e ~r cerl ifica tes ~ (1) An lnremational Load Line Certi6care \hill be i~sued to ev~ry ~hip which has been mrveyed and marked in accordance with the present Convention. (2) An r nlcrnationaJ Load Line Exemption Certificate shall be issued to any ship to which an exemption been brranted ullder aJidin accordance with paragraph (2) or (4) of article 6. h∙ (3) Such certificates .h .. lI be issued by the AdministT3tion or by any person or org:miurion duly :J.uthorized by it. In every Gl>e, the Admini,tration assumes full responlibility for the ceni.fic:o[(:. 1mI(4I Article 17 ~ I.HI4c or cr.ld(lw?mmt ~ f (ertifU:llres by another GovHllnll.'nt '6i!I (11 A Contracting Government may, at the request of another Contra.cting Government, cau!e J ,hip w be sUl"eyed and, if satisfied that the provis.ions of the p:resent Convention arC complied with, !hall issue or authorize the issue of ;U1 lntematiuml Lo~d Line CeHificatt! to tbe ship .and, where appropriate, endorse or authonze the endorsement of the certificate on the ship in accord~nce witbthe present Conventioll. [ZI 1'1. copy of the (cnificate, " copy of the mrvey report u5ed for <.:oruptlting the fteeboilTd, ilnd a copy ofdlc computatiOJH shall be: tTlnsmitted as early as possible to the re'questing Gowrmnent. []) A certificate so ∙issued must contain a slatement to the df"cr I h~t it has been issued .t the request of the Government of the SCUt whose flag the ,bip is or will be flying and it shall haw the same force and receive dH' same recognidon as a certifIcate is~ued under article Hi. m [41 0 International Load ine Ccni ftr:ate ,lull be issued to a sbip wh.icb is flying the flag of a State the Govemment of which is not :I Contr:lcting Government. Article 18 Foml ~ cert!frwtes ~ Tbe shall be drawn \Jp in the form corresponding 10 the models g'ivern ill annex T11 to the pres""nt COJ1Venlion. If th ~ language used is neither Inlffllalional COllllffitiOft 011 Load Li~, 1966 /IS modified 1988 and 2003 English nor French, the text shaU in.clude a tramlation into one of these languages. see also the Imified interpretation Article 19 ~ Duration and validity of certificotes • ~ (11 All International Load line Certificate ,hall be issued! for a period ~pecificd by the Administration, which snail not exceed 5 yean. I!!!I (2) (11 Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (1), when the renewal survey is completed within 3 mon.dls befQ(c the expiry date of the existing certificate, the new cert:ificate ~hall be valid from {he date of completion of the renewal survey to l date not exceeding 5 years from the date of expiry of the existing cenificate. (bl Wl,cn tile renewal survey is completed atter the expiry date of the existing cen:ificJte. the new certificate shall he valid from (he cute of completion of the renewal survey to a date not exceeding 5 years from the date of expiry of the existing certificate_ I~I When the renewal survey IS COnllllcted mor,e than 3 months before the expiry date of the existing entifieate, the new certifLcate shall be valid from the date of completion of the renewal survey to a due 1101 exceeding 5 years from the date of completion of the r(:m:wal survey. ~ (3) rf a certificate is ismed for a period or less than 5 years, the Administration may extend the validity of a certificate beyond the t:xpiry d3.te to the maximuIIl period specified in paragraph (1), provided that the annual surveys referred to in article 14 ~ pp lica blc: when a certificate is iSSllCd for a period of 5 years are carried out as appropriate. ~ (4) Ir, after the renewal survey referred UJ in paragraph (1)(b) of article 14, a new certificate CJnnOI be issued to the ship before the t"xpiry date of the existing, the person or organiz:aion caIT) ~ ng out tile survey may extend the vaLidity of the existing Ct'rufiCltC for a period whICh ,ball not exceed 5 months. Thl~ exl~m ion ,hall be endorsed on tbe certificate. and shall Ix: granted only where dlcrc havt: been no a1t~,<H i ons in the structure, equipment, arrangements, mate
rials Or sc.nllings which afrect the ship'S frcebNT<:'-
lP8sl (5) If a ship at the time whell a certificate expires is not in ~ port in which it is to be surveyed, the Administration may extend the period of validiry of the certificate" but this extension shall be grmtcd only for the purpose of allowing the ship to complele its voyage to the port in which it is to be surveyed, and tnen only in cases where it appeJrs proper and reasonable to do so. No certificJte shall be extended for a period longer than 3 months. and a ship to which an extension is granted shall not. on its arrival in the port itl which it is tQ be surveYl'd, be entitled by virtue Qf such extmsion to leav!: that port without having a new certificate_ When the renewal survey is completed, the new certificate ,hall be valid to a date not exceeding 5 years from the date of ~xpjry of the e"-illing cenificate bef(m, the extension was gra l1l~d. m (&1 .A certificate ismed to a ship engaged on short voyages which has not been extended under th", foregoing provisions of this article may be extended 100 Artirlr 19 by the Adm l n i ~tratilln for a period of grace of up to one month from the date of expIry stated on it. When the renewal surv(,y is completed the nt'W certificate shall be valid to a datE not exceeding 5 years from the date of expiry of tne existing certificate before the ext"tl~;()n was gr"lted. ~ (7) Jr, sptci.1 cin.:umSt'HlCcS, as determined by the Administration, a new ccrtificatl' need Tlor be dated from the expiry of the existing c~rtifiCJte as required by paragraph, (2), (5) ,,,,d (6)_ In Ih~,e speCIal circu,mtonces, the JleW cemficatc shall be valid to a date not c:xcccdil)g .5 years from the dale of compl"tion of tbe renew"l survey_ ~ III If an annual survey is comple-tcd before the period specified ill article "14 t hel)~ (al th<: arlOi,'cTS~ry date sh<lwn <.m the; (-ertificate shall be amep[kd by end.orsemem to a d3tc which shallllot be more dllll 3 months btcr i:han rhe dare 0" whkh the survey was ~omplet~d; [bl the S\lb~eqllem mnual Sllfvey required by article 14 shall b", completed ar the intervals prescribed by tnat imide using rne new an n ivers~ry date; (el the expiry daw may unchanged provided one or mOre annual sllrveys are carried out SO that t:he ma.ximum intervals betw
een tbe surveys prescribed by article 14 are not exceeded. lE!! (9) An Inremational Load Line C~rt i ficate shaJl ~ea,e to be valid if any of lhe toUowing cirCunL,t.m:es exist: -
, ("I matl'rial alterations have uken place in the hull or superstructures of the ship such as wOlll.d necessiute thea,<;ignmenr of all increa~ed free board; {bl the fitti ngs and "ppliances mentioned tll paragraph (1 )(e) of artide 14 are not maintained in an effective condition; {cl the certifIcate is not endorsed to SllOW th~r tne sflip has been surveyed, provided in paragropb (1)(<;) of article 14; Idl the structural strength of the ship is lowered (0 such an extent [hat tne ship is unsafe_ • (1Q) (a) Tbe durall0n ofan International Load Line Exemption Certificate issued by an AdminiHr;;tion to a ~h ip exempted under p.rlgr:lph (2) of ~f{i c l e 6 ,"all not exc;eed 5 )'~an" Sur;-h ce,ti6<;~ tc ~haJl be ,ubj~c, to ~ I en~"\'"l. endorsement. clCtcmion and c:mcclhtioll procedure ~imila:r to that provided for all ImlTnational Load Line Cntifit-atc under this artide. [ill Tbe duration of an [mem:ltional Load Line Exemption Certificate issued to a ~hip exempted under paI"Agr~ph (4) of artick 6 shall be limited 10 die singk voyage for which it is issued. ~ (11J 1\ certificate issued to a ship by an Administration 5hall ce3se to be valid upon the transfer of such a ship [Q [he flag of another Succ_ 101 Intemlltitma1 Conllflltion on Loo;! LiIltJ, 1966 as modified 1988 a"d Z003 Article 20 I1c(('plat1[t' if certificates The c~rtifica t c$ issued under the authority of a Contracting Government in accordance with the-
present Convention shall be accepled by the otller Contracting Govenllnent! and .egard.:d for all pllrpose~ covered by tbe present Convention as having the-
same force as ccrtif,C3tCS issued by them. Article 21 Control ~m Ships holding a certificate issued under arTicle: 16 or article 17 are subj~ct, when in lhe ports of other ContFJcting Governments. to control by ol1icer.; duly authorized by s\Jch Governments. Contracting Governments shall ensure that such control is exerci~ed as fur as is re'lsorublc and pr actica bl~ with a view to VCrifYillg th.,t there is all board a valid certificatt: under tnt: prc~ent Conventio .. , I(there is J vaLid International Load Line Certificatt" onooard rhe sbip, such control shall be limited to the purpose of dCtCmlining that: III llle ship is not 10:lded beyond the limits allowed by the certificate; Ihl the pmitlon of tile load line or the ship corresponds with the certificate; <Ul(i fpsij (c) tbe ship b:ts not been so m~teriJlly aJured in re~pect arthe m:Httts set out in sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) of paragraph (9) of artidc 19 that the ship is manifestly unfit to pl'oGecd to sea without danger to hum3Jt lire. If there is a valid InternationaJ. Load Line Exemption Certificate: on board, such control shall be limited w the purpose of detennining that ;IIlY conditions stipulated in that ceniflcate are complied with, 121 If such control is exercised under mb-paragr>ph (c) of paragraph (1) of this lrtic\c. it shall only be exercised in so f;lr JS IIlay be l1 eces~Hy to t"nsurt' that the ship sball not sail until it can proct"ed to sea Without danger to the passengers or the crew. (31 In the event of the control provided for in trus article giving rise to intervention of any kind. the officer carrying out the control shall immediately inform in wricing the Consul or the diplomatic reprt'sentative of the State whmc flag the shil> is flying of this decision and of all the circumstances in which intervention was deemed to b<.' nccessary. Article 22 Priviiege5 The privileges of the present Convention may not be claimed in mvour of any ship un]"" it holds a valid certificate under the onVelH10n. 102 Artide 23 CasHaities Ihti£1e5 20, 21, Z2, 2.1, 2'1, 25, 26 11) "Each AdminisU:l!ion uIldenakes to ,eondtlct an investigation of any CJ,ualty occurring to ,hip. for which it is responsible lnd whicf'lare mbject to the provision< of the presem Cotlvcminn when it judges that mch = invest'(f.tion m~ r' assist in detc:rmiaing what changes in the Convention might be desirable. 121 Each Concractmg Government undert:lkes uo suppLy the Organiz:ltion ",-ith the pertinent informatiorn conceminr; the findings of such investigations. No report. or recommendation; of the Organization oosed L1pon such information shlll disclose the identity or nationali.ty ohhe ~hips conccrn"d or in any manner fix Ot imply Tt"sponsibility upon ;my 5hip or per50n. Article 24-
Prior treaties and cotlventions 111 AJI other treati"s, convcntions 0.",1 arnmgements relating to l03d line maners at pre~el1[ in force bet""'een Governments Parties to tbe present Convention shall cont,n ue to have full and comple,,, elteer during the term, thereof a~ regards: jll ships to which the present ConH'noon does not apply: and ~b.1 ships to wbich dlc prcserH Convcntion applies, in respect of matten for which it has not exprcsdy provided. (2) To the ex (('nt, however, that such m:atit,s. conventions or arr.mb'C-
ment:s conflict -wlth the prQvision~ Qf the p(C50cnt Convention.., ch..: provij,]ons of the present Convention ,hall prevail. Article 25 Special rules drawn up &y agreemctl! When ia acconiance with the pre!lell( Convention special rules are drawn up by agreement among III or some of the Contracting Government,s. mch rules shall be commurlic;l[cd to lhe Orgdf,ization [or circulation to all COlllraaing Government!. Article 26 Cormmmicatio11 of informatiol2 III The Contracting Gov~mments undert:lke (0 commlUlicate to and deposit Wit11 the Organization: III a sufficient number of specimens of their certificates i sSlled under the provisions of (h" presem Convention (or ,ir<:ulanon to the C
ontracting (;ovcrn mellt ~; Ib) the text of the laws. decrees, orders, regulatiom and other imtrume n t ~ which shall have been promulgated on tl,e vanous matt~rs within the ,cope of the present Convention; and t03 Intcrnarional Con[lf'r!ti(m (m Lmd Lines, 1966 4.l modijied 1988 /lml 2003 le) a list of Ilon-government:ll agencie, which arc au~horized to act in their behalf in the admini$uation of load line matters for circulation to the Contracting Governrnellls_ (2) Each Contracting Government agr ec~ to make it~ strength standards a,'~ilable to my other Conrracting Government, upon r e qlJ( ~ sl. ArticJe 27 Signature, dcceptanceal1d accession UJ The present Convention shall remain open for ~ignature for three months from 5 April 1966 and sball thereafter remain open for accession. Government! of States Member! of the United. N arions, or of allY of the Specialized Agencies, or of tbe lnternation,,1 Atomic Energy Agency, Or partic, to the SL1tllte of the International Court ufJUlticl; may become parries to the Conv"ntion by: !") sigaawrc widwu\ r(:so.;rvalion a-s to a,,'eptan,e; (11) signature subjccc to acceptancc foUowed by acceptance; or Ic) aCCCSSlon. (2) AccepLanCe or "C~'\'ss ioT) shall be eJTert~d by the depmit of an. instrument of acceptance or accession with thc OrganlzJ.tion which shall infoml all Governments that have signed [he COrl.v(:Tltioo or acccd~d to i L of e;<ch new aCc~'p[lnCe or accession and of the date of it~ deposit. Article 28 Coming i,lto force (1) The present Convention ,hall come into force twelve months after dlC date on which not less thal1 fifte,en Governments of the St::lte5. i"du.ding seven each with not l es~ than one million gros tom of ~hipping, have signed witll<)ut rl':;erva(ion as to ac(:cptance or deposited instrumenc, of acceptance or acce,sion in accord:mce with anide 27. The Organil..:1.tioll ,ball inform all Governments which nave signed or acceded to the present Convention of the cUte on whidl it comes into forc~, (2) For Governments which h<lv~ deposited an instrument of 3CCepUnce of OT accessioll w the present Convention during thl' twc1~ months mcntioned in paragraplJ (J) of Lhis anicle, the acceptance Or ;Kce,~ion shall take effect on the coming ;ntO force of the present Convention or three month, after the date of deposit of me insrfUmCll! of ~cccptancc or acn:ss;un, whichever is the latcr daLe. ~3) For Governments which have depmited an instrument of ac c eptal) C~ of or ;leecs, ion to the present (",wenti()11 ~ft er the dat,∙ on which it comes into force, the Convention ,haB come into force three mOlltllS after the date of the dcpa.sir of sucll imtrumcnt, (t) After tile date all wllich all the measures required 10 bring an amendment to tile prc-sent Convention into force have-
been completed. or all necessary J.cceptlnCC5 are deemed to have been given LJllder sub-paragraph (b) 104 AT/ides 27, 28, 29 of paragraph (2) of article 29 in case of amendment by unanimous acceptance, any instrument of JCCept"Ance or accession deposited shall be deemed to apply to the Convention as amended, Article 29 Amtndments (1) The present Convention may be amended upon the proposal of a Contracting Govemment by any orthc pcoccd(.lres specified in this artide. (2) Amendment by unammous acceptance: (.) Upon the request of a Contracting Government, any amendment proposed hy il to the pres.:nt Convention shall be communicated by the Organization to all Contracting Govert1ment.~ for con-
sideration with a view to unanimous acceptan,:c::. (b) Any such amendment shall entcr into fo r c~ twelve months after t ~,C date of its 3CCept:lncl" by all Contraccing Governments uluess an earlier date is JJ;,'Tet'd UpOtl_ A Contracting Govemmem which does not communicate lCS acceptance or rejection of the amendment to the Organil.ation within thn:c years of its fint communi<:ation bl' the Ianer shall be deemed to have accepted the amendment. (c) Any proposed amendment shall be detmcd to be rej ected if it is nOt acccptl'cl under sub-paragraph (b) of the pre.lent paragraph witilin three years after it has been first communicated to all Contracting GQvcrnm('ncs by the Organi • .ation. (11 Amendment after consideration in the Organ.itation: (a) Upon the request of a COll(T;!cting Govemment, any amendment proposed by it to the present Convention will be considered in the Organlzarion. If adopted by a majorit), ,)r rwo-thirds or those present amI voting in tiP Mnlrime Safety Committee of the Organiz3tion, such amendment shaH be commul1k:tted to all Members of the Organization and aH COlltractlrrg C;ovcrnmcnts at least six mouths priOt to i t~ comidcration by tbe Assembly of th" Organizarion_ (bl rf adopted by a two-thirds majority of those present and voting in me Assembly, the: lmcndmmt sball be communicatt∙J by the OI1r.lIlization to all Comractmg Governments for their acceptance. lc) Such 3me-ndment shall come into force twelve months after the cbte on which it is accepted by two-thirds of the Contracting Governments. The :amendment shall come into force with (Clpe.:t to all C:olltIacting Governments e xc~pt those which. before it comes into force, make a declaration that tbey do not accept the amendment_ (d) The Assembly, bya two-thirds majority of those present and voting, i
ncluding rwo-thjrds of t h" Gov..,mll1~ms represemccl on the M:uilime Safety Committee lnd prclCnt and voting in the 105 Intematumal Cv""'!'n!;",, on r~ad Lir!e5, 1966 as modi&d 1988 lAnd 2003 Assembly, may propose a detennjmtion ;1I the time of its adoption that :m .. mendmenl j~ of such an ilnponafu n3ture that any Contracting Govemmeot which makes a dechcatlon under >11b-∙ pJ[a~nph (c), alld which doe, nm accept the amendment within J. period of twelve months after it come. into fur~e, shall cease tu be "-
party to the present Convention upon the expiry of that period. Thi~ dncrminatio!1 ,hall be subject to the prior acceptance oftwo-∙ thirds of the Conrracting Governments to the present Conventioll. (a) Noth;ng in this paragraph ,h.JJ prevent the Contracting Govern-
ment which first proposed lction under thi, paragraph on an amendment (o the present Conventiofi from taking-
at any time∙ >uc
r. ~ hem;l!iv e action :15 it dccm$ desirable in accordance with paragraph (2) Or (4) of this artide_ (4) Am~ndment by' a conference: [a) Upon the request of J Contracting Government, concurTed in by al least one-third O(llle ContrJcting Governments, a conference of Governments will. be convened by the Organization to consider am e ndm e nt~ to the present COI1Ventioll_ (11) Every amendment adopted by such 3 confer~nce by a two-thirds major:ity of those present lnd voting .of the Contracting C;OVCrtl-
mellts shall be communicated by the Organization to all C<Jntracting Governments for their acceptance. (e) SlIch amtndmt:nt shall come into force twelve month, after the dale on which it i, accepted by two-third:! of the Contracting Governments. The 3I'I1cndmeru shall come into force with f<"pect to .U Contracting Govc-rnment, except tho,,; which, before i. come, lfl(O force, make a declaration that the)' do not ,U;CCpt the Jmendment. (d) By a. [\\'o-thirds majority of rh me pre~ent and voting, ~ conf~rcn<:<; convened under sub-paragraph (a) may determine at the time ofjt~ adoptiun that aa amendment is of such an importallt narure that any Contracting Government which m~kes a d€c ar:ltion under ~ub-paragraph (c)., and which does not. accept the ,un<,ndment within a period of cv,'dve months after it comes into force. shall cease to be a party to the present l.-(ltlVcntion upon the expiry of dlat period. (!i) Any amendments to the present Convention made under thi~ article which tdarc to the struCture of a ship shall apply only to ships the keels of wltich are laid, or which art' :It a similar stage of construction, on or ;tlter the date on wh.ich the amendmerlt comes inw force. (6) The Organiz:ltiort shall infornl all Contracting Governments of any amendments which come into force undeT this article. together wi[h the date on which each mch amendment will cnme imo force. (l) An)' acceptance or declaration under tbis article ~hall be made by a notification in writing to the Organi23tiotl which shallllotifY all Contracting l)vernm('nts of the receipt of the ~(ccpt:a n ce or dedar2tiorL Article 30 DcnrmciClliorJ Arlides 30, 31, 32 (11 The presclIl Convention may be denounced hy any Contracting Government at any time after the expiry offLve years from the date on which the COrlvcntioncomcs into force [or that Government. (2) Denunciation ,hall be dTened by a "ouocation in wrilitlg addres>ed to the Organizuion which sh~lI inffH"rrl all the other Contr~c[itlg Governments of any such notification received ::Ll1d of ,h" date of it, receipt. (3) A d<.-nllr)ci.tion shall take effe<:t one yt"ar. or 'lIch longer period as may be specified in tbe notification, aftn its receipt by tbe Org=ization. Article 31 SuspalSion (t) In ca,,, ofhos,tiliti", or oth"r extraordinary .:ir':lIm.\tances which affect the vitll intc:rcs£s of;l State the Governmellt of which is l COtllractillg Government, that GovlTnment may .Impend the operation of thl' wholt' or any part of the ptesent Convention. he suspending Government shall immediately give notice of any SLlch su.pension to the Organiza.tiotl. (21 Stlch ~uspemion shall not deprive other Conttacting Governments of any right of control under the present Convention over the ,hips of the smpending Government when such ships are within their pons. (l) The ~usl?cnd ing Government may at any time tenninate such suspension and ~haU imm~diatdy ~ve notice of 311Ch termination to the Orjl;anizati(.m. (4) The Organization shall notify all Cotltr.lcting GOvCmrllCntl of :lny su:;pen$ion or n~r min:lt i on or ∙uspcnsion under this article. Article 32 Tem'roTies (11 (.) TblO United N.t"ions, in c.,e, where the)' are the adrnini,t~ring a.uthority for a territory, or any ContrJctlng Governmellt re~ponsiblc for the international rel.tion.> of" terrilOry, sball as soon as possible cons'llt with such territory in an endeavour to extend the present ConvetlDon to that territory and may at any lime by n<>liflcalion in writing to the Org<ll1;z"tLOn dedare that t.he present COllvemion shall exte.nd to stlch territory. (b) The present Corwcmion shall, from the date of the receipt of rhe notification Or &om such othe.r date as may be specified in the notification, extend to the t~rritory named ther~in. (2) r.) The United Nations, or .my Contt.lcting Government which IllS made a declaration under sub-pangraph (a) of pat~grap h (1) of this article, at any time after the expiry of a period of five years &om the date on which the Convention has been so extended to ;lllY remwry, may by notiftcation in writing m the Organization declare that the present Convention shall cease to extend to an~' such territory named in the l1otilicnion. 107 International Conv.:nticm all Load tines, 1966 as rnodijieli 1988 and 2003 (bl The present Convention sh .. U cease to extend to any territory mentioned in such notification one year. or such longer period as n1:ly be specified therein, after the date of receipt of th., nQtifiotion by the Organization. (31 The Org.mi:za.riol1 shall inform all the Contr-3cting Governments of the extensIOn of (he pr~ ~erH Convention to any terrimries under par:lgraph (I) of this article, and of me termination of any such extension llOdcr th., prm'isions of paragmph (2). st:lting in each case che dJtc from whjch the pre~el1l Convention has been or will cease to be so extended. Article 33 Re)?istration (1) The preset\{ Convention shall be deposited with the Organization and the Secretary-General or{he Organization shall transmit certified (rue copies thereof [0 all Sigt1;\co.--y G<}vernments and to all Governments which accede to ~hc present Convention. (ll As soon :IS the present Convention comes into force it ~hall be register
ed by ~he Organization in accordance with Aniclc 1 Q2 of the C larter of tbe United Nations. Article 34-
LAnguages Tbe pre!;etH Convention is established in a single copy in the English and French languages, both t e"~ ts being equally aUihenti" OfEiciallriluslations in the Russian and Spanish languages shall be prepared and depo.sited with the signed original. IN WITNESS WI-!ER.EOf ~he undcnigned being duly authorized by their respect
ive GovemmeJ.ts for that purpose have signed the present Convention.∙ DONE at LondoCl this 6fth day of April 1966 . • Signatures Oriutted. 108 Article.! 33, 34; Allnex 1, regulations 1, 2 , • i Annex B Annexes to the Convention as modified by the Protocol C!f 1988 relating thereto Annex I Regulations for determining load lines Chapter I General The regulations .'SlIme tb .• t th~ notllre and stowage of the cargo, ballast, etc, arc sl.Ich as to scc urcsufficicm stability of lilt: ship and the Jvoidallce of cxcessi,,'e structural st r"ss. The regulations also :lssume th;);! where there ate international requirements relating ,0 m.bility or subdivision, ,he~e requlrem<:nts have been complied with. Regulation 1 iiil Stn:lIgrh ami inlact stability of slup; ~ CH Tile Adminim:uioll sl1ail sa[i,ii< i[,elf [h~[ [nC gcncl';ll structural mength of the ship is adequate for the draught wrresponding to the Creeboa(d assigned. ~ (21 1'1 s~ ip which is d,:signtd, conSlHICted and maintained in ,omplian~e with th t approp'riJte requirement> of an organization, including a classifica-
tion ~ ()Cicty, which is recognized by the l'ldministra.t;on or with applicable ,1lCiol1aJ ~tan da r d s of the Adm,ni'[r;)tion in accord,nee with the pwvi5ions of regulatiOn 2-1, may be considered to provide an acceptable level of strength. The abov(" provision .. ,hall apply to all structures, equipment and fitting> covered by thi, anm:x for ",hieb st:mdard'i for 'itrength and construction are not expr""ly provided. m {31 Ships shall comply with an intact subtlicy standard acceptable to the Admi nistration. Regulation 2 Application 8~ I'n Ships with me ch~t li c al m~ns of propulsion or lighters, b>}rges or other ,nips mthout indt:pel1dent means of propulsion, shall be assigned freeboards 'n accordance with the provisions of '''gulation, 1 to 40, i.nelu,ive. 109 lnlmlatioMl Omvmtion CIf Load Lines, 1966 as modified 1988 ana 2003 I"ij 121 Ships carrying timber deck cargoes may be assigm:d, in addition to the freeboards prescribed in paragra'Ph (1), timber freeboards ia ~ccordallce with Lhe provisions of regulat.ions 41 to 45. mJ 131 Ships designed to ca.rry sill, whether as the sole means of propulsion or 3$ a supplementary means, and tugs, shall be assigned free boards in accordlllCc with the provisions of regulations 1 to 40, indusive. Additional freeboard Illay be required as determined by the Adminimation. 141 Ships of wood or of composite comtruction, or of other material, the use of which the Admi niscrarion has approved, or ships whose constructional featUres ~re sueh as to render the applic3tlon of the provisions of thi, "nnex unreasonable or impracticable, shall be assigned free boards as determined by thl" Administration. ~ 151 Regulations 10 to 26, inclusive, shall apply to ever:y ship to which a minimum freeboard is ",signed. Relaxations from these requirements may be gramed to a ship [0 which a greater than rnjnimum frceboard is a.\signed, on condition that the Administration is satisfied with the .safety <,onditions provided. ~ (6) Where the assigned Summer freehond is incre;>sed such th3~ lhc resulting draught is not more than that corrc,ponding to a minimum summer frc('board for the yme ship, but with an assumed freebC>lrd deck located a dlstanc-e below l
hl: actual freeboard deck at least equal 10 the standard superstructure height, the conditions of assignment in accordance with regulations 12, 14-1 through 20,23, 24 and 25, as applicable, 10 the ;!ccual freeboard d"ck may bl" as required for a superstructure d",dc iliim (11 Unless expressly provided othcn'1i,e. che reguLniolH ofthi. ,nnex stull "ppl,. to ships the keds of which are bid or ",hi h ~rc at a sirnil.r stag" of construnion on or after 1 January 200S. !'!IQ (8) For ships the keels of which are laid or which are at a similar stage of construction before I JaoLlary 2005, (he ,",drninistnltion shall ensure that the requirements which are applicabk∙ uader the Intemational Convennon on Load Lines, 1966, ~s modified by the Protocol of 1988 relating thereto, adopted by the Inremation31 Confereoce on Harmonized Syst rn or Sun.'"y and Certification, 1988, a(c complied with. Iru (!I) High-speed craft which comply with lhe requirements of the International Code of Safety for Higl1-Speed Craft, 2000 (2000 HSC Code), adopted by rhe Maritime Safety Committe-e -of the Organi7.adOll by resolution MSC. <;17(73) , and which have been ~ lIrveyed arnd cercified as provided in the Code shall be deemed to have complied with the requirements OfUlis annex, The t:l"rtificmes and permitS ismed u nd ~ r the 2000 HSC Code shall have the same force and tile same recognjtion as the certIficates issued under (hi. atlll(,X, ~ Regulation 2-1 ~A !Jl/io1izaliorr of recognizrd organizations ~ O~nizatiom, including classification societies, referred to in article 13 of (he COllvcntlon and r~glll a (ion I (2) shaH comply with the guidelines adopted by the Orgal1lution by resolution A.739(18), a.s may be: amended by the tJO Annex 1, regll/lltiOllS 2-1, J Organization, and the specifications adopted by the Organization by resolution A-789(19), as may be amended by the: Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted. brought into force and take effect In accot,i1nce with the pro'~.s ions of article VI of the present Protocol. Regu]ation 3 DejinitiollS of terms 1A.led il'l the Ill'lm:xes 1P8~ 111 u'rIglh h~ Cl' The length (L) shall be: taken :1.1 96% of the total length on a wnerllne at 85% of the Icast moulded depth TTIeasurt:d from the top of the keel, or as the length from the fore ~ide of the ~tem to the axis of the rudder stock on that watcrlinc, if that be greater. Iii!I (11) For ships withoU[ a rudder SlOtl<., he length (L) is to be taken as 96% of the waterlil1c at 85% of the least moulded depth. ~ (cl Where the m'm contour is concave above the waterline at 85% Qf the klSt moulded depth. hoth the forward rerminal of the total kngd1 and ch~, [ore side of the stem respectively shall b<: taken at the "erli('al projection to that wJ:t~rline of the afi:ermo5t pnim of the stem contour (above d,al warerline) (sec figUT<: :3.1). forward terminal of the totallengtll (FP) Figure 3.1 / ~\ ) ~(d' In ships designed v.;th a rake of keel, the waterline Oil which this length is measured shall be parallel to the designed waterline at &5% of the least moulded depth D
, found by drawing a line parallel to (he keeJ hne of [he vessel (including skt:g) tangcl1l. to the moulded sheer line of the freeboard d~ c. . The least 1110uJded depth is the vertical distance measured from the rop of the keel to (he top of t he Iree bo ~ r d deck beam .t sid~ .t the point of tangellCY (see figure 3.2). (2) Pf'TpClltiiruiaTl. The forward and after pcrpcndicubrsshall he taken at the forward and after ends of the length (L). The fo""ard perpendicular shall coincide with the fore ~idc of the stem on tile waterline on which the length is measured. 111 [lItmlati01MI COftl.'elltiotl (ffl LC<Jd LiHes, 1966 as modified 1988 cllld 2003 tangency Ll2 U2 AP Figure 3.2 (31 Amil,hil'" Am idships is at the middl of the length (L). (41 Breadth. Unless expressly provided othelwise. the breJdth (D) is the maximum breadth of the ship, measured ~midship, co the mou lded line of the [ramI' in a ship with J metal shell and to the outer surface of the hull in a ship witll a sheU of any other material. (51 Moulded depth lal The moulded depth is the vertical distance melsul"t'd from the lOp of rhe keel (0 the £Op of the f[e"board deck beam at side. In wood and composite ships the dist;!m:e is mCJsured from the lower edge oftlu: keel rabbet. Mere the (oml ,at the lower pan ofthc rmdship sectiOtl is of a hollow character. Or wn rC thic\: garboards arc fitted, the distance i~ mc~sllreJ from Ihe point whne the line <.Jfthe Qat of the bottom continued inwards cuts the side of lilt keel. ~ (hI In ships hwing routlded gunwaLes, the moulded depth shal'1 be measured la the poinl ofinLerscction or~hc moulded !.illes of deck and sides. the 'Iine, extending" though the gunwale were of angular design. (cl Where thl'" frceboard deck is $tepped and the raised pan of the deck cxcends over the-point at which the mOll1ded depth is to be dC[<:rt'niocd. dlC moulded depth shnll bc mcastJ[ed to a line of reference extendiJ1g from the lower part of the deck along ri line parallel wlth the raised part. see aho the ullified interpretatioD (81 DqJlll jor jreebMrd (D) ~III The depth for free board (D) is the moulded deplh amidshjps. plus the fr"eboard d"ck thickness at ,idc_ tt2 fill The depth for frecboard (D) in a ship having a rounded gunwale WlUl a rd.dius greater tnan 4% of the br e ~d c h (8) Or having topside-, of unusual form is (he depth for fi"eeboard of a lhip having a mid;hip ,,,ction with vertical mpsides and with the sam" rOllJ1d of beam and are;! of topside section equal. to llut provided by the ,cnI,,1 mid.hip ,ection. ~171 , , Block wejfiCllml , .-. 8 (I) The block coefficient (Cb) i~ given by: V Cb -
d ; where L∙B∙ ! A nne>; r, ,.. ,la lion _~ V is the volume orehe moulded displacement ofth!: ship, excluding appendages, in a ship with a m~tal shell, a.nd is the volume of displacemem to the outer surface oflhe hull in a ship with a shell of any olher material, both taken at a moulded draught o( d
; and where d
t is 85% of the least moulded depth. 1P8~ tb) Wllcn calculating t.h~ bloGk coefficient of a multi-hull craft, the full breadth (B) as defined in paragraph (4) i~ to be used and not tbe breadth of a single hu 11. . (8) Frceboam. The (rceboard assigned is the disunce measllred vertically downward, amidships frolll the upper edge urth" d ... ck line to the upper edge of tbe relHed load ljm,. ImI (9) F reeboa ,d deck Ip8.1 (a) The freeboard (leek is normally the uppermost cnmplete deck exposed to weather and sea, which b <l~ pernuncnl rneans of dosing all openings in the weather part thereof. and below which all openings in the sides of the st. ip are fitted with permanent means of watertight closing. Iil!.~ (11) Lower deck as a frceboard deck At tbe oplion of the owner and subject to the approval of the Adntini ∙tration, ;1 lower deck may be designated as Ihe frceboard dtck provided it is a complete and permanent deck continuous in ~ fore and aft direction at least between the machlnery spac!: :md peak bulkheads and continuous 3thwartships. (it When this lower deck is stepped. the lowest line of the deck :md the continuation of that line parallel to the upper part of the deck. is taken as the freebo(lrd d,'ck. (iil When a lower deck i~ deSIgnated as lhl' fi-eoeboard deck, that part of the hull which cKlends above the free board deck i ~ treated .s • superstructure so rar as con erns the applintion nf the conditiollS of assignment and the ca.1culation offr~eboard. Tr is from this deck that the free board is calcubted. (iiiJ When a lower deck is designated as the fr∙ccboard deck, such deck as 1 lltll1il1lutit sh'ill consist of suit'lbly framed strin~rs at the ship ,ides and tramverscly at each watertight bulkhead which extends to (he uPf"~ r deck, within cargo 'pac!!!. The wid Ih of these stri ngt'rs shall not be lc~s than can be conveniently fitted having regard to the structure and the opeTation of the !hip. Any arrangement of stringers shall be such that structural reqllir~m"nts can also be me£. 113 Iltil'f'MliOPUlJ Convmlwn 011 Load Lilw, 1966 <l5 modil1rd 1988 and 2003 iPRSilci l1iscominuous fr,ecboard deck, stepped freeboaTd deck (i) Where a re(CS~ in the frecbo.rd deck ex tends to the sides of the ship <md is in excess of one metro:: in length, the Imvcsr lin.e of the exposed d.eck and the continuatioll of that line parallel to the upper part of the deck lS Wcetl H the freebOJrd deck (see figure 3.3). (ill Where" recess in the rret;board dedi-
doe~ not extend to the sides of [he ship, tbe llppeT part of th ... deck i~ taken a~ the freebDa:rd deck. (iii) Reces.,e> not extetlding from side to side in a deck below the exposed dee , d<,signatcd as the fr~ebua[(l deck, may be disregarded. provided alJ openings in the weather deck are fitted with weathertight dosing appliarlCCS. (ivl Due regard shall be given to tne drai.nage of exposed recess". and to (ree SLlrf1cc effects Oil Uri bility. (tII) The provisions of subplragraphs (i) through (iv) ~re flot intt'"nde-d to apply to dredgers. hopper barges or other similar types of ships with large open hold5, where each case reqllircs individu;ll con,idcration. Figure 3.3 (1!l~ S"perslrurtllrC @Ia, A supentrunure is • decked stmcture on the freeboard deck, exttnding from lidc to side of the >hip or with the side ph.ung not b~ing inboard ohh<: ~hel1 plating more than 4% of the breadth (8). 114 Ill) An enclosed supcntructurc is a ~upeT5tru(.m rc: with: m endosing bulkheads of efficient conmuction; (ii) accc~s openings, if any, in these bulkbeads fitted with dams complying with the requirements of regulation 12; tiii) all other QPcuing:; in sides Of end. of the supcrstrunurc fitted with efficient weathertight means of dosing. • A bridge or poop shall not be regard"d as enclosed unless access " provided for the crew !tarting from Jny poim on tne uppermost complete exposed deck or higher to n-Kh machinn), and other working spaces inside these $uperllmcttlres by alternative means which arc available at all rimes when bulkhead openings are do,ed. (~I The height of a super~tructure is the Icasr vertical hcigh~ rneasu red at side from the top of the superstructme deck bearru; to the top of the freeboard deck beams. Idl The ICIlp;th of a superstructure (8) is th~ mean length of the p ~rt of the supcrstrucrurc wh ich lies within the length (L). I ~ (IJ Hn'dge. A bridge is a superstructure whicb does not extend to either t11e furward Qr ~ft e r r<'rpendicl,lj'lr. I!i!l (f) Poop. A poop is a 5uperstrucrure which extends from the after perp~ n.dic u1ar forward io a poim which i5 aft of the forw.rd perpendiicular. The poop may origirlare from ,a pc,int aft ",(Llle after pcrpcndicu lar. lriiil (11) Forewstle. A forecastle is a ~uperstru<;:l'Ure whic:h extend3 fn1m tne rorward perpendicular aft to a point which is forward of the after perpendicular. The forc<;:;;.sde may Origit13tC (rom ~ point forward of the fOIward perpendicular. liiiiI (h) Full,wp"",tntdu<e. A full sup""trucrure is, supcr5trucrure which, ;I. a minimum, extends from the forward to the after p c rp~ndicular. IPMSI (il Rai,ed qr~artrrd e{ k. A railed quar[crdeck is a superstructure which exte
nd. forward from lh~ .. fter p<;;rp",ndicular. generally has a height Ic,s tha[] a normal superstroctur-e, arid h ~s an imact (ront bulkhead (.,idesnmlcs oflhe lIon-opening type fitted with efficient dt'<ldligbts and bolted manhole covers) (see figure 3.4). Where the forward bulkhead is not intact due to do or~ and access openings, th" mperstructurc is [hen to be considered as a poop, raised quarte
rdeck Figure 3.4 intact tlulkhead freeboard deck ~ (11) St4pmrrnaure d ~,Ie. A superstructure deck is a deck. fonning the upper boundary of a superstructure. ~ (12) Flush aerk ship. A flush deck ship is one which has no superstructure on the free board deck. Ip~~ (13) We<l
1J,"rljghr, "WeathtTtight" means that in any sea cOlldiciom water will not penetrate into the ship. 115 InlmtllliQ",,1 COMllffltiol1 011 Load LiPlC>, f 966 as modified 1988 and 2003 IP.,I (14) Walcrli!:hl. "W t"rtigh.t" means capable of preventing th ... p:mage of water through the 5tru(turc ill citllcr direction with a proper margin. of re.inane(∙ under the prC;lurc dut∙ to the maximum head or water which it might have to sustain. ~ (15) Well. A weU is ~ny area on rhe deck exposed to the weather, where water may be entrJpped. Wells are considered to bl: deck. a r ea~ bounded on two or morc side, by deck structures. Regu.lation 4 Dc{k li~lc Iii!IThe deck line is l horiwnulline 300 rmn in length .nd 25 mm tn bre •. dth. It 11'1. U be marked amidships on side of me ,hip. and its upper edge shall normally pas; through {he point where the continuation outwlrds of the upper surface of {he freebo3rd deck imersect:5 {he outer ~ urf ace of the shell (~s j]]ustrated in figure 4.1), provi(\(:d that th(" deck line may be placed with reference co ~ J l mhcr fixed point on tile ship on wl1di!ion thal the fre∙eboard is correspolldillgly corrected. The IOCltiOtl of the reference pain! ~ Il d the iclcmific,tion of the freebodrd deck ~h all in all <;ase~ be indi(ated on the International Load Line CeniEicate. Regulation 5 liliIl Load lint' mark !!i;l Fi gu re 4. t -
Del le line ded<11ne ~ The load line mark shall consist of a ring 300 mm in outsid" diameter and 25 mm wide whidl is intersected by a horizontal line 4,)() mm in length and 25 mm in breadth, the upper edge of which passe~ duough the centre of the ring. The centre of the ring shall bt: plau:d arnid,hips and at;) distance equal to lhe assigned summer fre~boa Id measured vCrli(aUy below the upper edge of the deck. line (as ilhlstrned in figure 6.1). ____________ ':;' ___ ---.:.,:..:',.:..' _._--!;A:.:n:::;Ie~x I, regl/lations 4, 5, 6 Regulatioll 6 ., .~. . ~ Lines to be HSl'd with the load lilte mark ~ 111 The lines which indicate the load Line assigned in accordance with t h e ~c regulations ,hall be horizontal lines 230 nUT in k:n~th and 25 mm in bread~h \ hid! extend forNard of, unJess el{pre5~ l y provided otherwise, and at righ I angl~s to, a vertical line 2.1 111111 in breadth marked at a d i ~tance 540 mm fOn'l;lrd of the centre of the ring (as illustrated in figure 6,1}, deck line a; E .. E .., :> ~ .. as E 0 D :> ., j;' <:. £ 'g 540 mm forward I 230mm ... . F __ _ t .F __ , .. I 25mm 230mm I .. ~. __ T __ 8 __ w ___ WNA ~ Figure 6.1 -
l...otJd line ",ark and line5 to be used with (his manr (2. The following load lines 3hall be used: (-I The ~ummer Load Line i"di ated by the upper edge of the line which p.Sst∙s lbrough rhe ct"nrrt" of rhe ring and also by a line marked S. (11) The Winter Load Line indicated by the upper edge of a line marked W. I .. ) The WitHer Nort11 Atlantic Load tine indi~att'd byibe upper edge of a line nurhd WNA. (till The Tropi(:al Load Line indicated by the upper edge of;i line marked T. (_I The Fresh Water Load Line in sumrne.r indicated by the upper edge of. line m.<lrked F. The Fresh Water Load Line in summer i, marked abaft rhe verticil lint. The difference between the Fresh Water Load Line in Surnrl1<;r and the Summer Load Line is the allowance to be made for loading ill fn:sh w a t ~r at the mher 10 · ~d lines, ~ (I) The Tropical Fr<:sh Water Load Line i'ndicated by tbe upper edge of a line marked TF lnd marked abaft Ib,e vertical I iut, ~ (31 If timber freeboards arc assigned in accordance with tlH:se regulations, rht∙ timber load I inc, shall bc marked in addition to ordimry load lines, These lines shall be hor il.ol1~1 lines 230 mm in length and 25 mm in breadth which 117 Imernariol1<l1 Conlii!l1riol1 Ofl Llad Litlt:s, 1966 a.s "l<ldi/ied 1988 rmd 2003 extend abaft, unless expressly provided otherwise, 3nd are at right angles to a venieal Llne 25 mm in breadth marked at a di,r:ance 540 mm abaft the cemrc of the ring (as illmtra.tcd in figure 6.2). oJ«4 ' .... er .... • t 0 " i i . • T!' --
__ s '-_ .. =:... ~ FigllH 6.2 -
Timber road liMe mark a.l1d fil1es to be used with lhi ~ mark ,-, The following timber load lines shall be u~ed: (11 The Summer Timber Load Line indicated by the upper edge of a lint' marked LS. Ibl The Wimer Timber Load Line indicated by [he upper edge of a line !lurked LW. (cl The Wintn North Atb.ntic Timber Load Line indic;lred by the upper edge of a line: marked LWNA. I'" The Tropic.J TilIlber Lo;"..! LiJlt: in.di"art:d by the upper cdg~ of a line marked LT. (I' The Fresh W~ter Timber load Line in summer indicated by the upp;;r edge cof a line marked Lf and marked fonv3rd of thc vertical linc. The difl:crcncc between the Fresh Water Timber Load Line in summer and tbe Summer Timber Load Line is tl1e aJlow<tnce to be made for loading in fresh water at rhl' other timber load lines. (f) Tht: T Topical Fresb Water Timber Load Line indicated by the upper edge of a line marked LTF and Inarked forward of the vertical line. (5) Wbere If,,, characteristics ∙of a. ship or [he TlJ[Ure of the ,hip's scrvic(: or. navigariOllallimjts make lIly orthc SC<lso[lallines inapplicable. lines may be omitted. Ips*1 (6) Where ~ ship is a.signcd ~ greaer thOln minimum frl'cbQarcl so that the joo.d line is marked at a position corresponding to, or lower than, the lowe\[ seasonal load line ~s igncd at minimum [r""board in accordance with the present Protocol, onl}' rhe Fresh Water Load Line need be marked. ~rn WlJere a Winter Nonh Atlan[ic; Load Line is idcn[i c ~l with the Winte~ Load Line corresponding tl> the s~m e vertical line, this load line shall be marked W. 118 Am/ex I Ilia rion.s 7, 8 9 ~~II Altcrnativciadditional load lines required by other incernational conventions in force may be ItUrked Jt right angles to and ahaft the vertical line specified in paragraph (I). Regulation 7 Mark of assi.sznill,g A ulIJority The ma.rk of th Authority by whom the load lines arc a.~sig n e d may be it,dic:ited alongside th., load line ring above the horiwma.! li11e which passes through the centre of the ring, or above and below it. This mark shall consist of not mort:: tban four initials tu identifY ch" A\lthority's name, each mc"-'uring approxjmardy lIS mm in height and 75 mm in width. Regulation 8 De/ails of marking .' The ring, lines and letters shal.l be pa.iJ1ted in white Or yellow on a dark ground or in bla on ~ light ground. They shall also be pcrmancntly l11arked on the sides of th .. ships ID the satisfaction of the Admjni s tr~ t ion. The marks shall be plainly visible and, if necessary. special arrangements shall be made for this purpose. see also (he unified interpretation Regulation 9 Venji[ation of marks IW/Tht∙ Imernational Load line Certificate shall not b delivered 1.0 the ship until the officer or surveyor acting undt."J" the provisions of article 13 of t.he Convention has certified that the marks arc correctly and pcnnancntly i
ndicated nn the ship's sides. r 119 jnttTMtio,ut/ COMVf7llion on i.»a!! Li,U'.s, 1966 as mod;Bed 1988 at"; 2003 Chapter 11 Conditions cif assignment <1 free boa rd Regulation 10 htjomrario.l to be stjpplied to the mast" ~ ~II The master of e\'ery new ship shall be mpplicd with information w arrange for the loading and ballasting of h., ship in such a way a' (0 avoid the creation of any unacceptable 5 t res~es In the ship's structure, provided th:lI this req\!irem~nr nc",d not apply to any particular length, design or class of ship where the Administration considers it to be unneceSs:lry. II'"~! (Z) Information shall be provided to the master in a fonn that is approved. by the Administration or a recognized org.mizauon. Stability inform:llilln, and loading infQnnation aho T<'iaH:d 10 ship trellg1=h when required under paragraph {l). shall be carned On board at all times together with evidence that tbe inrormation ha.s been approved by the Administratiorl. Ip,8l (31 A .hip which is not required under the IlltertlMional Conv~ntion for Srtfety of Life at Sea in force [0 undergo an inclining te,l upon its completion shall: (It be 50 inclined and the actual displacement and position of the: celltre or gravity shall be determined for the lightship condition; (b) if the Administration so approves, have il~ inclining tcst on (OlllpJction dispensed wlth, provided basic tabi ity dat3 ore available from the indining test of a ,ister ship and it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administrdtion that reljablc ~t:lbi lity infon1l3tlon for the ship can be obt.~ined from such basic data: I.) if the AdminisHariOll decides that the perfonnan.:c oran inclining test is not pnctic;J.bk or safe or yield, inaccurate re~ult5 dut' w the specific proponLom. arrangements, strength or hull form of l ship, have the ,hip'~ lightship c h:lracteris~ics determined by a derailed weight estimate confinnen b}' a lightweight survey; Idl have such il1 form ~cion · ~\l ppl i"d for the use or it1< ma~tc r as is necessary to enable the master, by T:lpid and simple processes, to obtain accurate guidanc:c as (0 the sf3bility of [he ship undcr all conditions likely to be encountered in normal service; and (.1 carry on board at all times it.< approved ,tabi]ity information together "'11h evidence that the information has been approved by the Adminjstr.ltion. ~ ('1 Where my ~lrcratiom are made to J. ship so as to materially affect the loading or stability information supplied to the rnastet, amended informanon shall be provided. If neces,ary the ship .Iull be re-iJlclined . • Refer to the Code On Intact Stability ror aJJ T);pes (If Ships covered by !MO lnmumm~, adopted by [he Ofl}~lliz.l[ion by resolution 1\. 749( 1 B) . ., a:rnended. Annex I, II!gulations 10, 11, 12, 13 Regulation 11 t 1 SIIper5tntctllre end bulkheads ~ Bulkheads at exposed ends of enclosed superstructures .shall be of an acceptab l~ level of strength. Regulation 12 Doors see also the unified interpretation (1) All ~cccss opening$ in bulkhea d~ lt ends of enclosed superstructures shall be fiteed with doors of steel or orh<;r material. permani;ndy and strongly anached (0 the bulki1cad, ::md framed, stiffened and fitted so that the whole structure i~ of equinlem strength to the ull-pierced bulkhea.d and WCJth<;rtighl whl∙n closed. The means for securing these doors weathertight shall e~msi t of gaskets and clamping devices or other equivalent means and shall be pennanetldy atClchcd to the or to the doors themselves, and the doors shall be so arrangt~d that th~y call be operHcd fTorn both sides of the bulkhead. ~ (21 Unless otherwise pemlitted by the Administration, doors shall open outwards to provide additional !CCUftCY ag~insr the impact of the sea. 1 .... 1 (3) Except as otherwise provided iu these regulations, the height of the sUls of access openj l1 g~ in bulkheads at ends of enclmed supcmructures shall be H leasl 380 mm above the deck. Iiijl (4) Portable: sills shall be avoided. However, in order to facilitate the loadillg,lunlo;lding of hea,∙y spare pans or similar, portable sills may be fitted on tlte f()lIowing conditions: (al they shall b~ installed before thc ship leaves port; and (b) they shall be g""skctcd ,md fastened by closely spaced through bolts. Regulation 13 Posirion '!.f izarchways, doonvays tmd venlilatDrJ For thc purp!m: ufthc regulations, twO positions of hatchways, doorways and ventilawr.> are defined as follows: Position 1 -
Upon exposed frecboard and raised quartcTdcch, 'lind ~pon exposed superstructure decks ~iru a ted forward {lC a point loca{cd a quarter of th~ ship's length fi:om the fOlward perpendicular. ~PCls i tiCln 2 -
Upon exposed superstructure decks situated ,ban a quarter of the ship's length from the forward perpendicular and lo c~te d at leas! one standard height oi supcrstrucUJrt: above the frerboard deck. Upon exposed super.ltrucmre decks situated forv..ard of a po; nt located a quarter of the ship's length from the t..)rward perpendicular and located at I c~st two standard h ~ i ghts of supt:rstn1cture above∙ tile frccboard deck. 121 l~tmulliona[ C"m .. "",/ion OIl Load Lines, 1966 as mali{ird 19lifi and 200) Regulation 14 Ca':RO cmd olher hatchways Ip.~l ll1 Th ~ construction and me;tn, (or ;ewring the wcathc:rtightncss of ",rgo and o,ther hatchways in position; 1 and 2 shall be at kas! eguivalent to the requirements ofrc;guhtion 16, unless d1C application ofrcguJatiorll 1S to such hatchways is gramcd by the Adrn.inistration. (2) CO<lmings and hatchway co,'en to e"posed hatchways on decks abo"c the 5uper>tructurc deck shall comply with the requirements of the Administration. ~Regu!ati(lfi 14-1 riiiI H atch ~ Ja y coamillg;l Iii!I (11 The coamings of hatchways shall be of subst.aJ1!lal con&truc [ion in ~(:co r d~Jlce with their posibon, am! their h~igh t Jbove the deck. shall be at lea~t as follows: II1 600 mm if in position 1; m.d (b} 4':'0 mm if in pomion 2, ~ (2, In the (Jse orlutchwa,∙s which comply with regubtion 16(2) through (5). the height of these coamings ma.y be reduced. or the coarnings omitted entirely, 011 condition that the Admitlis,tration is s~tis5ed tbat the safcty ofthc ship i, not thereby impaired in allY ~c a nmdinolls. Regulation 15 Har [ hway.~ cI(m~d hy porta.h1~ mm'" and .m:umJ weacherl('1nt by ta rp Ql~lil1 s and battening devices HiJlc1I1V4)' COV€7S ~ (1l The .... idth of each bearing sUrU<:e for hatchway coven shall be at le.1st 6S mm. Ipul C2) Where coven are made of wood, the finished thickness shall be .. t IC<lst 60 mm in association witb :t. span of not more than 1,5 m. (J>II~1131 Wllcre covers lre made of mild steel the strength shaLl be calculated in accorwncewitb the requirement ofregLllation 16(2) to (4) and the prodLlrt of t h~ maximLlm sltess thus calculated and the factor 1.25 shall not exceed the mirnmum 1.1pperyield point strenj,'th of the material. They ~hall be so de~igncd as to limit the deflection co not more than 0.0056 timcs the Splt1 under the~e loads. Refer to the un'ified interpretation fol' regulatiom 15(4), (5), (6), (7) and 16 of thc 1966 Convcntion Po rla ,,11: bell/liS If!!] (41 Where portable beams for supporting hacchway covers made of mild teel, lh~ strength shall be calculated with assumed loads not less Ihan 3.5 (1m
2 on hatchways in posicion 1 and not less rhan 2.6 tlm
l on hatchways in position 2 and the product of the lTlaXimLltn stress rhLls caiculued and [he 122 Anlfq" I, n'Sul4rion5 14, 14-1, 15 filctor 1 A 7 shall not exceed the minimum upper yi<:ld point strengrh of the materi.,]. They shall be so designed as to limit the deflection to not more than 0,0044 limes the span under these loads. Rllfer to the unified interpretation for regulations 15(4), (5), (6). (7) and 16 of the 1966 Convention ~i51 The assumed loa.ds 011 hatdlways in pmit10rl 1 may be reduced to 2 tfm
2 for ships 24 m in length and shall be not less than 3.5 t,lm
2 ror ships 100 m in length. The correspondillg loads 011 hatchways ill position 2 mdY be reduced 10 1.5 t/ll1 ~ and 2.6 t/m
, respectively. In all cases, ",,-lues al intermediate lengths shall be obtained by linear i te"rpoh.tiotl Refer to the unified interpretation for regulations 15(4), (5), (6), (7) and 16 of the 1966 Convention Pontoon cove'rs ~161 Wheye pontoon C()vers used in pLace ofponablc: beam~ and COVers are made of mild steel, the strength shaU be calculated in a(;(;ordance with the requirements of regulation 16(2) to (4) and the product of the mlxil1lullI ,tress Ihus calculated and dte flCwr 1.47 shall not "'. ceed the minimum upper yield point strength of rhe material. They shall be so designed as to limit the deflection to nO[ marc than 0.0044 times the span. Mild steel plating forming the tOpS of .:;overs shall be not less in thickness than 1% of the spacing of stifleners or 6 mm if that be gre∙ater, Refer to the unified interpretation for regulations 15(4). (5), (6), (7), and 16 of the 1966 Convention !!iiI (7) The strength and stiffness of covers rmde of materials other than mild steel shall be equivalent co those of mild steel to the ,atisfaction of the Administration. Carriers or tocJuts ~ih')' Carriers or sockets for pOl'ub\e bcarru shall be ofsubstanti;ll construction . • nd shall provide means for the efficient fitting and ,ccuring arche beams, Where rolling rype\ of beams are med. the arrangement;; shall ensure that the beams remain properly in position when lhe hatchway is do'ed. ~ 19) Ckat ~h3 1 1 be set [0 fit the taper of the wedges. They shall be at least 65 mm wide a.nd span,d not more thall 600 mm centre to centre; the ckals along cach side or end shall be not more than 150 mill from the hatcb corners. Btmrns rind ,vrdgl:s Iiii(llD) Battem and wedges shall be efficient and in good condition. Wedges shall be oftOllgh wood Or other equivalent material. They shall have a taper of not mote dl~n 1 in 6 lnd shall be rl'oe l e ~ s than 13 mm thick at t.he tOes. 123 InlemiJtional COtlVl!1ltion on Load Lines, 1966 ell modi/ielf 1988 alld 2003 TarpauUns PSl! (111 At lea,t two layers of LaI"vaulin in good condition shall be provided for each hatchw.y in po>ition 1 or 2. The ~rp auhn s Shl!! be waterproof and of ample strength. Tht:y shall be of a material of at leost ~ll approved standard weight and qllality. SfCUrity of mrtchwlJY CCWf!n ~ 112J FOT all haLchways in position 1 or 2 steel bars or othCT equivalent means shall be provided in order efficicndy and llldepelldcndy to secun, ea<:h section oFhalchway covers aftcr th(" c"'p3uJins are battrned down. HatchwlY covers of more than 1.5 III in length shall be secured by at leasl two such l.ccming appliances. Refer to the unified interpretation fOf regllb.tion 15{1J) of the 1966 Convention Regulation 16 ~ Ha ways closed by wealherlight a)VCl'Y of steel or o.ther equivalent materials see aho the unified intcTfctation ~ (ll All hatchway> in position 1 and 2 shall be fitted with hltch covers of steel or olhl:r equivakm ma l eri~1. Except as provided in regulation 14(2), sllch co 'cr~ shall be wcathenight and fitted with gaskets and clamping devices. h'e means ror securing and maintaining weathenightncss shall be to the satisfacriotl of the Administration. The arrangements Ihall "mm", thac Ihe tigluness can be maint3tllCd in any sea conditions, and for this purpose le ts for tightnc s ,hall be regmred at t11(: initial survey, and !Il;ty be required at r entw~J ilnd annual. ~ urvl:ys or at more freqm:nt intervals. ~ Hatch COller rnitlfmuttI desig'l loads @(2) For ships of lOOm in length and above: (al P05ition 1 hneh <∙overs louted in the forward quarter ofthc ship's length shall b~ designed for 'W3\'e: loads at the forward perpendi-
cular, calculated from the following equation: Load = 5 + (Lit -
100 ) ~ in "/m
1 where:: LH is L for ships of not more than 340 In but not less than 100 III in I~n gth and equal 10 340 m for ships of more rh:m 340 m in leng[h: L is the length of the ship (metres), as defined in regula-
tion 3; a is given in table 16,1, and reduced linearly to 3.5 (1m
2 at the end of the forward quarter's length, as shown in table 16.2. The design load used for each ),;.tch cover p:mcl shall be th.t dttermlllcd at its midpoint loc3tion. 11.1 All other position 1 hatch cove~ shall be designed to 3.5 tlm
, • .• 1∙ , " 'I.. . \ ~ . Anllex I, R'gll/alitm 16 ~Table 16.1 a Type 'B' frecboilrd 0.0074 I Ships assigned reduced freeboard by regu.lation 27(9) or 0.0363 (to) ~I]' (c) Position 2 hatch covcr~ sh ... n be designed to 2.6 t/m
. (d) Where a position 1 hatchway is located at least ont' mpcrltructure standard heIght higher th:lr) I'he &c,eboard deck. it m~y be desigrlcd > to 3.5 Ilm". For ships 24 m in length: (_) Position I hatch covers located in the for.\'ard quarter of the ship's length shall be de'igned [OT waye loads of2.43 tlm
2 at th ~ forward perpendiclIlar md reduced linearly to 2 Ijm
2 at the cod of the forward quarter's length as shown in table 16.2. The design load used for each hatch COVer pmel shall be that determined at it, midpoint location. Ib) .. \11 other poSItion 1 hatch coycrs shall be designed 10 2 [1m
, le) Pmition 2 hatch (Ovt'r> shall be designed 10 1.5 t/m
• Id) Where J position t hatchway lS located at least one superstructu£e standard height higher dlan the frechoard \I(;'(k, it may be deSIgned to 2 t/m
. ~ 14) For ships between 24 m and 100 m in length, and for po<itiollS bCI:\'{ecn F.P. and O.2SL. wave loads shall be obtained hy linear irl(:erpoblion of the values shown in tabJe 16,2. 1l'1!81 Table 16.2 Longitudinal position F.P. 0.2SL Aft ofO.2SL L> 100 m Freeboard deck Equalion in 3.5 tlm' 3.5 t/111
2 16(2)(3) Superstructure deck 3.5 11m2 , 2.6 t/m-
L ~ 100 m Freeboard deck 5 t/m
2 3.5 11m
2 ,2 ).5 t l ['l~ Superstructure deck 3.5 t/m '2 2.6 tfm
2 L -24 m Freeboard deck 2.43 tJm2 2 t/m
2 2 t/m7. Superstructure deck 2 tlm
2 1.5 t/n/ 125 AU hatch covers shall be de~igned such that: 1.1 the product orthe maximum stress detcnnined in accordance with the above loads and th., factor of 1.25 does not exced th~ mjninHl1l1 upper yield point strengtl1 of the l11ateriaJ iII tel15ion and the critical buckling strength in compression; Ib, Ih", deflection i~ limited Lo nO[ mOrt;: rh~n 0.0056 rime, the 'pan; (c, ~tec1 plating forming the tops of covers is nor less in thickllO:" than 1% ..,fthe. ,pacing of stifTcnen or (, mm if Ihat be grearer; and (d) :In corrosion margin is incorporAted. Iii!I Stl:UhHg "Tt-anghH£H IS ~ (Ii) The means for securing and maintaining weathertightnc=ss by other means thdn gasket; and clamping shall be to the ,ati,faction of the Adnlinistrar-ion. Iii!l (7) Hatch covers which rest on co.anungs 8haU be located i:n their dosed position by mea.ns capable ofwitl-l>landing h o rizo nt.aU~· acting loads in ;my ,eJ ,"onditions. Regulation 17 Machinery spaa' openings ~1) Machinery sp.ace openings in positi(}n 1 or 2 ~hill be pMperly framed ami efficiently enclosed by steel casings of ample strength, and where the Gl~ing, ar~ 1101 protected by mh~r structures their strength ,hall be ,pecially _. consid"rcd. Access op"nin~ il' s\leh casings sh~lI be tined ,,,irh doorl complying wlth the requirements ofregulation 12(1). the ,ills of which shall be at least 60(J mm above the deck ifin position l, and at !elm 380 mm above the deck ifit! position 2. Other openjligs in such c"sings sllall be our:d with equivalent covers, permanently ntached in their prop.-r po~itions. ~ (2) Where machinery casings are not protected by other structures, dO\lble doors (i.e. inner and outer doors complying with the reqllirements of regula(ionI2(1») ,11011 b" required for shIps "ssigned (rcebo.rds l es~ thall those ba.led on table 28.2 ofregu]ation 28. An inner sill of23D m_m in conjunction with the outer sit! of 600 mm shaU be provided. ",.ij{ll CC:lJninss cf .any fiddky. f",lrtcl Or mac:hil'lc∙ry 'paCt vCIHi!:ltOf in :m exposed position on thefreebo;ud deck or superstructure deck IhalJ be as high above the deck al is rea,cnable and practicable. In general, ventilaron n to continuously supply the machinery spaCE shall h~ve coamillgs of sufficient height loO comply with regulation 19(3), without having to fit w e ~!h t rtight dosing appliances .. Vcntibwn necessary to continuously supply th .. emergency gen~ralor room, if this is considered buoyant in the stability calculation. or protecting openings below ~hall have coamings of sldEr.;ient height to wITIply with reguJiltion [9(3), without having to fit we:ab
enighl closing appliance'l. Annex I. rrgwlariOtl.l 17, 18 ~ (41 Wht're due to ~hlp sizc and arrangement t hi~ j, not pracncable, lc~ser heights fOT machine!)' space and ~!l1c [ gency gencr::ltor room ventilator coaming:<, fitted with weathertight closing appliances ill accordance "'ith regl.lJa.tion 19(4), may be pt"rmitted by the AdministT:ltlon in combination with other suitable arrangements to ensure an lllimerruptcd. adequate ~ tlpply of ventilation to these spaces. ~ (5, Fiddl 'y openings shall be filted with strong covets of st~.e l or other equivalent materia.! permanently attached in their proper positions and capable of being 5ccured wcathertight. Regulation 1. 8 Miscellaneous openings it! jree boa rd IlIId mpeTSlructure decks (11 Manholes and flu.lh ~CUltles in positiotl 1 or 2 or within superstructures other than enclosed Il1perstructures shall be dosed by substontial covers capable of being made watertighr. Unless secured by closely spaced bolts, the covers s hall b~ perma:lently attached. ~12) Openings in rreeboard decks other than hatchways, machinery space openings. man boks and tlush scuttles <hall be protccced by an enclosed superstructure, or by a deckhollse or cornplnJonway of equivalent strength and wcathercighmess. Similarly, any suchopcning in an exposed super-
structure de k, in du' top of J ∙deckhous(, on the &ecboard deck which gives ace <-ss to a space below the freebuard deck or a space within an enclosed s uperstru clUr~ shall be by atl cffici"nt deckhoulc or compa.niunway. f.)ooTways in such companionways or deckhollses that lead or give access ro srairways leadmg below shall be titted wnh doors in accordance with re[,'uiatioll 12(1). ternatively, if stairways wirhin a ded,housc arc enclost:d within properly COn5tructed comp:lnjorl~vays fitted with doors complying wi[h reglllation ]2(1), the external door need not be wea therti gin. see also the unified interpretation (lA CS inteTJCttllion LL. 8) ~ (3) Openings In the tOp of a dcekhouse on a raised quarterdeck or supentructure oflcss than st<lndard height, having a height equal to or g r ca~er than the >ratldard quarterdeck height, ball bt: provided with an acceptable means uf closing but need !lot b prottncd by an efficient deckhousc or companionway as defined in the regulation, provided ,hat the height of the deckhouse i~ at !east tbe stilndard height ofa superstructure. Openings in the tOp of the deckhollse orl a dcckhouse of less than a standard superstrucwn: height nuy be treated in a similar IltarHler. ~14) In position 1 the height above: the deck of sills to the doorway~ in COmpJlliollways shaU b~ at least 600 rrun. In position 2 it ,h.l1 be ,t le a~t 380 mm. I~ ~~ (51 Where ,((,ces, i ~ provide-d from the deck above "-, an alternat:iv<: to access from the freeboard deck in a.ccordance with rcguhcion 3(lO)(b). the height of ~ ill s into a bridge or poop 5h311 be 380 mm. The saLnc shall apply to deckhouscs on the freeboard dec k. 127 Intemati<mal Cotll'rnliQrI (In Lxld Lines, 1966 ~ "wdi/ f 9fifl arui ZOO] ~~6) Where access is not provided from above, the height of the ~ills to doorways in deckhouses on rhe fi'ceboard deck shall be 600 mm. Refer to the uni6ed interpretation for regulation 18(3) of the 1966 Convention Iii!l UI Where the dosing appliances of access openings in s l1p e r stru{ ~ tures and deckJl0uses are not in a.:cmdancc with regulation 12(1), interior d<;ck openings shJIl be considered exposed (i.e. in the open deck). Regulation 19 Velltilalers see also the unified interpretation Ip."1I1) Ventilators Ln position I or 2 to space, below freeboatd deck or decks of enclosed superstructures shall have c03rrrings of sted or other equivalent material. s
ubstantially c<)nstnJctcd and efficiently connected to the deck. Vemib.tors in positlon 1 shall have coamings of a height of at least∙ ')00 mm above the dCLk; in posi,ion 2 the coamin~' ,h,,1l be of a height at lea'\ 7(i() 111111 above the deck. Where the caaming of any ventilaror. exceeds 900 mJTI ill height it shall be sprcially supported. 12~ VCl1ril.tors pa.,sing through mpnsmlcnlres (}ther than cnclmcd superstructures shall have substantia]],. constructed coarnings of steel or other cquivakJ1t rnal<"lal at the freeboard deck. (1) Ventilators in pusition 1 the coaming; of which extend to more: than 4.5 m above the deck. and in position 2 the co~lTIiTJgs uf which extend to more than 2.3 Ul above the deck, need not be fined with closing arrangements unless specifically r eq\l i r ~ d by Ihe Aclmini,[r:Hion. ~~4) Except as provided in paragraph (3), ventilator openings shall be provided with weathcrtight dosing ll'pliances of sted or orhcr cquivalcrll material. [n ships uf nut more than 100 t1l in length the closing 3ppliances shall b<: permanently attached; where not ~o provided in Other ships, they sh;cll be conveniently stowed near the ventilator; to which they are to be fitted. ~ (!il [n ,exposed lucations, the height of CO:l111 ings may be increased to the satisfaction of the Admi n i~ t ration. Regulation 20 . Air pipes see also the unified inteTretations ~I1) Wllere air pipes to ballast and other t~nb extend above the Irceboard or superstructure decks, the exposed parts or tbe pipes shall be: of substantial construction; the height from the deck to the puint where water may have accc~s below shall be at lea.t 76U mm on the frceboard deck .1I1d 450 mm on the superstructll re d(!( k. 12f1 Antl<'x I, regula/jam 19, 20,21,22 P88 (2) Where tht'se heights may mtcrfcrc ,,~t h the working of the ,hip, a lower height may be approved, provided that the Administration is satisfied that the closing arrangements :lnd other circumstances justify a lower he,gh!. Ip,.1 (3) [1>881 (4) Air pipes shall be provided with automatic closing devices. Pressure-vacuum valves (PV valves) may he :lcccplcd on tankers. Regulation 21 Cargo ports afld otlter similar openings Sec a1.o the unified inlerpretalion ~ (11 Cargo pons and othn similar openings in the sides of ships below the freeboard deck shall be fitted with doors so designed as to eusure the s~lI1 e wat~rtighlnns and strucrural integrity as the surrounding shell plating. Unkss otherwise granted by the Admini,tTation, these opemngs ,hall open outwards. The number or such upenings shall be the minimum compatible with the design and proper working of the .hip. scc also the unified interprelation ~ i (2' Unl"s.; otherwise, permitted by tbe-
Ad minism~io n, {he lower edge of opening's referred to in pardj,'Taph (1) shall Jlot be beluw a line drawn parallel to the freehoatd deck at side, which is at its lowest poim at least 23() mm ahove tb(" upper edge of the ullpennost load line. Ipsal13) Where it is pcnnitkd to arrange cargo ports and other similar openings with their luwn edge below the line spccirled in para.graph (2), add i t iO n ~ l features s h ~ lI be fitted to mainu,in the watntight integrity. t ~!!I (4, The fming of a second door of equivalent .tr~ng\h and w3t{∙Itighmc55 is one acceptable rlrrAngernent. A leakage detection device slull be provided in rh ... compartment bem∙een the two doors. Dr<linage of this companll1cnt to the bilges, controlled by a readily accessible screw-down alve, shall be arranged. The outer door shall opcn outward,. m (5) Arrlngcmcnu for bow doors and their int .... r cloors, ~ide doors and \t~m doors and thcir ~ec urin gs shall be in cnmpliancc \\~th the requiremC'HS of a recobrnized orglnlzltinl1, or with the applicable national standards of the Administration which p rovjd~ an equivalent level of ',,[ery. Regulation 22 Sn'ppm, inlet5 and discIJarges sec also the unified interpretation ~<'1 'I) Di~charges led through the shell either from spaces below the free
board deck or from within superstructures and dcckhollses On the fICeb()~ rd deck fitted with doors comp.lying \\~t h che requlremC'nlS of rcgulatjon 12 shall, e~cc rt <IS provided in paragraph (2), be fitt~d ,,~th effiC1Cllt and ac.:cssible means for preventlllg water from passing mboard. Normally eacb s~pa rate discharge shall have one :ll1lomanc non-return valve with a positive means of closing it fTOrn a position abovl-
the freeboard deek. 129 lntmur 110ntl / Corwrntiml on Load LintS, 1966 45 modi 1988 and 2003 Wh(:re the inbo3rd cnd ofchc discharge pipe is located at k"'SlllO 1 L ,,-bove the Summer Load Line, the discharge may have two automatic non-return valves witllQU! p O ~it iv", meap ~ (.f closing. Wnc.c hat vertical dlstancc c){cecds O.02L, a ~i n gle auwmacic non-rl'tum valve without' positive meam of closing may be accepted, The m~an> for Opt rating cbe positjve-acti<.m .... alve ~hall be (eadily accessible ;lnd provided with an Indicator showing whethN the valve is open or clmcd, @ Ib) Onc automatic non-return valve and onc sluice valve controlled from above the frecboard deck instcJd of o,ne autormlic nOIl-return valve with J posItive mean, of closing from a. position above tbe freeboard deck, is le eepmble. Ip8~ Ic) \Vh.~r~ two automatic no[)-£etum valves are required, tile inbm,d valve shall always be accessible for examinacion under servi("t conditions (i.e., the inboard valve Sh;liJl be above the level of the Tropical Load Line). If thIs is not practicable. the inboard valve need nOt be located ,bove the Tropical Load Line, proVided that a locally comrollcd sluice: valve: is fined between tbe 1:\0\0'0 aUI.O!Jl3ti~ nOn-retUrn valves. ~ Id) Where ,anitHY discharges and ,cuppers lead ovc:rbuard through the shell in way of machinery spaces, a locally operated positive-closing valve at the slid.!, tug"the:r with a nou-retum valve inboard, ;s acceptable. The controls of the valvei shall Ile in an easily accc,sibl.e position. ~Ie' The position of the inboard end of discharges shall be related to the Sununcr Timber Lo.d Line when a timber freebo .. rd is assigned. ~ If) The '''quir"m''llt<. for noo-r"nml v:tlve. ar~ appliu.ble only to those d.ischarges which remain open dunng the normal operation of a ship. 1'0£ dis ("h~Tg es which ar~' 10 b ~ k<:pt clo 'cd at lea, a single sc r ew ~ do wn valve operated from the deck is acceptable. ~ (a) Table 22.1 provides the acceptable arrangements of scuppers, inlets and diKhargel. II'~g! (2) Scuppers led through the 5ht'l1 from enclosed superstructures llsed. for th~ carriage of cargo shall be permitted only where Ine edge of the free board deck is not iln m{~r scd when the ship heels 50 either way. In other cases [he drainage shaH be led inboard in accord"n<:c with the requirements o[ tbe: ln t e nl~tiongl Convention for the Safer,), of L.iff~ at Sea in force. IPil] (31 In manned machinery s p~ecs, :md :l\.lxiliary sea inlet~ and discharg
es ill connection with the opcratio[l of macllinery may be controllc:d locdly. The nmtrols shall be readily lCCCSSlble and shall be providc:'d with indicators showing whethn the .... alvts arc ope" or closed, ~14' Scuppers and di~<:harge pipes ori!,oinJting at any level and pt!nctr.lling Ihe shdl either nlorc than 450 mm below [he freeboard deck or l.-ss than 600 mm abo .... e the Summer load Line ,hall be provided with a non-rerum valve at tbe sbell. Tbi. valve. "Tll",s~ requin:d by paragraph (2), m.y be omitted if the piping j, of substantial thicknc5s (sec paragrapb (7) below). 130 ~Table 22.1 DISCharges coming from enclosed -.-cas below the freeboard deck or on .he "-"oard deck Discharges coming from other space. G4ineral fSQulrement Discharges. Allematives (Reg. 22(1)) where Inboard end OulbJerd end> 450 mm Otherwise Reg. 22( I) where lh~h below FB deck or RQQ.22(5) inboard and ~ O.01L machnery s eoo mm above SWL above SWL space ~ O.Q1L """VB SWL > O.02L above SWL Reg.22(41 SUperstrucll .... e or deckhouse deck ~7 7 FB FB FB FB FB FB deck -r T dock deck deck deck 7 dock 7 i ! , I ~ ~7 ~7 n ~ , I ~ ~ ( J SWL SWL SWL SWL SWL ~ , SWL ~ I=--
I , " ~ (~ ~ :s ~ .) ~ ,~ ~ , ~ ~ , , " " " " , " " a SymbOl!: 0 Non∙reLum Ir'alve withOU1 positive -T-
remo1e control \l inboard end of pipe!! means of closing ..( outboard end of pipes et Non-re1um valve with positive I normillh~llell means of closing controUed Iocalt\r J pipes ltHminaUng on 1he open de:k ~ valve controlled locally I substanliallhickne8S I ,'" -
i E" ~. 1.0> -
~ 1'HfJ7U1clOtUlI Ccmvrnticm 011 l.,fll2d Lines, 1966 as mcJi{W 1988 and 1003 ~ CS) Scuppers l<:<lding from s up cr structure~ or d ec kl1o u~e~ not fitted with doors wmplying with the reqlliremenls of regulation 12 ~ hall be led overboard. ~ (6) All she!! fittin g ~ and the v:ilve~ required by [his n~guJa.tio l' shall be of ~ t ~'eJ, broITze or other approved ductile material. Valve, of ordinary cast Iron or si.milar matc r i ~ i ~ rc not ;).cccpt:lb1c. All pipe, to which Ihi regubcion refers ~hall be of ~tcel or other equivalent llnteriai [() ,be s;tli~f;)'c l ion of the Admillj,ttation. 8 ~ m Scupper and dis,ltargl pipes I -I ~ij 'al For ~cuppcr and di charge piP~ li where subs aJ'ltiaJ thickness is not required: lil lOT pipes having an externa] diameter equal to or less than 155 mm, the tltick.IK,s shall nol b~ less than 4.5 mm; (iil for pipe5 h<Lving an external diameter equal to or mort' rhan 230 mm, the shill not be less than 6 mm. IntErIll"di.'IC" si?'~s 5hall be determim:d by 1i11"'''f il1t e rp(l h ~i(>n. !P8111(11) for scupper and discharge pipes. where substantial thickneo;s is reguired: lil for pipes having an external dj;rmeter equal to or less than 80 mm. the thickness slull rtN b,: less than 7 mm; jii) tor pipes lllving an external diameter of 180 mm, the thickness shall not be less than 10 mm; liii) for pipes having all external diameter equal to or more than 220 mm. Llw thickness s""U !lot b" less ,I,,,,, 12.5 mm. Intermediate .ize. shalL be detenniIled by linear interpolation. Iii!I Regulation 22-1 iiiI Carbagt> chutes Refer to the unified interpretation {or regulation 22 ∙oftbe 1966 Convention ~ [11 Two gone valves (omroll~d! from [he worki 'lg deck of die dune instead ohh" nOI1-retum "Jlve witl a positive meartS of dosing from a position above the freeboard deck which comply with the following requirement. are acce:ptablc: 1!2 '(Il the lower gate valve shall be controlled from a posibon above the frcebo.lrd deck. f\n interlock system bem'c~n the [WO valves shall be arranged; (Ill the inboard end shall be localed above the waterline fonned b}∙ an 8.5' heel to pori or starboard at a draught corresponding to the ~ SSi gI1 Cd summer frccboard, but not than t ,000 mm above the s
ummer waterlme. Where the lIlboard cnd exceeds 0.01 L above the summer w;lr"rlmc, ~'1l1vc comrol (rom the free board deck is not r'( ~ qujre d, pTo\~ d ed t h ~ inboard gate valve II always accessible under service conditions; and Antlex I, /ations 22-1, 22∙2, 23 le) alternatively, the upper and lower gate valvc~ may )C replaced by a hinged wClthcrtight cover at the inboard end of the chute lOgether with ~ di~r,:harge fhp. The cover and flap shall be arranged ",idl an interlock so hat the di sch~r gc Oap c:mnot be operated until the hopper cover is closed. 1f!!112) The entite ch.lte, im'luding the cover, shall be cOll5tructcd of material of l ub~tan tia l thickness. I' 131 The centroh for the gate valve ... and/or hinged covers ,hall be dearly marked: "Keep closed when not in use". m (4) Where the inboard end or the chute is below the free board deck of a passenger ~hip or the t'quilibriUlll watcrh !lCS of a cargu ship to wbjch damage stability requirements apply, then: 1.1 the inboard cnd hinged cover/valve ,hall be watertight; (b) the ",Ive shall be J screw-down non-rerum valve fitted in an easily ~ccess ib)e pomioJl above tilt' d~epes t load line; and (c) the screw-down non-return valve shall be controlled from a position above the bulkhead dcck and providcd with opc[I/c1oscd indicators. The valve-
comrol shall be clearly marked: "K<:ep dosed when not in mc". IllS Regulation 22-2 ~ Spurting pipes and mble lockm ~ (1) Sp~rl i n.g pipes and cabk Lockers shall be watertight up to lhe deck exposed to we~ther. I ~.~ I (2) Wherc means of acc::cIs are provided, they shall be dosed by a substantial cover and ,ecured by closely 'paced bolts. ~ (31 Spurling pipcs thrQugh which anchor cables are Icd shall be provided with permanently attached closing JPpli:mces to minimize water ingress. Regulation 23 .. Sideswltles, windows and skylights II'!1ijl11 Sidescutrles and v.~ndows, together with [heir glasse~, d~adl ig ht s and Slorm covers. if fitted, shaH be of an approved desig11 and substantial con Slnl(; tion . Non-metallic frames .3rc not accept~b l e. !.i'ss! i2) Sidescunlcs arc defined as being rOlJnd or oval openings with all area not excecdmg 016 rn
. ROllnd or oval openings having areas exct'cdmg 0.16 m? shall be treated as windows. ~ i31 Windows are defined as being rectangubr openings generally, having a radius at each corner relative to the window sizt', and round or oval opening. wlth an area excccdin~ 0.16 1112. -Deadljglm an: fined to the in';d~ of,,;ndows and ,id<:.cuttlel, "'hile ItOrt∙" cOVen.rt fitted ID the out'iide o(\viu( l o\l ~'s, where 4Lcccssiblt:, and rna.y be hlnged or poct3blc. t:31 Irlle1'Mlirm<l1 Conr-rnliorl <JrI LooJ Lines, 1966 as mlXii{ied 1988 IlI'Id 2003 ~ 141 Sidescunles to the following spaces ~haIJ be filted with hinged jnside dcadlight
s: I1I spaces below frn'board deck: Ibl spaces within the first tier of enclosed superstructures; and Ic) first tier deckho\lSes on the freeboard deck protecting opcnillgs leading below or considered buoyant in subiljty calculation). [fYDeadlights silall be capable of 1xing clo'sed and secured watcnigl'l if fitted below the rreeboard deck and weatbertight if fitted above. m (.51 Sidcscutt1es shall not be fitted in such a position that thdr sills arc: below a line drawn par.lld to the freebond deck at side and having i15 l<lwest poim 2.5% of the breadth (8). or 500 mm. whichever i~ the greater disance, a
bove the Summer Load Line (or Timber Summer Load Line if assib'1led). ~ 161 If the required damage stability cakulaLiom indicate: that the: side-scuttles wOli
ld become immersed at any intermediate stage of flooding or the final equilibrium waterline, they shall be of the notl-opening type. rn 111 Windows sh:lll nOt be fitted in the following location.5: (11 below the freeboard dc:ck; 1.1 in the lirst tier .. nd bulkhcac!.s or sides of enclosed superstructures; or (c) in fint tier deck homes that He considered buoy:lllt in Ihestability calculations. see also the unified interpretation (TACS jrllerprttatio" LL. 62) ~III Sidc,cuttles and window. at the side shell in the second cicr .hall be provided v,.;th hinged inside deadlights capable of being d05ed and secured weathettighl if the superstructure protects direct access to an opening leading below or is comidcred buoyant in the stability calculations. Sidc.scuttles and windows in side bulkheads set inbo:lrd from the side shell in the second tier which protect dire,cl aCCeSS below to Sp3CCS listed in paragrJph (4) shall be pnl'lidcd with either hinged imide deadhghts or, where they are accessible, permanently attached external ,toml covers which are capable of being closed and secured weathcrtiglH. iP88i110) Cabin bulkheads and doors in rhe .eo;:(md rier and above st:parating sidescuttles aTld windows from a direct access leading below or the secOlld tier considered buoyant in the stability calculations may be accepted in place of deadlighls or storm covers fiucd to (he side-scuttles and windows. see also the unified interpretation (TACS i,I!f,Trttalio" LL.62) m (11) Deckhouses situated 011 a raised quarterdeck or on the dc,ek of a supcr,tructure of kss than standard height may be r ... garded as bemg in the s~co n d tier as far as the r~ C)uirellletlls for dcadlighls att' concerned, provid"d that the height of the raised qua.rterdeck. or superstrucrurc i ~ equal to or greater Ib.n the standard quarterdeck heigbt. ~!H12l Fix ... d or QPcning )ky1igbt~ shall have 3. glass thickness appropriate to their size and position as required for side~ lHtle5 and windows. Skylight 134 Antle.'{ I, regu/alicm 14 glalses in ~nl' position ~hall be protected from mechanical damage atld. where fitted in position 1 or 2. shall be provided with permanently attached deadlighcs or storm covers. Regulation 24 Freeing ports ~OI II~ Where bulv,rarks on the weather portion~ of frcebo.rd or super-
structure decks form wells, ~rn pl e provision shall be made for rapidly freeing the decks of water and for drainitlg them. ~ (b~ Except as provided in para.graphs (I)(c) and (2), the minimum freeing port area (A) on each side of t ~ ship for each well on the freeboard deck sh:ill be that givcn by the following forll1ulac i l c ~ses where the sheer in way of the weU is standard or gre:Hcr tb:lIl standard. If'x ~ The minimum area for each well on supl'rStIucture decks shall be one-h.lf of me area given by ehe foUowing fomll..llae: \Vhere the length ofbulwa.rk (/) in the well js 20 Tn or b~: A ~ 0.7 0.035/ m
. Where 1 exceeds 20 10: A -
0.071 inl. /. need in no case be taken as greater than O.71... Ifrhe bulwark IS mort than 1.2 m in average height, the required are.1 sha11 be increased by 0.004 m
l per mctre oflenb>th of well for each 0.1 m d ifr ere n c~ in height. If Lhe bulwark is less than 0.9 In in aver.gc height. the rc∙quircd area rnay be decreased by 0.004 m 2 per metre of length of well for eacb 0.1 m diff~rcnce in height. see also the unified interpretations !iiiI (c) In ships with no sheer, the area calculated according to para.graph (b) shall be increased by 50%. Where the sheer is less than the standard, the perccntagt∙ ~h all be obtained by linear interpobtion. Iram (d) On a tlush deck ,hip wiLh a deckhome amidships having:t breadth oLae least 80% of the beam of the ship and the passageways along the ,ide of the ship not exceeding 1.5 m in width, two wells are fom1cd. Each ~ha ll be given the required freeing port area based upon the Jcngrh of .. aeh well. 1l'l!81 (I) 'Where a SCTt>el1 bulkhead is fitted complet.ely lCroSS the ship at the forward end of a mid~h i p deekhol.lse, the expos<:d cl ck i~ diyidca into two well, and there is no limitation on (he breadth of the dcckhoU5C. ~ If) Wells on raised quarterdecks sh;t\1 be treated as being on freeboard decks. Ip!1ii (11) Gutter bars greater than 300 mm in heighr fitted around the weatber decks of tankers in way of cargo manifolds and cargo piping shall be treated as bulwark~. Freeing pOrtS shall be arranged In accorcl,mce with this 135 'ntematio~al CotIvention on Load Line:;, 1966 <15 modified 1,988 and 2oo} regulation_ CLosure, attached to the freeing poru for me during loading and discharge operJtiom are to be Jrnnged in such a way th:tt j:unming Gillnot or;:cur whi.le at sea. Irul (l)Where J .lhip fitted with a trunk does not comply with the requirements of regulation 36(1 )(e) or where contimJous or substantially continuous hatchway side coami!lj,"S :Ire fitted between detached super-
structures, the minimulll area of th.e freeing port opening' ,hall be calculated fi--(Jm the following table: Breadth of hatchway or trunk in Area of freeing ports in relation to relation to the breadth of ship the total area of the bulwarks 40% or less 20% 75% or more 10% The ~ rc" of frcell1g ports at imermedi,(c b r e >ddl ~ shall b" obrained by linear illterpolation. ~ (3) The dlCctivcntss of the rreeing area in bulwarks reqtlired by l>aragtal>n (1) d.e p t · n d ~ on the fi-t∙c flow area a cru~-> tbe deck of a ship. ~ The free (low area on deck is the net ~ r ea of gaps bem'cen h3tchwJYs. and bet"o.vecn hatchways and supcrstruCtllrCl and deckhollscs up to the actual height of the bulwark, ~ The freeing pon area ill bulwarks shall be Jssessed in relation to the net free flow neJ as f<)lIows: (a) I f the free flow area is not less than the freeing area calculated from pangnph (2) as if the hatchway coa mj n~ wne continuolls. then t:he minimum freeing port area calcubted from paragraph (1) shall be de~me-d sufficient. rll, I r the free flow area is equal to or less than the area calcubted from paragraph (1), the rlllnimuITt freeing a.rca in ll l~ bulwarks shall be determined from paragt:3pil (2). (~) If the free flow area is smaller than ca.!culatcd from paragr,pn (2), but greater than calculated from par:ograph (1), the minimum freeing area in [he bulwark shaU be dctcnnined from the follOWing formula.: F ~ F •.. F
z -1., (m
) where: FI is th" minimum freeing ".Tea calcul:aed from paragraph (1); F2 is the minimnm freeing arca calcul3ted from puagr.lph (2); and Jp is the total net area of pa,;ages and gaps bet"o.veell batch end~ md ---, supentructu res or deck hOllses up lO the actual height (If bulwark, @ (4) In ,hip' having superstructures on the fr"eboard deck or supcrstmctll re decks. which ;ore open at either or both ends to well, formed by bulwarks on the open de<;h, adell""te provisiolJ for freeing the open s p acc~ within the superstructures shall be provided, 136 Annex I, rrgulation 24 Ifi!l The n)JIumum freeing port arC'J on each .idc of the ship for the open supcrs t ruct ur~ (As) and for the open well (A"...) shall be C:llculatcd in accordance with the following procedure: (al D"t~rmin" the toral wclllcngth (It) equal to the sum of the length ()f the open deck enclosed by bulwark, (/w) and the length of the common space within the open supcrsnucmrc (I,). Ib/ To dctermine A,: li) c:llcubtc the freeing pan area (/1) required for In open well oi le
ngth I,. in Jccordance with par.a.graph (1) with standard height bulwark amlllled; In) multiply by a factor of 1.5 to COffeet for the absence of~heeT, if <lpplicable, 1Il accordance with paragraph (1 )(c); (iiil multiply by the C'lctor (boll
) to adjust the freeing port Mea for the breadth (b
) of the openings in the cnd bulkhead of the ∙
enclo,ed ,uperstrucmre; eiv)1 to ~ dj\l st the fi-e ~i ng pon area (or that part of the entire length of the well which is enclosed by the open s\lpcrstructme, multiply by the factor: 1 _ (1 ... 11,)2 where I"" and It are defined in paragraph (4)(a); (v) to adjust the freeing port area for the distance of the well deck above the frecboard deck, for decks located more than 0.51., above the frel.'board deck, multiply by the factor: o .5 (h,jhw) where h.,,, is the distance of the well deck above the treeboard deck and h, is olle stwdaru superstructure height, le) To determine Aw: (i) the freeing port area for the open well (Aw) shall be c ~kulated in accordance with paragraph (b)(i). using l ~ to calculate a nominal freeing port area (A'). and then adjusted ior the <lemal height of the bulwark (lIb) by the application of onc of the following >rea corrections, whichever is applicable: for bulwarks srreatcr than 1.2 m ill height: Ac ~ I",«hh -1.2)/0,10)(0,004) (m2); for bulwarks less than 0.9 m in height: A< -
{",«ho -
O.9){O.lO)(O.004} (m
); for bulwarks between 1.2 rii :md 0.9 ID in height there is no correction (i.<:. Ar ~ 0); (ii) the ,eorn:ctcd freeing port area (Aw ~ A' + Ac) shall then be adjusted for absence of sheer, if applicable, and height above frccboard deck a, in p a ra grap h ~ (b)(ii) and (b)(v). using n, and hw∙ (d~ The resulting freeing port areas for the open ~Up c r st nt c ture (A.) ~nrl for the open well (Awl shall b~ provided along each side of the 137 Il'llmlatiMul/ C~ticn C11 Load LilieS, 1966 as modified 1988 and 2oo3 open space covered by rhl" open ,upemrucrure and each side of the o pen well, re ,pecti vel y. (I) Tbe <lbove relatiollships are summarized by the following equations, a.ssuming 1[, the sum of Iw and I,. is greater than 20 m: freeing port a.rea A", for the: open well: Aw = (0.071.., + AJ (sheer correction) (O.5/rJhw); freeing port area A, for the open supcrstru<:\urc: A, = (0.Cl7IJ (sheer comctiun) (bull,) (1 -
(lw!li) (,{h..,); where I, i~ 20 m or h;ss, the basic freeing port area i~ A = 0.7 + 0.035r, in accord.mce with paragraph (1). ~ 15) The lower edges offrceing pOftS shall be:\s near tllC deck a~ practicable. Two-thirds of the fn::eing port area n::qu'n:d shall be provided in the half of the well m::arCS[ the lowe« point orthe sheer curv~. One-third oftbe freeing port area required shall be evenly spread a.long the remaining length of the' wr:ll. With zero or little sheer on th~ exposed [r("cboard deck or an expmed superstructure deck the freeing port area shall be even1l' spr<:~d o.long the length of the well. m (Ill All freeing port opcIlings in the bulwarks shall be protec:ted by rails or 'pac:ed approximately 230 mm apart. If 5hutcers are fitted to freeing ports, ample dearance shall be provided to prevt:ntjarnming. Hinges sballl1avc p ]ll ~ or btari:ngs of non-corrodible material. Shlln"rs ,hall not be fitted with securing appliances. Regulation 25 Protedion of the crew fP~;1 (11 The d.eckhouses med fur the accommodation of me crew ~hall be COllstructrd wan acceptable level ofstrength. ~121 GlIard raih or buiw;lr\l;s shall be fln",d amll11d all exposed deck>. The height of thee blllwJ.rks or guard Tails shall be at least 1 rn from the deck. provided that, where this height would intenere with the normal opemion of the ship. a lesser hei[;bt may be ~pprov c d!, if the Adminimatioll is s;l.tisfied that adequate protection is provid(."d. sce also the unified intetpretation (lACS i"Cfrpr~rario" LL.14) ~ (3) Gua:rd rail5 fitted on supefStrUC!IHC and fI~tlOard d-:d, ,hall bavc at least t11r ~ e courses. The opening below th.~ lowest cour..e of Ihe gu:ml rails shall nor exceed 230 mm. The other courses shall be not more than 380 mm apart. In the case of srL; ps with rOllnded gunwale, the guard rail mpports ,;hall be placed on thcdlat of the deck. In other locations, gll<Lrd rail, with at least ""'0 C(lI.lrsCS shall b~ fitted. Guard ra.i15 shall comply y,.jth the following provisions: t36 (I' fixed, removable Or hinged stanchions shall be Htred about 1.5 m :lpart. Removable or hinged stlnc.hions shall bt!: capable of heing locked it} the upright pOSition; Ill, at least evny third stanchion ,hall be supportcd by a brack<'tor 'Stay; ___________________ --'A=":::n:::fx::--.:IL.., ~reg"ialio""' 25, 25-1 (c) where necessary for tne tiormal opcr.ocioTI of the ship. ~ted wire ropes may be accepted in lieu of guard rails. Wires shall be made taut by mea IS o( turnbucklcs; .. nrJ (Ill) where necessary (or the normal operation of the ship, chains fitted bw.wcn [Wo fixed stnlChions ~nd/ur bulwarks Jrc Jc,ceptabk in lieu of guard nils. ~ (4) Satisfactory m('ans for safe passage requm:d by regulation 25-1 (in the [onn of b'Uard rails, lifelines, gangways or Lmderdeck passages, ClC.) shall be provided for the procection of Ihe crew in gerting t!) me! from their quarters, t h~ machjnery pa(:.;: and any Other spaces usr;:d in the essential opnation of the sh.ip. ~ (51 Deck cargo carned en any ~h i p shall Pt so Mowed that any opening which is in way of the ~a rg o ;U1d which gives Keess to and from the crew's quarters, the machinery space and all other part, med in the ""cntial operation of the ship can be clmcd and secured agaimt water ingress. Protcction for the crew in the form of guard rails Ot lifelines shall he provided aoboyc the de k cargo ifth<:fC is 1;0 convenient passage on or below the deck of the ship. ~Regulation 25-1 Ip .. 1 JI..1ealtS jor safe passage 4 crew ~ OI The safe passage of crew shall be ptovided by at least one of the me.ns prescribed in table 2:5-1.1 belDw. ~ 121 Acceptable arrangements referred to in table 25-1.1 are defined as fullows: \1) A welJ lighted ~ nt l ventilated under-deck passageway (with J clear opening of.1£ leasc O.S m wide .and 2 m high), a5 dose as practicable to th~ frecboard deck, connecting and providillg a c( e s ~ [Q lhe Jo<ations ill quesdon. (b) A perrm[H;'nt and dIiciemly constnlcted gang .... vay, fined at or above the level of the mp eTs~ruC[l1fC deck, On or as near a pra
cttcable to che Gcntrcline of the ship, providinl; a continuullS platform at l~ J s t 0.6 m in width and a nOIl-slip surface and with guard rails ~x,cnd 1l1 g on each side throughout its length. Guard rails ,h,dl be ~ l least 1 m high with three cuune, and commlcted a. required in regulation 25(3). A foot-stop shall be provided. IIC) A pcrm:ment walk".'J.y It least 0.6 m in .... oi.d.tb, fiHed at fo:eeboard deck level and consisting of ~ o rows of guard nits with stanchions sp:tr:ed not more t ~l~n 3 m. The: nU/llber of courses of tails and their sp.<ing shaJI be in accordance with regulatien 25(3). On type 'B' ships. hatchway cOJmings not less than 0.6 In .in hciglu may be accepted as fonning o n~ side of th ~ walkway, provided Ihat two rows of guard rails ar" fined berureen the h ~ t c b wa)'s. Idl A wire rope lit .. lim not less than 10 mm in diamcter, supported by stanchions not mor~ than 10 III aparr, or a ,ingle h;mmail Ot wire rope attached to hatch co:unil1gs, continued and ~upported between hatcbw3)'S. In/ernari,,,,,,1 Convenfio" 0 .. Load Lifles, 1966 as ",odi/i"IJ 1988 and 2003 Table 25-1.1 Type Locarion~ of aecru Auigned Acceptable arrangements of.hip in .ship swnnl ~ r according to type of frl'ebQard fr~boar,d uriQncd; Type Type T we Type '1\' '11-WO' 'B-W' '11' and '8+' 1.1 Arm's (0 mic/'hip .;: 3!X)O mm (a) (.} (a) q""rlm" (b) (b) (b) 1.1.1 B rlwcrn poop an cl (e) (e) (c)(;) (cl bndgc. or (f)(i) 1.1,2 Between poop :wc! dc( khOLlse con-
>3000 mm (a) (.) (a) tailling living iiC-
(b) (b) (b) cO[lunotiation or (e) (e) (c)(i) navigating, equip-
(e)(ii) me nl~ O'r both (e) (f){il (a) (f)(ii) (b) AD ~ hip! (c)(i) other 1.2 A,,,,..<J I ~ tHJj ~.lOOO n'Un (.) (a) (a) (c){ci) rh.ut oil 1.1.1 (let"''''''' pool' lncl (b) (b) (b) (c)(iv) l..tnkC'r.;.-. bow (if then:-n no (cHi) (c Hi) (c)(i) (d)(i) chemical bridge), (e) ( c)(iJ) (c)( ill (cl)(i.) tlnkt"r∙ (I)(i) (c) (e) (cl)(iii) ond g>~ 1.2,2 Between bridg<: (t)(i) (I) (i) (cl curicn
lll .nd bow, or (fl(li) (O(,i) (t)(i) 1.2.3 Be<wcq] a de k-
(f)(ii) h o u ~ (onuining >3000 mm (a) (a) (3) (/)(iv) (b) (b) (b) hvthg :lCcOnunG-. (c)(i) (c) (i) «Hi) clacion or naviJ}'l-
(d)(i) (c)(ii) (c)(ii) ing Ct.]Ulpl11(∙nt. or (t) (d) (i) «)(i,') both, and bow. or (I)(i) (d)(;j) (d)(i) 1.2,4 III the of ~ (0) (d)(ii) flu,h deck ,r.ip, (I)(i) (d)(iii) ber..\∙een crew ac-
(f)(ii) «) com.mcx:b.rion <1n d (I) (i) tne fonv.rd ;md (fj(li) :riter end, of 'hip (/)(iv) • Oil t.nkers. cheJlucal tanker< and gas come ... ~ defined in reguhtiOIlSII-112,12. VIl/8,2 md VII/I!.:.!. r~ s p"cti"e l y. of the It'ltc,,,,tlUooI Cum'ention for the S.feo:y o f li (~ at Sea, in force. I Arnngements (l) -
(f)are dc;scribed;n paragraph (2) below. Loc.tions (I) -
(v) .redescribed in puagtaph (3) below. 140 _______________________ :A_:.:7T.::'-="'='X:....:!/,c..:.:regularicfr 25-1 Table 25-1.1 (comiHued) T~ l..ocil1.DOn.. .. of acr:H5 ~ .. :igned Acceptable a"""gements of ,hip in ,hip SUJl:llller .ccordi"s to type of freeboa.d frtcboard .ssil("Ded' T1l'oA 2.1 :i""" 10 b".., .:; (Air t H,)t (.) 2.1.1 !3etwe~n' pol>p ar>d (e) bow or (f)(i) (j}fv) 2.1.2 .Bdwcc;n: ~ dt:t.:k-
house: containing >(A,+HJI (a) hYing ;Kcomrnoda-
(e) cion or n.aviglttng (!}(i) ~uipm ent, Of (1)(ii) Oil bo,h, .
"d loo. , or t:mkcrs∙, 2.13 In [he (:1.t;;e o( Ok chemical 6u ,h deck .hip, tankcrs∙ Ixtv>-"cen crtw ~ I1d S"S ~ cc orn mQ rbtiotl carriers* 8!',d 'he forw.rd cnd of ,hip, 2.2 A cre;J I. afleT rnJ 111 the "5e of a tiJIl5h as required it> 1.2.4 for other fYPCS of .hjps deck .j}jP,. bt-tweC'1'l c t'Cw aOCOtl'llHlQW-
tio n ""cl the .iter cnd of ship • 0,1 t:mk"", chellllco.i t."k.c ... "d S'" "me""" ddincd m rtgu1>tiom 1l-1/2,12. VJIIB.2 iJ:.nd VU/l1.2, r c:~pc c [i'il e lyp ()frhc Intc::nnao(')nal C(}fl"'\."CJ100n for the-
Safcryof l~ ifc at Sca ~ in foro<_ • A(-
the minimum .ummer frccbo.rd c..!cul>.tcd os type 'h' ship oeg:ordlc5' of the type [rceboard '![\lla ll ~ H§Igned. H,; !ile mnd~rd h~ igh, Of!UrCrm~ H\lr, 'll ddj n~d ill reglllatiQII ~3, ; Arrangements (a) -
(t) are d<iwbcd in para!,'".p" (2) below. Loc.ti()n, (i) -
(v).re described in paragr.vh (3) below, le) A pennanent gango.vay that is: ~il locat.ed at or abo,'c t hI:' level or the ~tlpcrsl"ruct l1te deck; ~ii ) located 0" Or a; near as practlcable t.o the centreline o[the ship~ ~iiil located so as not to hinder easy ,access across the working; ar<:as of (he deck; till) providing a continuous platform al least. 1 m in 'width; .v, constructed of fire-resistanL and tlOll-slip malcrial; twi) fitted with guard rails extending on each side througl1ollL its length: guard rails shall be at least 1 rn high with cour~e s as requm::d by regulatiou 25(.,) and supporccd by stanchions spaced nOI more than 1,5 m apart; 'Ivii) provided with a foot-stop on each ~ ide; bllfflkltiotuli COMIII!fl/lOfj on Load Lincs, 1966 as modified 1988 and 200J (viiil having opening., with laddc(' where appropriate, to and from the deck. Opeu..ings ,hall not be mo e than 40 m apa.rt; and (ill. having shelters set in way of [h(: gangway at intervals not exceeding 45 m if the length of the exposed deck to be traversed exceeds 70 Ill. Every such shelter shall be clpable of accommodating at least onc person and be ~o construCted as to afford weather protection on the forward, port and starboard sides. (I) A pl'rmanent walkway located at the freeboard d"ck level, on or as near as practicable to the centreline of the ship, hlving the same specifications as those for a pcnnanCtHg;JIlg>'¥'ay listed in (e). excc:p( for foot-stOPS, On type ']3' ships (certified for the c.1iTiage of liquids in bulk) with a combinni height of hatchcoaming and fitted hatch cover of not less tha.n 1 III in height. the hatchway coam.ings may bo:: accepted as forming onc ~ide of the wa1kwa~'. provided that two row~ of guard rails arc fitted between the hatchways. ~ (3) Permitted transverse locations for arrangements in paragraphs (2)(c), (d) and (f) above, where appropriate: (il at or near the cemreline of the ship; or fitted on hatchways at or near the centrdine of the ship; (lil fitted on each side of the ship; (iiil fitted on oue sid" of the ship, provision being made for fitting on dther side; (ivl fitted on one side of the ship only; (v) fitted on each side of th.e hatchways, :1.5 near to the centrdinc a:l prdcricable. 1 ... ;1 (4) hll Where wire ropes are fitted, turnbuckles shall be provided to ensure: their tautness, liiiI (11) Where necessary for the nonnal operation of the shjp, steel wire ropes may be accepted it! lieu of guard raIls, ~ (c) Where necessary for the 110rmal operation of the ship. chains fitted betwec;n two fixed stanchions are aw~pt3 ble ill lieu of guard rails. 1".81 (dl Where stanchions arC fitted, every third stanchion shall be: supported by a bracket or Hay. ~ (e) Removable or hio!;t'd stanchions shall be capable of being locked ill the upright pmition. ~ (f) A means of pa~sag e over obsrmctions such as pipes or other fittings of a permanenl nalurt= shall be provided. 6>881 Iv) Generally, the width of the gangw.ay or deck-level walkway should not exceed 1,5 rn, Iii!I (5) For tankers less than lOOm in length. the minimum width of the gangway platform or dt"ck-Ievel walkway fitted in accordanc~ wich paragraphs (2)(c) or (I) abo\l~, respectivdy, may be reduced to 0.6 m. Anllt'X I. 1W4lation 26 Regulation 26 Special conditions of aSSIgn mmt for type 'A J Sh IPS 5ee abo the uniffed interpretation Ml2lhi/leT}' casing! 11'881(1) Machinery casin~ on type 'A' ships, as defined in regulation 27 shall be p r olect~ d by one of the follOWIng arrangements: (a) an enclosed poop or bridge of at bill standard height; or Ib) a deckhouse of equal height and equivalent strength. ~12' Mach.i.nery casings may. however. be exposed if there arc nO upenings giving direct access frolll the frcebOllrd deck to the D1Jchincry space:. A door complying with the requirements of regulatioll 12 is ~cceplab lc il1 the madlinery t35ing, provided that it lead, to a space or passageway Wllkh is ;IS strongly COl1structcd as che casing and i~ separated from the st.a.irw-ay to the engine-room by a second weHhcrtight door of steel or other equivalent material. Gangway and t1L(rJ1 (3) A fore-and-aft pennanent gangway. constructed in lccardance with I he ptuvisiom of regulation 25-1 (2) (c), shall be fitted (Ill type' t\' ,1 ip! ~t the !cH! of the superstructure deck between the poop and the midship bridge <Jt deckhouse where fitted. he arwngernent cont;lined in regulallon 25-1 (2)(a) is considered an equivalent mean~ of ac( · e~s to ntry Ollt the purpose of the gangway. ~ 14) Safe access (rom the gangway It.-vd shall be available between s.cparatc <:r<:W accommodations and also betw∙ccn Crew act<Jmmociations and the machinery space. Hatchways ~(5) Exposed ha.tchways on the &ceboard and forecastle decks or 011 the tops of expansion trunks on type 'A' ships shall be provided with efficient watertight covers of steel or other equivalent matcrial. Freeing arrangemmts ~ (6) Type' A∙ ships with bulwarks shall have open rails fitted for at least half the length of the weather deck or other equivalent freeil1g arrangemenTS. A freeing port area. in the lower part ofehe bulwarks, 0{33% of the LOtal area of thc bulwarks, i, an acceptable equivalent freeing arrangement. The upper edge of the sheer strah shall be kcpr a.s low ~s practicable. 1fY1(1)Whc:rc supersttUcturC5 are connected by trunks. open rail, ,hall be fLtled ror the whole kngth of the exposed pares of the frecboard deck. 143 IntematitmlJJ C,,"vmIiOtl on Load Lirn:s, 1966 as modified 1988 and 2003 , '.. . Chapter ID Regulation 27 Types oJ ships Freeboards ~ (1; Fo[ tile purposes offreeboard compu ranon, ships shall be divided illto type 'A' and type 'B'. Typr 'A' ships railIZ) A rype 'A' ship is 3 ship which: I.' i,s dC5igncd to carry only Liquid cargoes ill bulk; tb) has a nigh integrity of the exposed deck wiln only small access openings to c:rrgo com~rtmcnts, closed hy watertight gasketcd covers oC sted or e,,!uiva\em material; and le; has low permeability of lQadcd ["'tgo comp,.,.nncnts. 1iiiI(3) A [)'Pe 'A' ship, ifover 150 m in length, [Q whidl a frecboard less than type '[1' has heen a ~ s i gll c d, whell l o ~ d e d in accorrunce with the reqniremenn of paragraph (11), shilll be able lO withstand the flooding of any compartmCllt or compartments, with an assumed pemleability of 0.95, consequent upon the damage 3m.1l11prions specified ill paragraph (12}, and sll;:l.ll remain afloat in a sari5f.1Ctoty ':OJiditiOn of c,!"ilibrimn, "" specified in paragraph (13). In such a ship, the machinery space shall be treated a ~ a Ooodable COll1partment, Iml with a perll'lca bili ty of 0. 85, f!iiI (4) A type' A' .hip shall be assigned a &eeboard not le~, than that giv.,n in ( ~b le 28.1. Typ~ 'B' ships ~ ( 5) All ships which do not come within the provi.,ion~ regarding type 'A' ships in p3.14gnphs (2) and (3) shall be comidered 3, type '8' ship,. Iii!,I (6) Type 'B' ships, which in position 1 have hatch covers which are p"rmim,d by the Admini union to camp y with the requirements of rep;~llal i on 15 (other than paragraph (6)) or which ar.e fitted "'ith e(tlring arrongcrncms accepted under t h ~ provisions of regtllation 16(6). shall be a~ ~ ign e d fl"ceboards based lIpon the values giv~n in table 28_2, increased by the values given ill table 27.1: Table 27.1 -
Frcl'bOfIrlJ iM£TrIlS~ <We'/' rabular fretboard for Iypr '8' ship>, for ship, ",ill, haul! (Own no/ wrnpiri"g wirl, regulation 15 (ot/m Ilia" P'lTClgraph 6) [ Length of Freeboard Length of roTe e board Length of Frcchoud , ~hip increase ship jn.crease s.hip increase Im) (mm) (m) (mm) (m) (mrro) I O~ and 50 111 57 ll5 68 below 1 2 59 116 70 109 52 113 62 117 73 110 55 114 64 118 76 144 AIII1£X I, n;gu/ariotl 27 Length or 'Freeboa.rd Length of Frc2bo3rd Length <l[ Freeboard §hip I,ncreas I! ship IlIcrease ship increase, (m) (mm) (m) (mm) (m) (mm) 119 80 147 215 175 301 12l) 84 148 219 176 304 121 87 149 224 177 306 122 91 150 228 178 308 123 95 151 232 179 311 124 99 152 236 180 313 12'\ 103 153 240 181 315 126 108 154 244 182 318 127 112 155 247 183 320 128 11 (, 156 251 184 322 129 121 157 254 185 325 130 126 158 258 186 327 13"1 1.31 159 261 187 329 132 136 160 264 188 332 133 142 161 267 189 334 134 147 162 270 190 336 135 153 163 273 191 339 136 159 164 275 192 341 137 164 165 278 193 343 138 170 Hi6 280 194 346 139 175 167 283 195 348 140 181 168 285 196 350 141 186 169 287 197 353 , 142 191 170 21+0 198 355 143 196 171 21)2 199 357 144 201 172 294 200 358 145 206 173 297 146 210 174 299 fr ccb(wd~ at intermediate lengths of sbip shaU be obtained by linear imerpolarion_ Ships abov" 201J m in length shall be dealt w,th by the Adminimatiot), ~ (1) Type 'B' ships. which in position I have hatchways fitLed with hatch cowrs comply'ng "∙'th the requirements of regulation 16(2) tltrough (5), ,hall, ~xcept as provided in paragraphs (8) to (13) incllJ>ivc, be assigned free boards b.sed on tabl~ 28.2. ~ (B) Any type '13" ~hjp of over lOOm in length may be assigned freebo:lrd, less than [hem: req1>1ired under paragraph (7), provi,dcd that, in rela.tion to th ~ amollnt of reduaiOtl granted. the Adrninj\tr~tion i; satisfied that: ., .. --
(-) the measures provitkd for the protection of the crew are adeqll.Jte; (b) ch freeing lrrangements are adequa.te; (cl the covers in position 1 and 2 comply with the provisions of rtf,'uiation 16(1) through (5) and (7); and Id) the ship, when lOlld<:d in accordance wiu) the requirements of parlgraph (11), shall be able to withstand tile Oooding of :my International Canl'trllwn on LJad Lines, 1966 a5 modifial1988 aml2003 compartment or comp3Ttf[lCnlS, with an as~umed permeability of 0.95. consequent upon the damage d~sumptions sp('cified in raragrarh (12), .nd sbaLl remain afloat in a satisfactory condition of equilibrium, as spcciflCd in (13). 111 ~uch a ship, if over 150 m in length, the machinery spa.ce shall be treated a, a floodable compartment, but with a pcrllle:ibility of 0.85, Refer to the unified interpref,ation for regulation 27(7) of the 1966 Convention ~(9) In calculatjng the fn:eboards for type '8' sh ip ~ wh,ich comply with rhe requirements of paragraphs (8), (11), (12) and (13), the v~lu cs from table 28.2 shall not be reduced by more than 60% of tilt' difference between the tabular value, in table.' 28.1 ~Ild 8.2 lor dll' appropnate ship lengths. I!i!I (10l (.) The reduction in tabular frceboard allowed under p:aragraph (9) may be increased up to the total difference berweclI the v,lllles in table 28,1 and tho<e in table 28.2 on condition that the ~hjp complies "'olth the rcquiremctlls of: Cil regulation 26, otht'r tMn pa~graph (5), as ifit Were a type 'N ship; (ii) paragraphs (fl), (11) and (13); and liii) paragraph (12), provided Ibat throughout tht' length of the ship any one tr;HlSverse blllkhead wiU be assumed to be damaged. sucb that two adjacent fore and aft compartments shall be Oouded simultanC'ously, except that such damage will nor apply to the boundary bulkheads of a machinery space. fi:!!I (hI In such" ship, ifover 150 m in length, the machinery space shall be treated as a floodable compartment, bllt with a perm~ability of O,RS. ~ (111 The initial condition ofloading before flooding shall be detcrrrlined as follows: la) The ship is loaded to its Summer Load Line on an inllginary even keeL (b) 'WheJl calcubting the vertical centre of gravity, the following principles apply: (i) homogeneous cargo is carried. (ii) all cargo corn partrnen~, except those referred to under subparagraph (iu), but including compartments intended to be partially filled, shall be considered fully loaded except that in the case of flUlid c.argoes each compartment shall be treated as 98% full. (iiil j(the ship is intended to operate at itS Summer Load Line with empty compartments, such (:ompartmcnts ~h~ll lx; considered empty, provided the h ci~ht of the centre of gr:tvity ~o .;;akulated i~ [lot less than as calculated under subparagraph (ii); _______________ ~ ______ ~A:::,::.1J::..:wx I, regulation 27 (ivl 50% of the individual tOla.! capacity of.11 t.anks and spaces fitted to contain consumable liquids and stares is allowed for. It shall b" assumed [hat for each type of liqllid at le"st one tramversr pair or a single centrclinc rank has maximum free surf"ce. "nd tbe t~nk or combinarion of tanks to bl;' tah'n into account snail be thole where dle ,,(fen o( free surt:Jces is (he greatest; in eacb tank the centre of gravity of the contents shall be taken at the centre of volume of the mnk_ The remaining tanb ,hall be a.~sull1cd either completely empty c>r ~o mpletely filled. and the distribution of consunuble liquids bl'twl'en these tatlks ,hall be effected la as to obt:lin the greatest pos~iblc heighL .bove rhe keel fc>r the centre of grJviLy; M at an angle of heel of not more than 5' in each compartment containing liquids, as prescribed in mbparagraph (ii), except Ih.t in the nsc of compartment, containing consumable f1uid_s. a~ prescribed in stlbpangraph (iv). [he maximum free surface effect sllall bc t:tkcn into .. ccoum. Alternatively, che aCLUal free surf-Kc eITect:s IDJY be used, provided the melhods of calculation .rc acceptable to the Adtmm,{ration; (¥il wciglus shan be calculated on the ba.~is oftlu: f()llowing values ror specific gravilies: salt ",atcr fresh water oil fuel diesel oil lubri,acillg oil Da~r.ailr QHUmptrO/IJ 1-025 1.
000 0_950 0.900 0.900 1 ... 4U2) The following principles regarding tnech"rodcr or tne assumed damage appl)': (11 Tbc vertical exlcnt of damage in all caseI is assumed to be from the base line upwards without limit. lb. Tne tr.lnsyer!~ extent of damage is equal to B/5 or 11.5 rn, wiJi(hever is the lesser. measured inboatd [torn cht" side oftht" ship p~rpendicul~rly to the ct·ntrelln~ at the level of the S\llllmer Load Lin,,_ (cl If dalllage of a lesser extent than specified in sub paragraphs (a) and (b) remits in a more severe condition. such lesser extent shal.l be a,sumed. (dl Except where otherwise required by paragraph (10)(a), the flooding shall be confined co a single ,compartment between adjacent transverse bulkheads, provid
(;;d that the inner longitudinal bound"ry or tbe compartment is not in a position within the tranwcrsc extcnt of allUmed damage. Transverse boundary bulk-
hcad, of wing tanb which do nOt extlmd over tfH: full breadth of t h ~ ship ~ h all be assumed not to b ~ &unaged. provided [hat they extelld bel∙ond the transverse eXlCIl! of assumed damage prescribed in Sllbpar;lgraph (bl-
t,47 il-ttemaliOlral Cotlllel1tiotl 011 Load LiflP.s, 1966a.smodi,er/1988 ,,:c.,,=dc.;2:.;()::..;0::..;3, ___ _ If in a lransver,e bulkhea.d theTe arc steps or r(,CeSses of not more th .. n 3 m in length, 10 accd within the tramvcnc cxtem ofa:;sulllcd damage as defined in subparagraph (h), such trdn$\'erSe bulkhead lTJay b~ considered intllCl ami lbe adjacent compartment may be floodablc singly, If, how"v"., witbll1 che transverse extent of assumed damage there is a Hep or recess of more than 3 rn IIllcngth in a tran;ver,,' bu lkln-ad, the two compartlllents adjacent to thjs bLl khnd shall be consIdered a.s flooded_ Tbe step formed by the afterpeak bulkhead and tne aftcrpcllk tank top sha!lno~ be regarded a~ a step (or the purpose of thIs regulatioll. (-I Where a main transverse bulkhead is lo<~ced within the transverse eXlerl( of ~ss llm t'd damage and is stepped in way of <l double bottom or sidt' t;mk by more than ::I rn, the double bottom or side tanks adjacent to the stepped portion of t h~ main transverse bulkhead shall be considered as flooded simultaneously. Iflhis side tank has oJlcuings into one or scvcr:ll hold5, such as h'Tain lceding holes, such hold or holds sh:ill be cumidered iU flooded. simultaneously_ SimilarJy in a snip designed for the carriage of fluid cargoes, if a side tank has openings inro adj~ -ent compan-
ments. sueb ;l(ijac"nt compartmentS shaH be considered as empty and as being flooded sil11ult.aneously. This provision is applicable even where ILlCr. openings are fined with closing applianctCs, except in the case of sluice valves fitted in bulkheads between tanks and wh"re the valves arc rontrolkd from the deck. Manhole covers with closely spaced bolts are considered t.:ljuinlent to the unpierc"d bulkhead, except in tbe case of openings in top$ide r.mks making the topside t<lnk5 common to [he hold ~_ If) Where the flooding of any two a dj a( ~ c nt fore and aft comp3rtmCIlt! is envisaged. transverse watertight bLl.lkllCach shall be spaced at least r IJ or 14.5 m, wruchever is [he lesser, in order w be considc cd effective, Where transverse bul beads .re spaced at a lesser distJnce, onc or mon ~ of thest' bulkheads sha.1I be assumed as non-existent in order to achieve ,he n-uni nlLltll ,pacing betwe~n bulkheads. Conditioll of e'1uj/ibri,~m 11'881113) The condition of equilibrium after flooding shall be regarded as satisfactory provided: ta ~'I The fin;il wJ.[erline after flooding, taking into accoulll sinkage, hed and trim, is below the lower edge of any opening through which progressive downflooding rn a ~' place_ Such ()pcnitigs shall indude air pipes, ventilators (even if they comply \lIith r,t:guiarion 19(4)) and opcllings which are closed by mearlS of weather tight doors (even if they comply with regulation 12) or hatch covers (even if they comply \>,;th regulation 16(1) through (5»). and may ~xclude th os~ ope-nings cJos ~ d by means of manhole cover> and flush 5cuttles (Wllich comply Wilh regulalion 18), cargo hatch covers of the type described in regulation 27(2), remotely operated sliding watertight doors, and s idc~culclcs of the 11011-
opening typ(: (which comply with re"b'l"lalion 2:3). 1-l.owt'vn, in the LHe of doors ,epar:lting l Illain ma.chinery space from a steering g(ar compamncnt. wa(crtight doors may be of a hinged. quick-
acti"g type kept clo~ed at ~ea wl,;I~ [ not in use, provided also that the lower sill of such doors i, .bove the Slimmer Load Line. ~b) If pipes, ducts Or tunnels arc situat~d within the a,,"m.,d cxtent of damage penetration a.s defined in paragraph (12)(b), .lrnngcmcms shall be made '0 that progre's,ive flooding c ~nno t Ihereby ext"nd to comp]rtlTlent~ other th~n th o~ l' assumed to be floodabk in t.he calculation for each case of damage_ ~tl The angle ofhed due to unsymmctrical flooding does not exceed 15°. If no part (If the deck is ; III mersed, all ,ngle oflleel of LIp to 17" may be lCc:epted. ~d) The met;lCcntr1C height in tht, flood .. d condition is positive. ~el When my put of the dc-ek omside the compartment allllmed flooded in a paITiclIhr case of damage is immer.ed. or in any ease where tile margin of stabiliry in the flooded condilion may be considered doubt(;,), the residual stability is to b.∙ investigated. It m~y be regarded as sufficient if the righting-lever curve hal 3 minimum range of20" beyond the position of equilibrium with a m
:n::imum righting lever of at lease 0.1 rn within this rlllgc. Tile area under che wrve within this r~ n ge shall be [lot less than O.U 175 ,.,∙nd _ The Administration ,hall iJ;ive considera-
tion to tbe pmential haurd presented by protected or unprotected openings which may become [emporarily imlllcr cd within t.he range of residual ,tability. ~tl The AdminjstraLion is s~dsfied tllar lhe stability is sufficicm du ring intermediate $tage, of Oooding. Ships witlumt "I fd~ of propulsion I!iiI(I4) A, barge or other ship withollt independent means of prop"lsion shall be assip;ne-d a freeboard in accordance wich ,he provision; of these regubtiolll_ fJ~rges which meet the reqlllremems or p:lr~graph s (2) and {J) may be as~igned! type 'A' freebo~r ds: (a) The Administration should especially consider the stability o( barges v,;th cargo On Ihe weallI,r deck. De~k (;Jrgo r;m only be carned on b~rge> [Q which the ordinary type 'B' frceboard is alsigned. ~.) However, in the C;l.St of barges which are unmanned, the requirements ofrcgulat'ions 25, 26(3), 20(4) and .19 ,hall not apply_ ~tl Such unmanncd b:.rges whlch hav,c on the frccboatd deck only ~ma.ll acce,s open i ng~ dosed by wa[erright gasketed covers of steel 149 Inlemiltl'o,1ll1 COt1rJt'ntlon 0" Load Lilies, 1966 a.\ mod£{,l'd 1988 and 2003 or IOlJuivalem material Illay be assigned a frceboard 25% less th.m those c.alculated in accordan<;e with I.he.,c n:brulations. Refer to the unified interpretation for regulation 27(11) of the 1966 Convention (lA CS jntopretatio'l LL 42) Rt:gulation 28 Frceboard tables Typl' 'A' Sllips sell also the unified interpretation rnI (I) The tabular free board for type 'N ships shall be dctennined from table 28.1: Ip x~ 1 Table 28.1 -
F,erboard table jortype 'A' ships Length of Freeboard Length of frccboard Length of Freeb03.~d ship (mm) ~hip (mm) ship (nun) (m) (rn) (m) 24 200 52 467 80 841 25 208 53 478 81 855 26 217 54 490 82 869 27 225 55 503 83 883 28 233 56 516 84 897 29 242 57 530 B5 ')11 30 250 58 544 86 , 926 31 258 59 559 H7 940 32 267 60 573 88 955 33 I 275 61 587 89 969 34 2~J 62 600 ')0 984 35 292 63 613 91 999 36 300 64 626 92 1014 37 308 6S 639 93 1029 38 316 66 653 94∙ 1044 39 325 67 666 95 1059 .. 0 334 68 680 96 1074 41 344 69 693 97 1089 42 354 70 706 98 IIOS 4J 364 71 72[} 99 1120 44 374 72 733 100 113S 45 385 73 746 101 1151 46 396 74 760 102 1166 47 408 75 773 103 1181 48 420 76 786 104 1196 .. 9 432 77 800 105 , 1212 50 443 78 814 106 1228 51 455 79 828 107 1244 150 A,'rlfX I, R'gflialiol1 28 I p,~l Table 28.1 (contirmcd) Length of fl"ceboard Length of Frecboard Length of Freeb(Jard ship (mm) ship (mm) .hip (nun) (m) (m) (m) 108 1260 133 2016 198 2592 109 1276 154 2032 199 2 (,(')2 110 12':13 155 2048 200 261.2 111 1309 156 2064 201 2622 112 1326 157 2080 202 2632 113 1342 15H 2096 203 2641 114 1359 159 2111 204 2650 liS. 1376 t60 2126 205 2659 116 1392 161 21.41 206 2669 H7 1409 162 2155 207 2678 118 1426 163 2169 208 2687 H9 1442 1b4 21S4 209 2696 120 1459 t65 2198 210 2705 121 1476 166 2212 211 2714 122 1494 167 2226 212 2723 123 1511 168 2240 213 2732 124 1528 169 2254 214 2741 125 1546 no 2261'1 215 2749 126 1563 171 2281 216 2758 127 1580 172 2294 217 2767 128 1598 173 2307 218 2775 129 1615 174 2320 219 2784 130 1632 175 2332 220 2792 131 1650 176 2345 221 2801 132 1667 177 2357 222 2809 133 1684 178 2369 223 28'17 134 1702 179 2381 224 2825 135 1719 180 2393 225 2833 136 1736 181 2405 226 2H41 137 1753 182 2436 227 2849 138 1770 183 2428 228 2857 139 1787 184 2440 229 28M 140 1803 185 2451 2.30 2872 141 1820 186 2463 231 2880 142 1837 187 2474 232 2888 143 IIlS3 188 24S6 233 2895 144 1870 189 2497 234 2903 145 1886 190 2508 235 2910 146 190J 191 2519 236 2918 147 1919 192 2530 237 2':.125 148 1935 193 2541 238 2932 149 1952 194 2552 239 2':l.39 150 196H 195 2562 240 2946 151 1984 196 2572 241 2953 152 2ClOO 197 2582 242 2959 151 [n'ema'io~k11 Cctlvetltion on LOI1d Lines, 1966 as modifwJ 1988 muJ 20::..;:O~3 __ _ IiiiI Table 28.1 (continlll~d) Length of Freeboard Length of Freeboard Length of Freeboard ship (mm) ship (mm) ship (mm) (m) (m) (m) 243 2966 284 3194 325 3345 244 2973 285 3198 326 3347 245 2979 286 32()2 327 3350 246 2986 287 .',2()7 328 3353 247 2993 288 3211 329 3355 248 3000 289 3215 330 3358 249 3006 290 3220 331 3361 250 3012 291 3224 332 3.'163 251 3018 292 3228 333 3366 252 3024 293 3233 334 3368 253 3030 294 3237 335 3371 254 3036 295 3241 336 3373 255 3042 296 3246 337 3375 256 3048 297 3250 338 3378 257 3054 298 3254 339 3380 258 3060 299 3258 340 3382 259 3066 300 3262 341 3385 260 3072 301 3266 342 3387 261 3078 302 3270 343 3389 262 3084 303 3274 344 3392 263 3089 304 3278 345 3394 264 3095 305 3281 346 3396 265 3101 306 3285 347 3399 266 3106 307 3288 348 3401 267 3112 308 3292 349 34
03 268 3117 309 3295 350 3406 269 3123 310 3298 35] 3408 270 3128 311 3302 352 3410 271 3133 312 :n05 353 3412 272 313R 31J 3308 354 3414 273 314.3 314 3312 355 3416 274 3148 315 3315 356 3418 275 3153 316 3318 357 3420 276 3158 317 3322 358 ]'122 277 3163 318 3325 359 3423 278 3167 319 3328 360 3425 279 3172 320 3331 361 3427 280 3176 321 3334 362 3428 281 3181 322 3337 363 3430 282 31R5 323 3339 364 3
432 283 3189 324 3342 36.5 3433 ' Fr cc boud~ at intemlooiate lengths of ship sh.ll be obtail1cd h)' linear interpolation. Ships above 365 m in length \ball be dealt with by the Admimsmtion. 152 A ,,,,ex f,regula!''''' 2lJ Type 'B' ,hip> 88 (21 The ububr freeboard for type '8' ships shall be determined from table 28_2: ~ Table 28.2 -
Frechollrd foble Jor I)'pe 'B' ships Length of Frecboard Length of Fre-eboard Length of Freeboard ship (mm) ship (mm) ship (mm) (m) (m) (m) 24 200 65 644 106 1
401 2S 208 66 659 107 1421 26 217 67 674 108 1440 27 225 68 689 109 145'1 28 233 69 705 110 1479 29 242 70 721 111 1500 30 250 71 738 112 1521 31 258 72 754 113 1543 32 267 13 769 114 1565 33 275 74 784 115 1587 34 283 75 800 116 1(1)') 35 292 ! 76 !l16 117 1630 I 36 300 77 833 118 1651 37 308 78 850 119 1671 38 316 79 868 120 1690 39 325 80 887 121 1709 4() 334 RI 905 122 1729 41 344 82 923 123 1750 42 354 83 942 124 1771 43 364 84 960 125 1793 44 374 85 978 126 1815 45 385 86 996 127 1837 46 396 I 87 1015 128 1859 47 408 I 88 1034 129 1880 4B 420 ! H9 1054 130 1901 49 432 I 90 1075 131 1921 50 443 91 1096 132 1940 SI 455 92 1116 133 1959 52 467 93 1135 134 1979 53 478 94 1154 135 2000 54 490 95 1172 136 2021 55 503 96 1190 137 2043 56 516 97 1209 138 2065 7 530 98 1229 139 2087 58 544 99 1250 140 2109 59 5S9 100 1271 141 2130 60 573 101 1293 142 2151 61 587 102 1315 143 2171 62 601 103 1337 144 2190 63 615 104 1359 145 2209 64 629 105 1380 146 2229 153 flit,mali,mal O"""-'TI/iOIl Oil Load Lines, 1966 as modified .1988 and 2003 Iii!l Table 28.2 (amlitlUt'd) Length of Freeboard kngtb Qf Freeboard Length of Freeboard ship (mm) ship (mm) ship (mm) (m) I (m) (m) 2250 , 147 192 3134 237 3835 148 2271 I 193 3151 238 3849 149 2293 194 3167 I 239 3864 150 2315 195 3185 240 3H80 I 151 2334 196 3202 , 241 3893 152 2354 197 3219 242 3906 153 2375 19& 3235 243 3920 154 2396 199 3249 244 3934 155 2418 200 3204 I 245 3949 1% 2440 201 3280 246 3965 1
57 2460 202 3296 247 397R 158 24HO 203 3313 248 3992 159 2500 204 3330 249 4005 160 2520 205 3347 250 4018 161 2540 206 3363 251 4032 l(,2 2560 207 3380 252 4045 163 2580 2 0 ~ 3397 253 4058 1
64 2600 209 3413 254 4072 165 2620 210 3430 255 4085 166 2640 211 3445 256 4098 167 2660 212 3460 257 4112 1
68 26RO 213 3475 258 4125 l(,9 2698 214 3490 2SQ 4139 170 2716 215 3505 260 4152 171 2
735 216 3520 261 4165 172 2754 217 3537 262 4177 173 2774 218 3554 263 4189 174 27
95 219 3570 264 4201 175 2815 220 3586 265 4214 \76 2835 221 3(,01 266 4227 177 2855 222 3615 267 4240 1
78 2875 22.3 3630 268 4252 179 2895 224-
3645 269 4264 HlO 2915 225 3660 270 4276 181 2933 226 3675 271 4289 182 ! 2952 227 3690 272 4302 183 i 2970 228 3705 273 4315 1l!4 , 2988 229 3720 274 4327 185 3007 230 3735 275 4339 186 .3025 231 3750 276 4350 187 3044 232 3765 277 4362 188 3062 233 3780 278 4373 189 3080 234 3795 279 4385 190 3098 235 3808 280 4397 191 3116 236 3821 2111 4408 1504 ____________________ --'A:...:l1l1ex f, .regulat;on 29 If!!! Table 28.2 ((Otltil1l1cd) Length of freeboard Length of Freeboard Length of Freeboard ship (mm) ship (mm) Ship (mm) (m) (nt) (m) , 282 4420 310 4736 338 5035 2R3 4432 311 4748 339 5045 284 4443 312 4757 340 5055 285 4455 313 47Ml 341 5U65 286 4467 314 4779 342 5075 287 4478 315 4790 343 5086 2RIl 4490 .) I (l 4f\OI 344 50')7 289 4502 317 48t2 345 5t08 290 4513 318 4823 346 511<) 291 4525 319 4834 347 5130 292 4')37 J20 4f144 348 5140 293 4548 J21 41155 349 5150 2\14 4560 322 4f\66 350 5160 295 4:572 ]23 4878 351 5170 296 4583 324 4890 352 5180 297 4595 325 4899 353 5190 291{ 4607 326 4')09 354 52()() 299 4618 327 4920 355 521() 300 4630 328 4931 356 5220 301 4642 329 4943 357 5230 302 4654 330 4955 358 5240 303 4665 331 4965 359 5250 304 4676 332 4975 360 5260 305 4686 333 4985 361 5268 306 4695 334 4995 362 5276 307 47(H 335 5005 363 5285 308 4714 336 5015 364 5294 .')0<) 4725 337 5025 365 5303 Freeboards at intemlediate lengths of ship shall he obtained by li!lCJ.r interpolation. Ships .bove 365 m in length shall be dealt with by the Administration. Regulation 29 Correction Co the Jreeboard for ships Imdl'r tOO ItI itl length Th' l3bular frccboatd for a type 'B' $hip of ben. 'le en 24 III lnd 100 m in lengtll having cndo~ed superstructures with an effective length of up to 35% of the length of the ship shall be increased by: iiil7.5 (10D -
L) (0.35 -
~) nun where L is the length of the ship in metres, E, is the effective length E of superstructure in metres as defined in regulation 35, but excluding t he length of trunks. /ntl'fflalionai COI'IVl'11IiOlI 011 Load Lint's. 1966.1£ modified 1988 and 2003 Regulation 30 ComaiOlr .fin block (Ilf!fficient Where th .. block coefficient (Cl,) exceeds 0.68. the tabular freehoard specified in reguL:.Ition 2B as modified, ifJpplicablc. by regulations 27(8). 27(10) and 29 ,h;dl be Illultipljed by tbe factor: C
+O.68 t:l6 Iiiil The block coefficient is not to be taken greater thm 1.0. Regulation 31 Co"ecrioll j()r depth (1) Where 0 exceeds 1~ the frechoard ~hall be increased by (D -
l~)R mm, wh<'r~' R is O~8 at lengths less than 120 tn and 2S0 at 120 m length and above. ~ 12'1 Where D is less than f; no redu(,tion shaU be made. except in a <;hip with an enclosed supcrstruclun: covering at least O.6L amidships, with ~ c
omplet~' trunk. or combination of detached enclosed superstructures and trunks which extend all fore and ",ft. wh..,re the freeboard shall be reduced at the rat~ prescribed m paragraph (1). ~ 13∙1 Wh~re th" height of the supemructurc of trunk is less than the corresponding ~ [Jn dafd height. the okulatnl reduc:rion shall be corrected in the ratio of dlC height of t:he :l.C!1Ia I SUpl'rstructure or trunk to the ~pplkablc standard height. as defined in rcglilalion 33. Regulation 32 C011f(tiOI1 for posiliO/1 of deck /ill!: Wl,crc U1C actua] depth to the upper edge of the deck Line is gre,Jter or less than D. the difference between the dcpth~ slull be added 10 or deduct .. d from th .. free board . lmRegulation 32 ~ 1 ~ C ,,"el/ioll jrJf reces.1 ;;1 jreeboarJ deck Iiifl (1, Where. recess i ~ arranged in 'the free board deck .• nd it does not extend to the ~ides of the sh.ip. lhe f[(:<,board calculated without regard to the reccss shall be corrected for the consequent l o~s of b\loyancy. Thl: correction shall be e<:Jual to the v:lluc obt<lined by dividing the volume of the recess by the watcrplanc .rea of the ship at 85% orche least moulded depth (see figure 32-1.1). [WJ(ZI The correction shall be an .addition to the fr"eboard obtained after all other corrections have been ~pplied. except bow height correction. 156 Alm('xJ, ,eguiat;om30, 310 32, 32-1, 33,34 iPB81131 Wl'lere the frecboard, corrected for lost buoyancy as above,:is greater ! han the mInimum geometric frc{'oo"rd dcu;rmim,d on the ba 'is of a moulded depth meJslIred to the IDmtom of the recess, the laner value may be used. C,-_D_} ___ > Figur:e 32-1.1 Correaion is the addition to frccooard equal to: WP Area at 0.85D Regulation 33 Standard height of SHperstrncttlrf re!!! The standard height of a superstructure-
shall be as given in table 33.1: ~Table 33.1 Standard height (m) L Raised All other (rn) quarterdeck supentruclUl'ts 30 or less 0.9 1.8 75 1.2 1.8 125 or more 1.8 2,3 The stanrurd heights at imermediate lel1gths of the ship shall be obtained by linear interpolation, Regu1ation 34 Length of.wperstructure If!! 111 Except:l5 p.rovidcd ill paragrapll (2), the length of~ superstmcture (S) shalllx:: the mean length of the parts of the supt:-rsUucturc which lie within the length {L}. ~ Where a superstructure bulkhead is reccos!ed, the: cffc∙ctive length of the ~uper s [ru cture shall be reduced by an amOU!1l eqmJ to the area of the ,eces! in plm view divided by Ih~ bn,:a.dth of the \\Ip"r~trun\l re at thl; m.idkngth of the 157 [litemat;o,utl ConVl'7lt;el1l 011 Load Lincs, 1966 a.1 modified 1988 and 2003 recess. When: the recess is unsymmctncal about the n;ntrdin~, the largest portion of the recess sh:tll be consid"red as applying 10 both side, of the ~hip. A recess m:ccl not be decked over. 121 Where the end bulkhead of an .. nclosed superstrucUlrc e"tends ill a fair convex curve beyond its intersection witb the superstructure sides, the length of the ,upcrstructurc may be increased on the basis of an equivalent plane bulkhl∙ad. This increase sh,11l be two-thirds of the fore and ;Ift extent of the curvature. The maximum curva~ure which may be taken lnto account Ln detemulling this Increase is one-half the breadth ofthc superstructure at the point of intersection of the t:urved end of toe superstrtlctlln~ with its side. 1(1'881 Whnc there is an extension to l superstructure, whieh extension has a breadth on each sid" of the cemrdine at leasl 301)1, of the brcJdth of the ship, the effective length of the supcrstrunure nuy be increased by considering an cquivllcnt SUpeTSlTUcture bulkhead in the fonn of J. pa",bola. This parabola slull ('xtcnd from the extemion at the CClltreline and pass I.hnJllgh I ht, junction of the letual supentrucmre bulkhead with the sides of the ex"ten$ion and extend to rhe sides of the ship. This parabola shaH be completely conr:aifled within the boundary of the superstructure Jlld it, eJ<tensiollS, Ii!!i If the superstnKture is Sf't in from rhe side, up to lhe limit allowed under rt-gulalioll 3(Hl), dIe cquivalcUl bulkhead should be calculated on [he basis of the actual breadth oft)'e ~ lIpeHtructure (and llot the breadl:h of rhe ship). ~ (3) Superstructures which have sloped end bulkheads shall be dealt with in the following rn.nner: (I) When the height of ~llper<;tnll:tur c. de,r orrhe ~lopt'. is eqll~1 to or smaller than the-
~tand.ard h<~lght. rhe length S is to be obtained as shown i.l IJgUrt: 34.1. (b) When the height is greater than the standard, the length S is lO be obtained as shown in figure 34.2. (cl The forego'ug will apply only when the slope, related to the baseline, is 15' or greater. \\!here the slope is less than 15°, rhe c Qnfi~ration shall be treated as sheer. ha S = I, + '2 2 .~-
ha I, 12 ~I Eo: Sx -
h Figure 34 .. t -
Height of s"p=tnlCtu", "qIl4/ to or smaner than rhe standard height h 158 .~ A IlI/fX 1, n' rflal jotr 35 F1gn
e 34.2 -
Ht'iJ!.lr1 if sUpt'rstructu,e grid leT tlum the standard h e( ~1rt Regulation 35 Effective Jen,l!lh if .lIIpmtmctllre b'.! (1) Except as provided for in paragraph (2), the effective kngth (E) of an Cltclo$cd superSlrurture of standard beight ,hall be its length. (2) In aU cas~s where an enclosed superuruCLlrrc of standard height is set in from the sides oflbe ship as permitted in regulation 3(10), th.∙ dfecrive length shall be the length modiGcd by Ihe ratio of biB,. where: b is tile hread! i1 of the mpr.'rstruc;ture at the middll' ofits lCIl!ltl!: and B, i~ Ll1C breadth of tht' ship al the middle of the length of dlC superstructure. Where a superstnKture is set in for 3 part of its length, this modification shall be applied only [Q the sel-in parl. ~ (31 Where the height of an enclosed superstructure is less than the standard height I the effective length shall be its length reduced in the ratio of the actual height to the st~ndard height. Where the height (;l(ccl'd. the standard. nO increase shall be made 10 the effective knglh of the superstruclurt' (sec fig-
ur c~ ]4.1 and 34.2). I!!!ilWhere the height, clear ohhe slope, of~ superstnrcture which has sloped end bulkheads is less than the standard height, its effective Iellgth E shall be its length 5 as obtained from figmc 34.1, fe-duced in the moo oflhe acwal height tu th~ standard height. Where :I poop or forecasdc ofless than standard hcighr is fitted on a ship with t'xcessive sheer bur Without any superstructure within O.2L amidships, credit may tM: given to the height of the poop or foreca~tl e by increasing the actwl height by tile difference between tll(: actual and the standard sheer profiles. The deduction for excess sheer in 3(;cordance with regulation 3R(1 (.) is not to be granted. see also the unified interpretation ("I The dfe<;tive length of a raised quarterdeck, if fitted with an intact front blllll:.h c~d, shall be it; .length up to a maximum of O.6L. Where the bulkhead is not intact, the raised quarterdeck shall be trea.ted as a poop oflc~s thall staridard height. 159 inlml<llrolUJJ Com'OIlWII 011 Load LinLs, 1966 as modi led 1988 and 2003 ~The m>tximum effective length of O.6L of a rai~ed quarterdc(:k is to be measured from the after perpendicular. even where a poop is fitted tn conjuflctinn witb the raisrd quarterdeck. see abo the Ilnified interpretation of regulation 35(3) and (4) 151 Superstructlltes which are not endosed shall have no effective length. Regu]ation l6 Tnmks III A mmk or similar Hrucrure which does not extend. to the sides of the ship sha)] be regarded a~ efficient on tbe following conditions: II1 the trunk is at least JS strong as a supernructurc; @ I~) the hatchways are in fhe trunk deck, tbe hatchway warnings and covers comply with rhe requirements of regulations 13 to 16 inclusive and the width of the mmk deck stringer provides a satis
factory t;angway and mfficient [ateral stiffness. However, small acces, QP~nings \vith watertight covets may be permitted in the fi?eboard deck; (cl, a permanCllt working pl"tfonn fore and aft fitted with gwn:I rails is provided by the trunk deck, or hy detached trunks connected to superscructures by efficient pennancnt gangways; (d) ventilators are protected by the trunk, by watertight covers or by other equivalent means; ~ eel, Op~fi ""ils arc litted ot> the weather parts of the frccboard deck ;n way of the mmk for at km half their length or, alternatively, freeing pon area In the lower patt of the Imlwarks, \lbj~ct to regulation 24(2). of330/0 of the LOtal area of the bulwarks is provided; (I) the machinery casing:; arc: protected by the trunk, by :l. super-
strucllue of at standard height. or by a deckJJouse of the same hcigfn and of equivalent Ilrength; (.1, th~ br~Jdt h of the trunk. is at least 60% ofthe brelddt of the ship;:l.J1d (~l wbere there is no SlIpc:rstnlCture. the length of the trunk is :lit least O.6L. (21 The fuU length of an efficient trunk reduced in the ratio of its me:llD breadth to B sh.lI be its effective:: length. (3) The stancl.ud height of a (milK is Ine st~ndard height of 3 superstructure other than a roUsed quarterdeck. ~~41 Where tbe height ofa mmk is less than the standard height. ils effective length shall be r~dlJced in the r::Itio o(the acrual to the standard height. Where the beight of hatchway coamillgs on the trunk deck is le~s than that required under teguLltion 14-1. a redu<tion ftom the actual height of trunk ,hall be made which corrcspond~ to the difference between the actual and the required height of coaming. 160 ___________________ --'-AtrIlCX J, regultrrions J6, 37 (rutS) When: the trunk height i~ less thall st:lndard and the trunk hatch c omllin~;s are also ofless than standard height. or omitted entirely, the reduction ITom the 3<:tual height of trunk on accounl of insufficicnt hatch warning hClght sh~ll be t;j CII as Ih.c difference bcrwcUI 600 mm JTllI the .nml iltight of caaming, or 600 mm if no hatch coamlngs JrC fined, Itcdllcrioll in the actual hf:'ight lJf ITunk shall nOI be required in n~ e s wht're only lmall hatches ",.jth less than slJndard height arc fined in the trutlk dt;ck for which dispensation from dIC requirement of sl:mrurd roaming height Imy b{' given. ~ (I, Continuous hatchways may be treated as a trunk in the rrceboard computarion, providcd {[IC provi<iollS of this parll,,'Taph are complied with in all respects. ~The trunk deck tringcr referred to in parAgnlph (l)(b) may be fitted outboard of the trunk side bulkhead in association with the rollowing: ,." the stringer ,0 fomled is to proVIde a clear walkway of at lean 450 mm in wLdth on each side of the ship: (Ill tht: string~r is to be of solid plate, efficiently ~upporte-d and stiffened; (t~ th~ stringer is to be as high above the Crceboard as pfaclicable, [n the ITeeboard calcuLation, the trunk height is to be reduced by at tea<t 600 mm or by the actual d,fl'ercnce berw<'en the top of the trunk and the ,\:c; ngl!r ,. w hidwv{'Y' is greater; Id) hatch cOver seeur; Ill'!; appliances are to be accessible !Tom the stringer or w:lI 'way; and (BI the breadth of the trunk is to be measured betweerl the tnlnk side bulkheads, I ... ~ {JI 'l;trhcrc the trunk adjoilling tbe superstmctu[t:s ",cfl as poop. bridge Or fowcastle is indud,'d in Ih ~ calculation of freeboard. openings shall not be arrAnged in that part of the bulkhead which is common for the trunk and superscruct:Ure. A relaxation may be made fQr small openings such as for piping. cable or manholes with covers attachl'll by meam of bolts Tile sides of a trunk included in the calcula.tion of frceboard shaH be Intact. Sidescurt!es of the non-opening type and bolted manhol~ covers may be allowed. Regulation 37 Deduction for superslrnclures and lrunks ~ (1) Where the effective lengtb of superstructures ,md trunks is lL, the deduction from the free-board shall be: 35G mm at 24 m length of ship, 860 mm at 85 m length, and 1070 nun at 122 III length and above: deductiom ,,[ intennediate lengths snill be obtained by lin~ar interpolation. ~ 121 Where the total effective length of supersmlcturcl and trunks is IcS!! than lL, the deduction shall be a pen:entage obtain~d from table 37,1: Inlmlalio/Ul/ Ccmwnticm on Load UrI£S, 1966 as modjfied 1988 ,md 2003 ~ Table 37.1 -
Pe,rerllage '1 dedu(lio" for type 'A' ami '8' sllips Total effective length of 'lUperHructul:es and trunb 0' O.2L O.3L OAL O.SL O.6L o.n 0.8L O.9L lL ~ . I PCICccntagc of deduction for a 11 types of
l 0' 7 14 21 31 41 52 63 75.3 87.7 100 5upcntruc-∙ [UN! Iiii P ercentJ~c:s at imerme.diate lengths of s Ujlerstructllre ~ and trunks shall be obtained by hn ~Jr interpolation. P8 (3) For ,hips of type 'B' wh"re the effective I"ngth of a forecasue is less than 0.071.., no dc<luction is allowed. Regulation 38 Sheer 111 The sheer sh~lI be me:mm:d from the deck at side to a line of reference drawn parallel to the keel through the sheer line amidships. III In ship ~ de"igned with a rake of keel. the sheer shall be measured in relation 10 <I reference line drawn parallel to the de,ign load watcrline. 131 In flush deck ships ~nd in ~ hips with detached supentructurcs the sheer shall bc measu.n:d at tbe fi-eeboJrd deck. (4) In ships with wpsides of unusual form in which there is a stcpor break in the topsides, the shct'r shaH be comjd~red j n rel a ~ioro to th~ cquivRlt:nt depth a mj dships~ ~ f!i J In ships Wilh a supcnitrucnm: ofstandard height which extends ovcr the whole length of the li-eeboard deck, the sheet shall be measured at the slIpemructurc deck. Where the height e)/ceeds tht' standard, the le.,t differe!lcc (2) between the adual and standard height, sh:J1 be added to each cnd ordinate. Similarly, the intermediate ordinJtes at distallces of ~ L and ~ L from each perpe
rodicular ,h,lI be-
increased by 0.444Z and 0.1112 respectively. Whcre there is an enclosed poop or forccaule superimposed on the 5UperstlUclure, sheer credit snail be allowed for such. poop or forecastle, according to the method of paragraph (12) as shown in figure 38.1. (I, Where the d.eck of an enclosed slIperstructure has at lea ~ t the same sheer 3S the exposed freeboard deck, rhe sheer of the enclosed ponion of the freebo~rd deck shall not be t'.lken into account. _________________ . _____ ---'-Ac:.:~.:.:t1e=x __ l"_' ~ulation 311 x z, ~ Z (~r . , F.P Ipssl Figure 38.1 ~ (J) Where an enclosed poop or forecmk is of mndard height with greater sheer than that of the fre"bo,rd deck, or is of more than S(,ndJrd height, an addition to tht ~hee r of the' rn ~ ~bCla n l deck ~haJI be made as provllkd in p aras,,~ ph (12). I!i!I Wben' a poop or forel"Jstk c:om i,t~ of two I~ycrs. the mt∙tilod shown in fi~ u r e 38.2 sball be med. I, .0. .1 ~ ..-
®.? '"h -, 0 p-
1 ~ J'-'? ____ .-
I . "~.---
, -,-
~ - ~ - - ---
I SI",,<Ia<d --
, hei'iJi"II F"reetxt..lllr,' O(t(;M. l, = l ( I FP. h".1 Figurl! 38.2 ~ In figures 38.1 and 38.2, the following definitions apply: Z is as defined in paragraph (S}; and Zv is the t"ncl ordinal" uf a virtual .t.;md,rd panbolic curve taken through the point "X". If Z, 15 greater than (Z h), the cnd ordinate shall be (2 ~ I,), ill wilieh case point "X" shall be diuq;ardcd Jnd wrvc (2) not taken into account. [vl.'lWhetl the length of the fim tier superstru<:ture is wearer than 0.5/, the virtual ~ [and~rd p~rJl 101 ic curve shall cOlllmence at at11id~ hip~ as indicated in fig-
ure 38,1. Standard shf"t7 profile The ordinues of tile standard \he .... r profile are givt'n il1 L.lblt' 38.1: 163 After half" For-
ward half ~ Table 38.1 -
Sll1nda,d sh(∙er prifJJc (where L i~ in metres) Slation Ordinate (in mm) Aftt-r perpendicular L 25(3 + 10) I~ L from A.P. L , 111("3+
) ~ L fTom A.P. L 2.11("3 + 10) Amidsbips 0 Amidships [) $ L from F.P. I. 5.6(3 + 10) ~ L from F.P. L 22.2(3 + 10) Forward L • 10) 50(3 perpendicular M~MUrtltll'Ht of ."'M'il/io .. from 5t,,,,,ddrd shur profile Factor 1 J 3 1 1 3 3 1 ~ (9,) Where the she~r profLle differs from the starldard, the four ordinHe, of each pwfjle in the fo .... vard or ,f .. er h~ l f ~h ~lI b" mul(iplied by ~he appro pri~t., factors given in [he ahove table of ordinates. The djfference hClween the sums of the rc~pcctivc prod.lcts and those ofche n.andard divided by 8 measures the deficiency Or exCess of sheer in the {O""lOrd or after half. The arithmetical mean of the excess or deficiency ill the forv,:ard and after h ~lves llIe3surcs the excess or deficiency of sbeer. (10) Where the .fter half of the sheer profile is ~3ter than the standard and the (orw~Id half is le" than {he s~ndud, '1<'> <;:r<:dit shall be allowed fOT lhe pan in excess and defiCiency only ~hall be measured. ~ (11) Where the forward half of the sheer ptoGlc exceeds the standard. and th ann portion of the sheer profile i, not less Ihan 75% of the ~~nd3 td, credit sh
aH be allowed for the p"rt in cx:ct-ss. W'here the after pan is less than 50% of the s ~nd <l nl. no credit shall be given fOl" the e~cess sheer forward. Wlll:rC the after sheer is between sonA. a.nd 75% of the 'tanciard, intermediate allowances may b" granted for excess sheer forward. ~1121 When c[(;dit is given for 3 poop or forecastle the following formula shall be used: yL' s = ---
3L where J is the sheer credit, to be deducted frQm the: deficiency, or added to th.., C'xce∙ss of sileer, A n"ex 1, ..-g.ilali(m 38 ,. is the difference between actual and st<lnd<lrd b.eight of supcr-
struCIlIrc at ('he after or 10"'" d perpendicular, L' is the mea.n enclosed length of poop or foreca,tk up to a rnaxinwm lc"gtb. ora,SL, and L i~ the length of ~IH: ship as defined tn regulation 3(1). The above formul:a provides l ClHVC in me fonn of a patabola tangent to the actu.1 sheer curve Of Ihe freebo",d deck and imersecring the end ordinate at a poin.t below the superstructure dl:ck a di~unc" equal to tht standard hCiglu of a <upe,-.,trucmre. The ,uperstructure deck sh,1l not bt less than standard height abm'e this curve at Jny point. This clIrve shall be used in determinillg th" sh""r profile for forwar(1 'lI1d after halves of the ship. Iii!l(13) ,_, Arly e xces~ in dIe height of ampentructure which doe~ not txtend to the after perpcJldicLJlar (,annot be regarded as contributing to the sheer 1l1owlncc. ~b) Where Lb~ height of a ~uper struc tLlre is le5s thall ~t:l.Ildard. the supefstrucnm∙ deck shall [lot be Ie~~ th~" the minimum height of the s-uperstTUcrurc abo,ve the virtual sh~er curve at any poinl. For thi. PU'tlOse i' shall he taken a,~ the diflcrcncc b<:tw{'cn (be acmal and mirLimmn hcight "ftht! sUpt"r.trucrure .t till'. a/i c r!forw~rd perpendicular. h::1 for a raIsed quarterdock credit may be given only w hell the height of this q u~ (~crdcc:k is g."Jter than tbe standard height of 'other super-
structures' as defitlCd in regulatiun 33, and uniy for the "rnOllnl b). which the ~c u~1 height of [he raised quarterd~ck exceeds that standard h~igl1t. till When a poop or a forecastle Ius sloping end blJlkh~Jds, [he sh~n credit may be allowed on account of c"e<;~s height. The t<1nnula given in p~ragl'"Aph (12) ~ 1 1311 be med, the values for y and L' beint; H showrI in figure 38.3. L' y L' A.~ ~--. -
3 l ~ Figure 38_3 -
SltefT credir ,foreX[eS5 heighr COmYlilltl for VArlafillllS from st.'rnJard shf'rT profik m ,'4) The correctiort [or sheer shall be the deficiency or excess of sheer (see paragraphs (':I) to (11) inclusive), multiplied by SI 0.75 --
2L where SI i~ the total length S of enclosed superstrucmres as defined In regulation 34 withollt trunks. Ui5 lntmttl!ional COHvtntiMl "n LooJ Lines, 1%6 a., m'>1if1eJ 1988 tmJ 20m Addition fOT deficinu:y in JM(T ~ (15) Where the .hct:r is less than the standard, the correction for dc6~iency in sheer (m: paragraph (14)) shall bl." ~ddcd to the freebo~rd, Det/wction Jor exu-ss Jh~er 1ru(11i) In ship> where an enclosed superstruclurl!' covers 0.1 L before and 0.1 '-
abaft amid,hip" the correction for exct:ss of sheer as calctl!ated under the pro vi ions of paragraph (14) hall be deducred from lIlt: freeboard; in ships wht"re no enclosed superstrucmre covers amidships, no deduction shall be made from the fiTebOJrd; where an enclosed superstructure covers It"I' thall 0.'[ L bdorc and U,IL abaft amidships, th~ deduction shall be obtained by linear interpolation. The maximum deduction for excess shel'r shall he at the rate 0(125111111 per 100 m of length. ~ In applying this plragraph, the heigbt of the mperstntCtl.lTC shall be rel;l;red to it. standard heighc, W!1cre the height of the sup,'rstTUcru re or raised quarterdeck is less than stJndard. the reduction shall be in the ratio of rhl' actual to the standard height [hen:u£ Regulation 39 ~1\;filll'FII({//1 bOL~' hrlglll and reserve: buoya'lCY ~ (1' Th" bow height (Ft,), defined "5 the vertical distam:e at the forward perpendicular bc[wl.:rll the wJtcrlinc corresponding to the assigr,ed slimmer frecboard and the designed rrim and the t()P of the exposed deck at side. shall be not l e~s than: Fb = (6075(,fu) -
1I:1 7~(r.w' • ZOO(-;lW') x (Z.OS • 1),60
C. -
1.6QJC.r -
0.01290;)) where: T-b is the c~lcula[ed minimum bow height, in millimerrcs; L is the length, as defined in regulation 3, in metres; B is the moulded breadth. as defined in teg'ulation 3, in me:tTes; d'l is the draught at 8S'Yu of th" depth D. in metres; Cb is the block codEciellt, a; ddined in r~ gu l ation 3; C
wl is the wJt<.'rpbne' area coefficient forwa.rd of ~: C"'f = (fl;'8; Awf i, the w;nerplane area forward of ~ at draught d I, in square metres. ~ For _hips to which timber frctboards are assigned. ,he ,ummcr fre e bQ~fd (and ItOt rhe timber summer freeboard) is to be as~urn('d when applYlng paragraph (1). m (21 Whl"fC the bow height required in par-agrnph (1) is obtained by sheer. rhe sheer shall extend for at l.,.as( [5%, of the lel'\g~h of the ship 1l! aSllf(∙d from the forw~TLl pe.rpcndlcubr. Where it is obuined by fitting a superstructure, such super tructure shall extend from the Hem 10 a point at least 0.071. abaft th,' forward pt'rpelldiC"l1lar. and ~hJII be enclosed as ,defined in fC),,'ula-
rion 3(10). 166 A"rn'x I re ulation 39 (l, Ships which, to sui!. cJ(ccpriona1 operational requirements, cannot meet the requirements of paragraphs (1) and (2) of this regulation may be: given special consideration by the AdministfHtion. ~14) (I) The sheer of the forec:mJe deck may be oke-n into account, ev~n if the length ofthc forecastle is It'ss thall 0.1 5L, but grener I.b~n 0.07 L, provid~d that the forecastle hcigh. is not less chan OIle half of the su"dard height of superstructure 2\ dc/ined in regulation 33 bePNcen O.07L and Ihe forward perpenJi('ular. [!i!I (b) Where the fo:rcc.astle he-ight is less tllan one half of the standard height of ,UpCrHrllCCUrC, as dcflm:d in regulation 33, the crediLl,d bow ht'ight m"y be deccnl)ined ~s fulluws: (i) -. Where the frceboard deck has .~ he e r extending from abJft 0.1 SL, by a parabolic Cl1rv~ h:lvin!; it, origin at O.15L abaft the forward perpendicular at J heIght equal (0 the midship depth of rhe ship, extended through the poin t of incc:"enion of furecastle bulkhead ~nd deck, ;md up [0 a point at the fon,vard pcrpendicub.r not hig!ler than th .. level oftnc: forecastle deck (as illmtralcd in figure 39.1).llowevcr, if the value of the height denoted il, ill figure 39.1 i. ,m",ller than the v"l.ue of the h{'ight uxnott'd lib thc:n 11, may be rcp
lact'd by lIb tn the available bow height. (ii) Where the fn:eboard dt'c∙k has shet'r extending for less than O.15L or has no sheer, by a line from the forecastle deck at side at 0.07 L eXl'cndcd parallel to the ba5clin~ to the forward perpendicular (as ilJustr,lted in figure 39.2). ---~ -.-_-_-_=_"""-1---
-, "' ./ hp /' ~~/ h, ---
I. l, ;∙---1 o.on F.P. ~FiguTe 39,1 1f.7 IlttmuJlionaf Omvenriolt on Lead Li~s, 1966 as modified 1988 Ilnd 200J ---
1 h, ~, 1 ---
01& O_O1l FP. IniFigurc 39.2 hr = Half stand.1rd height of superstructure as defined in regula-
tion 33_ 1 ~8HIt5} All ship, assigned a rype ')3' frccboard, other than oil unkers', chemical tanh∙rs∙ and ga~ c3trkTS∙. shall have ~d d;ljonal reserve buoyancy in tite fore c ,d. Wit!.i" Lilo '""l>" ofO.15L abaft of (he forward perpendiculaT, the sum of the projected aTca between the SUlllmer Load Line Jnd the deck Jt side (A I and A2 in figure 39.3) and the projecl'£d ~T"a of an endosed SUpCrslnlcrurc, if fitted, (A3) shall not be le,s Ihall: v./here: Fm.ill Fo (O_ISFmln + 4(~ -t I O»H~~J (m
). is calculated by: Fmin; (Po x J,) + J2; is the tahular (recboatd. in millimetres, uken from table 2H.2. (orrected for regulation 27(9) or 27(10), as 'lpplicable; is the correction for block coefficiem given in regulnion 30; and is the correction for depth. in millimetres. j.,';ven In regula-
ticm 31. .. Oil ta.nkcTS. ch"'rnical t.:mkers and g.l$ c;1ml'r; ut-defined in the: Int e m.1tioJ1~ 1 Coot.∙cntio!) for t h ~ Satel}' or Life ,t Se,. In (0"'._ r<gul.tlom 11-1/2_ 12, VII/8.:! and VlIf1 1.2, "'_'l"'ctilo'cly_ 168 s...-W.L. Regulation 40 lvlirlimlfHl jrceboards 0
54 P. ~Figure 39.3 see als.o t.he unified interpretation 11), The IIllnLlTIlIm fr""board in summer ,hall be the freeboard derived from the table, in regul.Jtion 21( as modi6ed by the corrccnons in rcgulHiolls 27, a, applicable, 29, 30, ."1, 32. 37, .,,8 and, i("pplicable, 39, ~121 The frecboard in salt water, a~ calculated in accordance witb paragraph (\), but without the correction for de 'k line, as provided by regulation 32, sh:Jlll1Q[ be les, than 50 mm. For ship! h",ving in posi(ioll I hatchway! with COl'"", which do nol comply w;th the requirements of regulation 16(1) tbrough (5) or regu.latiorl 26, the frceboard shall be nallos than 150 nUT!. Tropicalfreeboard 131 The minimum frceboard in the Tropical Zone shall be the free board obraincd by" dedunion fTOm rhe "'mm~r frccb<J;lrd ofolle fort)l-cighth orth.; Slll1lmer draught I11casu[(Od from the" top of the keel [0 the centre of the ring of the lo,d lim' mark.. 8 141 Tilt' frcebo&rd in salt water .• s cJ.lcuhted in ~((o[dan(e with paragraph (3). bur without the correction for deck line, a~ provided by regulation 32, shall !lOt be Ics< r11an 50 mm. For ships having in position I h3tchwJYs with C<.Jv<::rs which do not comply w;th the requiremcO!s of r ~g ulation 16(1) through (5) or reguiJtion 26, the freeboard shall he not le ~s than 150 mill. 169 ]lltcnlation,,1 Convenri'1I1 0" Load Lin~5, f 966 as mrx/ified 1988 Q/ld 2003 Wi "Ier Jree/xJ~ rd (!i) The minimum frceboatd in wintet 5h .. ll be the fTeeboard <lbtaincd by an addition 10 the summer freeboard of one forty-cighth of summer draught, mea~urcd from the lOp of tne keel ro the centre of the ring of the load line mark. Witlter North Alla",ic Jrceboard Pi' ~61 The minimcllrl fr('cboard for ships .of not mOTe t h~ n 100 m in l~ngth which enter any part ortlle North Atlantic clefintd in regulation 52 (3n11CX 11) during the winter seasonal period ~llaJl be tbe winter frceboard I,lus 50 mm. For other ships. the wintn OTth Atlantic freebo.rd shill be the winter freeooard. F res If wa ter fr ~c"o(Jrd h∙ •• ) (7) The minimu,.., (rc~board in fresh water of unit density shall be obtained hy d(∙ducting from the minimum freehoard in salt water; where Cl is rhe displacement in salt water in tonnes at the Summer Lo~d Line T i ~ the tonnes per ccntimelrl'" irnmt'rsion in salt water :It the Summer Load Line. ~ lal Where the displacement Jt the Summer Load Line cannot be certified, the deduction ,h.ll be one torrv-eighth of slimmer draught, mcasl.lTcd from th(' top of the ked to tht" centre of lht∙ ring of the load IltIe mark. 170 _________________ A.mex 1, regubricms 41,42,43 Chapter IV Special requirements for ships assigned timber freeboards Regulation 41 App/icatiml <if/his ,hapler Rel,'1Jlatiom 42 to 45 inclusive apply only to ships to whidl timber loaolines are a~s igl1cd, Regulation 42 DejilJltiol1s tl'8iilll) Timber deck "'~o. The term "tLrnbcr deck cargo" means a cargo of timbeT carried 001 an ull~ov~ r t'd par( of J frccboard deck. The term does nor include wood pulp or ,illlliJr cargo: (2) Timber load line. A rimber deck cargo may be regarded as giving a ship a certain additiona.i buoyJcllcy and a great"r degree of protection again,t t ll ~ sea. For that reason, ships carrying;1 timber deck cargo may be gnmed:l reduction of frcchoard calculated Kcording to the provisions of rcgtJi3tion 45 and marked 1nl the ship's side ill accordance with Ihe proviSIons of regu\arions 6(3) and (4). However, in order that such. special free board may b~ granted Jtld used, Iht' timber deck cargo shall comply with certain conditions which are laid duwn ill regulation 44, and the Ihip itself shall also comply with c,-rtain condl~iolls relating to its construction wllich arc set out in reguiJllon 43. Regulation 43 ~ Com/mctiml of the ship SupenlruallTt' ps (U Ships shall have a forecastle oht least st.ulmrd heIght and a length of at least O.07L. III lddition, if the ~hip i~ less than 100 m in lengdl, a poop of at least ,t,mdard height or a raised quarterdeck with a deckhollse of at least the same total height shall be fined afr. Double b.Jtiom t4"ks ~121 Double bot om tanb, where fitted within the midship halfkngtb of tbt ship, shall have adequate watertight longitudinal subdivision. BulwaTlu (3) The .,hip shall be fitted eirher with pamancnt bulwarks at leas! 1 m in height. spt:cially stiffened on rile uppn edge and supported by strong bulwark. stays attached to the deck and provided with neces 'ary f r"~ i n g portl, or with efficient rails of the same heIght and of specially strong con!trIJction . • Rder to the Code ()rSare Prdnice for Ship' carrying Timkr Deck Ca!lJOC'S, .. doptcd by th. Organi7.atioll by .-e s"lu lion A. 7l5( 17), a5 arnenclt-tl. 171 InrenUllWrJa/ Con""",t;"" on 1~ Uru:s, 1.966 as moai(u:'!/ 1988 and ZOO] Regulation 44 Slowage Gl'nl'ral ~"' Openings in the deck. exposed to weather over which cargo j~ ~towed shall be ~ecllTely clused and battened down. , he ventil<lton .:!Od pipes sh~U be dliciently protected. ~ .2) Timber dl"ck cargots shall extend over .. t kHt the IC"TItirc available . .:ngth which is th∙∙ total length of the wcll or wells between superstructures. Vlhere there is no limiting superstructure at the after end, the timber shall extend at l e a~t to the after elld of dll:: aftC!rmost hatchway. ~ The limber deck c;!rgo shall extend athwart ship. :l~ c1o.~e 3! possible to the s
hip's side. due allowance being made for ObSlrllCtions such as guard rails. bu\v..-ark stays, uprights, pik>t J"CSS, ("tc., provided that any gap thus (rc.ated at tl: ~ side of the ~ hip shall not "xceed a mean of 4% of [he bre:ltllh. The timber sha: 1 b,' stowed as solidly as possible to at least the standard heighl of the super ∙truccurc-other thall :my rai,ed quarterdeck. ~ (31 )n a ship within a seasonal winter zone in winter. the beight of the deck ca, ~o above ,he deck exposed to weather shall not ~ ~c(·~d une third of the extre le breadth or the ship. ~ 141 The timber deck cargo shall be cornpactly stowed. lashed and secured. It shall not interfere in any way with the lIa v i ~tio n and necessary wOrk ufthc ~h ip. UprightJ ~ 151 Uprights. whm required by dle" namre of the timber, shall be of dequare ~ tr enp;th conSIdering the breadth of the ship; the:: slnongth of the Llprights ,hallllot eXCl:<:d Ihl: Hrcngth of the bulwa.rk and the spacing shall be SUi(;lblc fo~ the length and! charactcr of timber carried. but ,hall not cxc'cd J rn. Strong angle.s or metal sockct~ or equally efficient m~3m snall be provided for securing the uprights. Lashings ~ 161 Timber deck cargo shall be effectively secured througbout its length by 3 l a~ h i ng S)'.tem acceptable to the Administration for rhe Cbar:lCter of the I'mber carried." Stability Ipsolm Provision shaU be made for a s.ft> margin of stabiliry;at ;all stages o( the VOY3gC, regard being given [0 additions 'lf weight, Slid] as those arising from absorptiol) ofw;:>rer (lr icing. iCapplicabl(". and to 1055es of weight such a~ those arisi ng from consumption of fuel and $[Ore5 . • Refe ... "c .. i\ m.dc to rhe Code of Safe p,.cticc for Ships cmying Timber Deck C:''W'"'' udopted by the Org,miution by ... solution A.715(l7). )~ lmc-ndcd. H2 Annex I, n;gukllium 44, 45 Protection of £r~"', acceS.! to machinery SPlJ£f,S, ell;. p~~ (H) In addition to thl" tequirements of rq~ulation 25(5), guard rails or lifdines not more than 350111111 apart vertically shall be provided on each side or the cargo deck to l height of a.t least 1 m above the cargo. Itl Jddi lion a bfclille, pfdcr~bty wire tot,e set up tmt with a stretching ,Crew, sh~ 1 1 be provided as neaT as prKtlcablr ro the centrcline of the ship. The ,t'lIlchiuJ:I support, to all guard rails a"d lifebne, she.ll be so spaced as to prewn! undue sagging. Whnc the cargo is uneven, a sate \'Ilalking surface of not less thm 600 mm in widtfl shall he (,unl over the cargo and effectively Sl'cured beneath OT adjacem to the likline. !iiiI (9) Where tht' requirements prescrihed in paragTaph (8) are impracticable, al ternarive a.rrangcment\ ,atisfactory to the Adrni nistr.!liou h;.lI be used. St~erin g arrmrg~lfle"u Ip 8~ (10) Steering aJT.lngcments sh:ill be dfcClivcly prOlcw:d from damage by cargo and, as far as practicable, shall be :l<ccessiblc. Efficient provision shall be made fu,r steering i.n the even.t of a. breakdown in the m:lIn steering arrangelllems. Reg\1lation 45 CompWilfiotlJor Jrt'Cboard liii(1) Tb, minimum summer freehoards .hall be computed in J.ccord;mce with reguhcions 27(5), 27(6),27(14), 2R, 29,30, Jl, 32, 37 Jnd JX, eXCl:pt that regulation 37 is modi fled by substituting the following 1'''''''''1Ioges for th();e gi\,tll in regulation 37: ~Tabl .. 45.1 Totllll effective length of superstructure 11 O.IL O.2L o.JLhHL O.SL O.6L O.7L O.RL O.9L 1.0L Percentage of deduction for all lypes of 20 31 42 53 M 70 76 82 88 94 100 superstruc-
ture ~ Percentages at intermediate lengths of ~upers lru cmre slull be obmncd by li.]car lIltcrpolation. 12) The Winter T ~mber & e~bo ard shall be obtain(:d by adding to the Summer 1'imb", fre"board on" thirty-sixth of the moulded '''111 111 er timber draughl, Il) The Winter North Atlantic Tirnb~r freehoJrd ,ball be the same., the Winter North Atlantic fi-ccbolrd prc!cnbcd in regulatioll 40(Q. (4) The T r or j c~ l Timber fTeeboard shall be obuined by .lcducting from the Summer Timber frecboard one forty-eighth of the moulded IUmmcr timber draught. 173 InttmaliotUlf Ccmvtnt;on on Load Lines, 1966 as modified 1988 and 2003 I' 15) The Fresh Water Ti1l1ber frecborrd ~haJl be computed in accordance with regulation 40(7), based on the summer timber load waledin!;, oc wi~h regulation 40(8), ba5cd on the summer timber draught measured from the top of thc keel to the mmtncr timber load line. 1!i§I('1 Timber frceboards may be .lSSigncd to ships with reduced type 'B' frccboards, provided the timber frecboard" arc calculated on the ba,is of the ordin<u)' type 'B' frecbolrd. P. (71 The Timber Winter "Mrl;. and/or the Timher Winter North Atlantic mark ,hall be placed at the same level :1.<; the reduced type 'B' Winter mark when the computed Timber Winter mark and/or the computed Timber Winter North AtlaHtic mark fall below tbe reduced type 'R' Winter mark. r 174 Annex 11 Zones, areas and seasonal periods Th" w n~ s aJld areas in thi~ annex arc, in general, bast:d on the following criteria: SUMMER TROPICAL nOL mon' tban lOeM, winds of forc(' 8 Beaufort (34 knots) or r110t(:. not Illore than 1% winds offorce 8 Beaufort (34 knots) or more, Not more than one tTOpical storm in 10 yeaI~ in an area of 5' s(juarc: in anyone separate calendar mOlltJl. In ceru i ~l spedal aItas, for practical ' .... asons, lome deg,ee of rdaxa.ion has be∙
en found acceptable. A chm is attached to this annex to ilIultrare the WT1(,S and areas defined bc1ow. Regulation 46 Nor/lien! Winter Seasonal Zones and Area (1) North Atlantic Wint8f Selsonal Zonn I and 11 ,., Th ~ Norlh Atlantic Winter ScasonJL Zone Ilies within the meridian of IOllgitLldc 50" W from the coast ofGrecnland to latitude 45' N. thence: the parallel of latitude 45° N to longitude tSOW, [hence the meri,ii," oflollgirude 15° W to btilllde 60' N. thence [he pJr.dlei of latitude 60' 'to the Grecnwicl1 Meridian, thCI1CC Lhis meridian northwards. Seasonal pen-od : WINTER: 16 October to 15 April SUMM ER.: 16 April to 1 S October Uti The North Atlantic Winter Seasonal Zone n lj ~s within the meridian or longitude 68'30' W from the COlst of the United States to latitude 40" ,thence the rhumb line to the point latitude 36° N. longitude 73° W, thence tht> parallel of latitude 36° N to longiwdc: 25° Wand thence the rhumb line to Cape Torinana_ 5~ E~dude d from this zone are rhe North Athmric W1nter Seasonal I. tbe North Admtic Winter Scasol13l Area and the l3altk Sea bounded by the parallel oflaljlllde of The Skaw in (he S 'lgcrrak. Thl' Shetland Islands are to be conSidered 3S being on tile boundary of the North Atlami( Wimcr Sea.somJ Zoucs I Jnd 11. Inlenwl;onal C""".."tion on Load Linf5. 1966 liS modified 1988 and 2003 StttSCrldI ptrioJs: WINTER: 1 November to 31 MlI"ch SUMMER: I April to Jl Octoher (2t Ior1fI Atlantit Wmter SelloRa' AnI. The boundary of the Nonh Atlantic Winter Seasonal Area is the mt'ridian oflongitude 68°30' W from the co:m of the United States to lnitudc 40° N, (benc.: rhe rhumb line to the sourht'mmosl inte.-stcnion of the meridi"n of longitud" 61" W with th ... of Cana<b rod thence the calt eoam of Canad.'l :lnd the United SUtes. SMWMd I perilJds: For ships over 100 m in length: WINTER: 16 DcccrrolxT to IS hbnlary SUMMER.: 16 February to 15 December For ships of 1 ()O 111 and under in length: WINTER: 1 November to 31 March SUMMER: t AFriI to 31 October (31 Nurth PlCific Winter SliIsa naI ZIIIII Th" sou them boundary of d,,, Nonh Pacific Willt"r Zone is (h" parallel of latitude 50" N from the ""st coa.<t or the USSR to the w ~'1 coast of Saklulin, thence the We,t coast of S~kh;jlin to the ,outh~m extrc-mity oC Cape Kril'on, them:e the rhumb line to Wakbnai, Hakbido, J:lpan, thence the east :Uld south LOam of Hokbido 1.0 longitude 145" 'P, dlmec rh" m<--ri.dia<l of longiwde 145° E to l~titllde 35" N, ,thence dl(: PJTalkl of latitude 35" N to longitude 150' Wand thence the rh umb I ine to the soutl'l'm l'''trern ity ofOaU Island, Alaska. Seasonal periods: WINTER: 1 & October to 15 April SUM MElt: 1 (, April (0 15 October Regulation 4:7 Southern Witztcr Sea,;onai Zone The northern boundary orthe Southern Winter SeasonaJ Zone is , , Iii! the rhumb line from the e~st COd~t oftbc American continent at Cape Tres PuntlS to the point latitude 34" S, longitlldc 50' W, thence the panlld oflJtitudc 34" 5 to longitude 17" E, thence dIe rhumb line to the point latitude 35°10' S, longitude 20" E, thence the rhumb line to the paim l aritud~ 34
0 S, longimde 2);0 EO' thence along dlC rimmb line to the pOtrH blil tIde 35"30' S, longi d 118
0 E, and ther!(e Ihe rhmllb line to Cape Grim on the n orth-we~t coast ofTa~mania: thence along the north and ea~,1 coa ~t~ of Tasmania to tile' $oLlthernrnos't point of Bnmy Island, th.CI1(;~ the rhumb line to Black Rock Point on Stew3rl Annex ll. /atWn5 47 48 Island, thence the rhumb line to the point latitude 47" S, longitude 170" E, thence along the rhurnb line to tht" point latitude 33° S, longitude 170' W, and thence the panUcl of"latitude JJ" S to the point latitude 33" S, longicude 79° W, lhcncl; Ihe rhumb line to tht" point latiwde 41
0 S, longltudc 75" W, thellce the rhumb line to Punta Coram lighthouse On Chiloe Island, btitude 41 "47' S, longitude 73°53' W, thence alung the north, east and ,outh co,,<ts of Chiloe Island to the point latiwde 4J'"20' S, longitude 74"20' W, and fhmcl' the meridi;m oflonb,;tude 74°20' W to the pJrallcl oflatit:ude 45"45' S, including the inner lo'ne of Chiloc channels from the meridian 74"20' W [U the east. &asOlwl periods: WINTER: 16 April to 15 October SUMMER: 16 Onob<:r to 1 S April Regulation 48 TropiUli Zone 11) IIh"tham boundary of the Tnlpical Zone The northern boundJry of the Tropical Zone is the p-.a rallc I of Iatimdc 13° N from the cast wast of the American contiuent lO longit.ude 60° W, thence the rhumb line [0 the point 1.3ritude 10" N, longimcic 58" W, thence the par;lllcl oflatilude 100 N to longitude 20" W. the"ce tJl" mnidian ofl<.Jllgitud" 20' W to latitude 30° N and thence the parallel of latitude 30" N to the west (oast of Africa; from the east coast or AtTica the paraUd DC latitude 8° N lO longitude 70" E thence the meridian of longitude 70° E to latlnIdc IJo N, thcm:t: Iht: parJih:l (Iflatit\ld~ 13" to the west coa~t of India: then,c the louth COl.'it of India to latitude 10"3U' N on the cast coast of India, thence the rhumb li[l( 1(1 the poillt btitudc 9" N, longitude 82° E. thcnc<, tlw m"ridi an of longitude 82° E to latitude 8" N, thence the p"-rallel oflatitudc 8° to the west coast of MalaY"a, ,hence the coast Asia to the cast CooSt OrViCL N am at i,uitudc 1 (l0 thence the parallel oflatitude 1f)0 N to longitude 145' E, l h e n~" the mecidian uilongilude 145' E tu latitude U" and thenct' the paraUel oflatitude 13" to the west COl~ t ofthc American continent. Saigon is to be comidered as being on the bOLIndary li"c of tile Tropical Zone a"d the Sea,on,l Tropical Area. 121 Southern boundary al the Tmpical Zona The southern boundary of the TropLcal Zone is the rhLImb line from tile Port ofSantos, Brazil, to the-point where t.he meridian of longitude 40∙ W intersects [Ile Tropic of Capricom; thence the Tropic of Capriconl to tile west coaST of Africa; from the (,,,.t coast of Anica the p,r:tlle 1 of latitude 20∙ S to the west coast of Madagascar, thence the west 3Jld ,1orth coaSL< of Madag-dsCat to longitude 50" E, tbence the meridian uf longitude 50" E to latitudt' 177 Iml'mational Convention on l..OIld title, 1966 a5 modified 1988 IIlIa 2003 -'--'--'--------
10" S, rhenc<: the parallel of latitude 10° S to longitude 98° E, thence the rhumb line co Pon Darwin, Australia, thence the coasts of Amtrali~ and We"cI Island easrwards 10 Cape \Ve ~ el, 111(:IK(: the paraJJel of latitud~ 11
0 S to the west sido: of Cape York; from the e:ast ~ide of Cape York the parallel of latitude 11
0 S to long,cude 150 ~ W. th~nce the rhumb line to the poim 13titude 2(,< S, lurif,'itlldc 75' W, thence the rhumb line to the point: Jat;tlld .. 32'47' S. longitude 72' W. and thence to the parallel oflatitude 32',,7' S to the west coast orSouth Amnica. @Valparaiso and Santos arc to be considered as being On the boundary line ofche Tropical and Summer Zones. (31 Alen to lie included in die Tmpical Zone The followmg; an'as arC to be treated as included in the Tropical Zone: (81 The Suez CmaJ, the Red SCland the GLllf of Aden, from POrt S:tid to the meridian of lon£iludc 45 E. Aden and Berbcra are to be considered a ~ being on the oollndary Jin ... of the Tropical Zone and the Sca~onal Tropical Area. (bl The Persian Culfto the meridian orl ngitude 59' E. (c) The: art~a bOll nded by the parallel of latitude 22° S From the c.~t coast of AustrnIJa to (h~ Great Barrier Red: thence the Greal Battier Reef to latitude 11' S. Th" northern boundary of [he area is th .. south"rn boundary of the Tropical Zone. Regulation 49 Sea -IlIlal tropical areas The following <Ire Seasonal Tropical Arc.)s: (11 In the North Attantic An area bounded on the north by the thulllb-
line from Ca pt" Catoche, YUClt;:ln, to Cape San Ant-onio. Cuba. tht-
north coast of Cuba to latitude 20° Nand thence the parallel of latirude 20∙ N to 10ngitLllk 20∙ W; on the west by the coa5t of the .I\meric;m continent; on the sourh ~n d east by the northern boundary of the Tropical Zone. S"""Ul t pt--riods: TROPICAL: I November to 15July SUMMER: 16July to 31 Ocmher . , (2) In .... Anbian Sa A t1 area bounded 178 on the west by cllC coast of Afiica .. the meridian ofloflgitLldt' 45
0 E in the Gulf of Ad ~ n. the ,oast of South Arabi. and the meridian of longitude 59" E in the Gulf of Oman; _____________________ ~ /Hlex 1/, regu/d/i4H 49 on the north and east by rhe coam of P.kistaJl and India; On the south by the northern boundary of the Tropical ~ne. Sra5()tUll periods: TROPICAL: 1 September to 31 May SUMMER: 1 June [Q 31 August (J). In tha Bay of Benllll The Bay of Bengal north ohhe northern boundary of the Tropical Zone. Sea.scIlJlil'eriods: TROPICAL: 1 Decernbcr to 30 April SUMMER: 1 M;lY to 30 November t 41 Iln the South Indian Ocelli i., An arca bounded .: " on the T10rth and west by tlJe mu them Ixmndary of the Tropical ZOlle and the ease coast of Maruga5car; Oil the smith by the parallel of lat; rude 200 5; on the east by the rhumb hne from the point latitude 20' S, longitude 50
0 E, to the point latitude 15° S, longitude 51 °30' E, and thenet' by the meridian orIongimde S 1 °30' E to htitude 10∙ S, Seasonal fK'riods; TR.OPICAL: 1 April to 3() November SUMMER: 1 December 10 31 March (bl An area bounded on the tlOrth by the southern bouT'I(]ary of the Tropi c~ l Zunl': on ,'h" casl by th,- of A\J ~ t rJ lia: on (he south by the parallel of la!imde 15
0 S from longitude 51°3()' E to longitude 114 U E and [hence the meridian of1ong;tll de 114
0 E to the coast of Australia: On the WeSt by the meridian of longitude 51"30' E. Searollal period,: TROPICAL: 1 May co 30 November SUMMER: J December 10 30 April (51 In the Chin. StI. II.n area bounded on the west and north by the coasts of Vier Nam and China from latirude 1 er' N to Hong Kong; 179 [nlcmiJtw.n.:l1 Cmwerztiort OIl Load Lines, 1966 as mcdifW 1988 aHd ]00:..; __ 1 __ _ OIl the Cast hy the rhumb line from Hong Kong to the PQrt of Sua! (Luzon Island) and rhe west coast of die Islands ofLuzon, S3m3r, and Leyte to latitude 1 O ~ N; on cl", south by the parallel of iatirude 10" N. Hong Kong :I.nd SU:ll are to be COllSidcred as beitlg On the boundary of the Seasonal Tropical Area and Summer Zone. &a.~I)fl{j1 pnimiJ, TROPICAL: 21 January to 30 April SUMMER: I May to 20 Ja.nuary (6) In dte NDJ1h Pacific 1-) An area bounded on the north hy the p3nllel of latitude 25° N; on the west by the meridiaTl of longitude 160" E; on th~ ('nth by IllC parallel Qf latitude 13° N; on the east by the meridian of longitude 130
0 W. Seasonal pniiJds: TROPICAL: I April to 31 Octoher SUMMER: 1 November to 3 i March ~I An area bounded on the north and cast by the west coast of the Arne-rican continent; on the west by the meridian oflongirude 123' W!Tom the coast of thl" Aml'ri(JIl mntinem (0 laliLUtlC 33" N md by the rhumb line from the point latitude 33
9 N, longitude 123
0 W, to the point latitude 13∙ N, Longitude 105
0 W; on th~ SQuth by the panllcl oflatirude 13° N. Sf!ilS(JfIQ/ periods; TROPICAL: 1 March to 30 June and I No,vcmocr to 30 ovember SUMMER: I July to 31 October and 1 December to 28/29 February. (7) In "'e se ... hcif"" ,., The Gulf of Carpemaria south ofLacirude 11 Q S. SeasOlIQ/ paiodJ; TROPICAL: 1 hpriJ to 3() November SUMMER: I Drccmber to 31 March Ill) An are. bounded 180 On the north :md east by the southern boundary of the Tropical Zone; A mll'x n, ~~Ia~ions 50, 5 I on ~hc soud, by the p~rallel oflatirude of24° S from the cast C03St of Austnlia to longitude t 54" E. thence by {he meridian of longitude 154" E to the Tropic of Capricorn and thence by the Tropic of to longitude 150" W, thence by [he meridian oflongi[ude 150" W to latitude 20° S and thence by the parallel of latitude 20" S to the point where it intersects the southern boundary 0 [he Tropical Zone; and on the west by the boundaries ofth" area withitllhe Great Barrier Reef indudcd in the Trorkal Zone and by the ea~t coost of A \I stralia. Sm.JCtl<l r pt'riods.-
TROP[CAL: 1 April to 30 November SUMMER: I December (0 31 March Regulation 50 Summer Zoftes The remaining areas constitute the Summer Zone.s. However, for ships of 100 m 3nd under in length. the area bounded Oil the nonh and west by the cast coast of the United States; on the e:m by the meridian oflongitude 68"30' W from the coast of the United States to latitude 40∙ N and thence by the rhumb line to the potnt latitude 36° N, longitude 73" W; OIl the south by the parallel oflatitude 36 ~ N i~ a Winter SeasunaJ Area. S~"sol'U/l pmods: W1NTER: 1 November [<J 31 March SUMMER: 1 April to 31 October Regulation 51 El1cwsed seas This sea bounded by the parillel ofhtitude of The Skaw in the Skagerrak. is included in the Summer Zones. However, for ships of 100 m and under in length, it is a Winter Seasonal An:a. Seascmal periO<dJ: WINTER: 1 November to 31 March SUMMER: 1 April to 31 October 18t Il1fematiotlal Corllll'tllion Ott Load Lint's, /966 as m()(/!1i!d 19X8 alld 2003 12) Black Sea This sea is included in the Summer Zunes. Howtver, for ships of 100 m and under in Icngtl1, the area north ofbtitude 44" N is a Wiuter Seasonal Area. Seas""al periods: WINTER: 1 December to 28129 February SUMMER: 1 March to 30 November (3) M.diterran •• n This sea is included in the SllIJUner Zones. However, tor ships of 100 m and under in length, the area bounded on the nortb and west by the coasts of France and Spain and the meridian oflongirude 3° E from the coast of Spain to 13tirudc 40° N; 011 the south by the parallel of latitude 40" N from longitude 3° E to the west coast of S~rdi n i,,; on rh" east by the we,! and north coasts of Sardinia from latitudt; 40° N to lungitude 9" E. thence by the 11lcridiarL of longitude 9° E to the south coast of Corsica, rhen<:c by the west and north coasts of Corsica to longitude 9" E "nd thence by the rhumb line to Cape Si,eie is :I. Winter Seasonal Area. Seasonal po∙,i,w. WINTER.: 16 December to 15 MMCh SUMMER.: 16 March to 15 December (4) S •• of Jilpan Tills sea south oflatitude 50' N i~ included in the Summer Zones. However, for ships of1 00 rn Jnd under in length, the area between the parallel oflatitude 50 ~ N and the rhumb line from the east coase of Korea at latitude 33' N to the west coast of Hokkaido, Japan, at latitude ol3" 12' N is :I Winter Seawnal Arc:!.. Seasonal periods: WINTER: 1 December to 28/29 FebnJ:l.ry SUMMER: 1 March to 30 November R.eguJation 52 The Willter North A tl.lnt;( Loda Line The part of the North Atbutic referred to in regulation 40(6) {annex n compnscs: 182 lal that part of the orth Atlantic WlJ1ter SeasQllal Zone Il which lies between the: mc:ridLans oOf 15" W and 50
0 W; tbl the whol" of the North Allanlic Winter Seasonal Zone I, the Shetland Islands to be clInsidered as being on the bounc;bry. III r.: j
" " • • ~ • c o • • • ~ ." C • • • c il ~ o t • .c U 183 1 111~x III --- - ---------------------- -------- ------~ ~~ Annex III Certifica tes ~F'onn of International Certificate on Load Lines (OtfrCtat sea!) by ~INTERNATIONAl LOAD LINE CERTIFICATE I'ssued under the provisions of the INTER ATIONAL CONVENTION ON LOAD LINES. 1966. as modified by the Protocol of 988 relating lhereto u!1der the authorilV of th e Government of (nlJme of the State) (person or organiza1fon authorized) i'arriCII/81"S of ship 1 (State) Name of sh.p ...................................•.....•......•...... Distinctive number or lellers . . . . . . . .. . ..•...•. _ .•.• __ ... _ ... _ . _ .... __ . PorI of registry ................................ _ •.......... _ •.. _ .... . Le-ngth (Ll 9:': d~f,,'\ed .1'1 article 2[8) (in metresl .•........... 2 IMO N mber ............. . .•..........................••.. _ ..... . 1 A1<crruttvcly, rh. particub" of ch. ship nu)' be placccl hocizoot:ally in boxes. 1 In OICcord.anc. with ,esoJution A.600(15) -
!MO Ship Idcnti6c>tion Number Schemo, this infunmoon llUy be Included VOIUIH3,ily. 185 Intl'mtItionai CotlVNltiOIl 0/2 Lrud Lines, 1966 as nll>di{ird f 9gS tlM 2003 Freeboard assigned <15:
3 A nevv ship An existing shi p Freeboard from deck line-
4 Tropical ' , mm (T) Summer mm (S) Winter mm {\N) Winter Nor1h AtlantIC , rn, (WNA) Timber tropical , mm (l T) TImber SlJmmer , m Tt (LS) T,mber winter . , . , mm (LW) Timber winter North Atlantic . , , , mm (lWNA) Type 01 ship:' Type 'A' Type 'B' Type '
8' with reduced freeboard Type '6' with increased rea board Load line , , , , mm above (S) Upper edge of line through centre of ring , __ mm below (SI --
• , mlTl below (SI • _ .. mm above (lS) ∙ .. _ mm above (5) • ... mm below (LS) ∙ . mm below (LS) llillowance for fr e~h water tor all free boards other than timber, , . , mm_ For timber frseboard s _ ' , ' mm. The upper edge of the deck line trom which these freeboards are measured is ' . ' , mm .. , . , , . _ deck at side LIl' LJ ... Lll T LW S w • ~ -
J Delele :IS appropriate_ • 'freebo.rds ."d load linos which are noo ~pplical>lc Dc-cd not l>o entered on the <;crti6""t<;. S .. bdivision l<nd hnes nuy l>c cmered on the cenific.1te on a voluntu')' b.sis, 186 ________________________________________ ~CatiAa~ THIS IS to CERTIFY: 1 That the ship has been surveyed in accordance with the reqU1(e e;nts of article 14 of (he Convenlion_ 2 That the survey-
showed that the freeooards have been a~s l gMd and load lines shown above have been marked in acco r dan~e with -,e Convention_ T h i~ certificate is valid until, , ... , , , , .. , , , , . , , ,. , .. , ,. , , ,5 subject to annual survey:; 111 accordance with article 4(1)(c) of the Ccnventiort
6 Issued at (Date of Issue) (Place 01 Issue of ceml,care) (Signature of authorized offICial Issuing (he cemfk:a re) (Seal or slamp of /he authority as appropriatBj N'OTES: 1 'Mcn" ship dOP,HS fram a pon .ilumcd an (> river or inland wale/5. dccpor loading shall be permrtted corresponding to Ihe weghl orluel and all o'hm mi"HCi i~ l s fequlI'ed tor consumPllon oot\'ll'een tt-.e POint Of deDarture and the S'23. 2 When B ship IS In Iresh water Df unit deflSity the apPlOpnare load li"" may De 5 u bM~r>loo' blithe an'DUI"II 01 Iresn wale allow.nee sh"", abov.:;. Wh;:,r,; 11.<1 de~s,t~ is o!her !hall un,IV. all allowance shall be made proPOl1lonal to th~ dij f ~r€ n ce between 1.025 and the aotual denSlty_ ... , Insert th. elate of <)(pi.,-.. 'p<cifiod by tho Admini,trltioll ill 3ccordmcc wich artide 19( I) of th~ ConVClltion, nlC ooy aucl [he mOlllh of lbis dart corrc'pol1d 10 the annivrrs:Jry date as 'defined. in .U"tic.le 2(9, of the Con .... entiol1!p nnJess. l..rllcndcd in cl('cordarlc.e with ilTtidt' 19(8) o( the Conye:ntiol1. I. Scc """,Iutio" MSC.I72(79). in part 4 of thi. publication. 187 In'l!771alion.l1 COIllJenrj"" cm Load Litl~, 1966 lIS IHMi[tfd 1988 '1lrd 2003 Endorsement for annual surveys THIS IS TO CERTIFY that at an annual survey reQuired' by i)~icfe 4( 1 }(c] of the Convention, the ship was fQund 10 comply with the relev<l t requirements of the Conven
tion, Annual survey Signed: .. (Slgna(ure of authOrized official) Place' Dale: (Seal or slamp of (he 8ulhonty. "S <If)propri<llfi'j Annual survey: Signed: (Slgnarure of authorized offiCial) Place: Date: (Seal or stamp of the 8(Jchori(y, as oppropriace) An nual survey. Signed: (Signature of authorized official) Place: Date: (Seal or slamf) of the authorky; ss appropriate) An nua I su rvey: Signed' (Signature of authorized offrCiaf) Place: Dale {Seal or stamp 01 the aurhomy, as appropoatej 188 Annual survey in accordance with article 19(8){c) ;. ~" n-iIS IS TO CERTIFY that, at 8 survey ,n accordance witn article 19(8)(c) of the Convention, the ship WAS found to comply with the r ",vant requirements of the Convention. Signed: f ~"ignarure of <Jurhoflled official) PlilCIl : Dale: (Seal or slamp of the au1il(:mrv. as appropriate) Endorsemen r ro extend the certifies re if vslid for less than 5 years where anide 7 9(3) applies The ship complies WiTh the relevan! requirements of the Convention. a d this certificate shall. In accordance With arllcle 19\3) of the Convention. be accepted as va lid unt,l ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . ,. " " " " " Signed (Signarure of av/hoc/led offiCii/I) Place: Date: (Seal or SIamI' of /;)e authorirv, as appropriare) EndorS9mem where rhe renewal sUNeV has been completed and ar/icle 19(4) applies The ship compiles with the relev;Jnl r eqUlr e m~ nt, of the COnlrention. ~n d this r,e:rtif'(<lte shall, In accordance with article 1 ~ (4 1 of the Convention, be (l~cepted il~ valid until .................. . . . . . . . . . ... ,., .. , . . , , , , .. ." Signed: (Signature of aurlloriZfJd offic(81) Placo: Date: (Sea! or stamp of (he au(homy. as appropriate) 189 Endorsement to ex/end tne validity of tha certificate until resching the port of Sf:Jrvey or for a perjod of grace where article f 9(5) or 19(6) app/iss This c€rlificate shall. In accordance with article 19(5)/19(6)3 of tile Convention. be accepted as valid until ................................ . ..... . Signed: (S,gnature of authoflzed offiCial) Place: Dale: (Seal or s/aml) of (he aurhority. as appropriate) Endorsament for advsnt;:em(rm pf "'/fIivr1rury diltrt where article T 9(8) appliell In accordance Wilt arlrcle 19(8) of the Convent.on the new anniversary dale is Signed: (Signature of authorized official) Place: Date: (Seal or stamp of flirt authority. as appropriate) In accordance with arlicle 19(B) 01 the Convention the new anniversory date is Signed: (Signarure of eurnorized official) P1ace: D~te: (Seal or slamp of the authority, as appropnare) , Delet~ 3$ approp!Utc:. 190 Certi Its ~Fonn oflnternationa1 Exemption Certificate on Load Lines W88i1NTERNATIONAL LOAD UNE EXEMPTION CERTlFICATE (Official seal) Issued under the prO\iisioros of the INTERNATIONAL CO VENTION ON LOAD LINES. 1966. as modified by the Protocol of 1988 relating thereto u der the authority of the GOllemment of (name of the State) (person or organlialion au/homed) PBrticu/ars of ship t (State) Name 01 ship ................•........•........... _ . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. Distinctive number or letters ..............•............................ Pon a registry __ .. _ .. . ... Length (L) as defined in anicle 2(8) (in metres). 2 IMO Number ....•...•............•........ _ . _ . _ . _ ..........•...•.. , A lt~ m;Hiv el y, the plIticubrs of the ship may be placed ,h o r i z o nt;ill~, in boxes.. , ~n ~ccor d.n « wllh rtsolutl()n A.6OO(t 50). IMO Ship Identification Number Scheme. thjs infonnation rllil ~' be induded voluJIl'anJ,!'_ 191 In1nrra1iQ1'U/1 Convention on Load Lines, 1966 as modified 1988 and 2oo) Tl-tIS IS TO CERTIFY: That the ship is exempted from the provisions of the Convention. under the authority conferred by artIcle 6(2)/6(4)3
1 the Convemion referred to above, The provisions of he Co venHon trom which the ship is exempted under snIde 6(2) are: ; .. , , " , , , ... , .. The voyage for which e>eemPtion is granted under artide 614) is: From: To: " , . , , ... , , , " , , , , .•. , ... , . , , , .,. " , , ' , , , , , ' . Ccnditions, any, on whith Ihe exemption is ~ranted under either al'1ticle 6(2) 0 article 6(4): This cortif,caTn is valid unTil , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... ,. .4 subject to annual SOJ(ve\l~ in seeo dance with article 14( 1 )(c) 01 \I ~e Convention. I> Issued at (Dale of Issue) (Place of I:~roe of certificate) "or ... : (Signature of aVlhorized official iSWlfjg the certlficale) (Seal or SI amp of the authority. as aplJropflB le) > Ddctc "-' 1ppmpriw:. , " • (,\Sert the <la.'" ofcxpiry", ,pccioed by ,I," Adrl1.ini,mocioll in 'CC(lrd.mce wio:h "..-cide 19( 10) of the Corn.'CTlliOTl, Tbe day ~n d fhe JlH111fh of this da~ t com;~po l1d tt") the: annlvtrtary cUte lS dlefined ill article 2(9) of thc Con~cnr i"n. unless .mended in .ccordlnce ""rh .rUde 19(8) (If the Convention. S See ''eW.lution MSC.172(79). in part 4 of th i ~ PUbu<3tion. 192 ________ "_' ∙ _______________ -"C::..:erI=ifitdfi'> Endorsement for annli<ll SlifVSVS THIS IS TO CERTIFY (hat. at an annual survey requi~ed by acle 4(1 Xcl of the Corwenbon. the ship was fou d to complv with the conditions nder which this exemption was granted. Annual survey: Signed: (Signature of authonzed officlill) Dale: (Seal or stamp of ,fie authority. as I'Jpproprrare) Annual SUlVey. Signed: (SignBlUre of authorized off,clal) Pl3ce. Date: (Seal or stamp of the <lurliorilv, as ap(Jropriars) Annual survey: SignE!d: (Signature of iJuthoriled offiCial) PIElCB: Date: (Seal or stamp of the authorily. as approprlille} " Annual survey: Sigr ed: (Slgna1ure of aU1horlled offic/ill) ace: Date: (Seal Or stamp of Ihe aulhonly. as appropriale) 193 flllnMliotltJl GmvetltiMl <lIi ~ Lirrcs, 1966 as modi ed 1988 ~rrd 2003 Annual survey in accordance with anicle 1 9(8)(c) THIS IS TO CERTIFY thal. at a survey required by artide 19(8)lc) of the Convention. the ship was fo nd to comply with the relevant requirements of the Convention. S,gned: (Signature of authorized official) Place: Date: (Seal or stamp of the DU/homy. as appropriate) Endorsemenr to extend rile certificate If valid for less rhlm 5 I'8BI'S Bnd wllf!ff! article 19(3J app/ias The ship Eompries with the relevant reqllirements 0 the Convention. end this certificate hall. in accordance wilh anlcle 19(3) of he Convention. be accepted as valid un!,1 .... ..... ...................... . .................... . Signed' (Signature of au/hoozed official) Place: Date: (Seal or stamp of the 8urhoflty ilS appropnatej Endorsement where the renewal s4JIVey has .been completed and article 19(4) applies The ship complies with the relevant reqUIrements of the Convenllon. and this certificate shall, in <;<;Qfoonce With ~rtic;le 1 S( 4) 01 the Conve tion. be accepted as valid unti I ..... ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... . Signlll;
1: (Signature of authOrized offiCial) Place: Dale: (Se,,1 or scamp of the aUlIlonty. as appropriate) 194 Cl'rtijicalrs ndorsernent to axtfmd the validity of tha certifioate until reaching the port of survey Dr for a period of grace where artiole /9(5) or 19(6) applies This certificate shalL", accordance wIth artIcle 19( 5)/19~6f J of the Convention. be accepted as "arid unlil (Slgfl<lWfe of authorized official) Place: Date (Seal or stamp of lhe auzhorirv-
as apPfDpn'are) EndorserM{)( for a(fv8rtcemerlt (){ annwet>;tJI'V dale where article 19(8) applies In accDrdance wit article 19(8) 0 the Convention "the n'H( annIverSary dale is Signed: (Signature of aurllorlZ8d offiCial) Place: Date: (Seal or sramp rJf tile aumority; ~s appropn"are) In accordance with article 19(8) of the Convention the new anniversary date is Signed: (Signature of aurhoriz,ed OffiCial) Place: Dale: {Seal or stamp of rile aulhorrly. as appropriate) J Dele," " appropn,,'e, 195 Part 4 Amendtnents to the 1988 Protocol that have not yet been accepted by sufficient parties to be able , to come into force AMENDMENTS TO THE PROTOCOL OF 1988 RELATING TO THE INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION ON LOAD LINES, 1966 These ammdmcmr wrre adopted by r.esolwriotl MSC. 172(79) 011 9 December 2004. A IlilOuglJ adopted, in accordance lviii, paragraph 2(d) DJ a",cte VI of 11,(> 1988 LtMd Line; ['rlllocol, a/ul (i,cIIJaled 10 all (;oll!r a dj ll.~ COVf'm,nefHS, tlrelR arHet1,tmcHts Ciltl o,"ly COme ;l1tO ]orce 011 1 July 2006 a]rer they hilve bem accepled h)∙ s'ifficit>ltl Cotllracting GO","Wlt'titS. They wili be deemed to haw bem aC({"pll,d 011 1 jalluary 2006 u.tless, prior 10 IIJOt dale. more tl,arl OtiC tllird o{the Parties 10 the 19118 Load Lines Protocol, M Parries the combined merchant/leers ofwhiciJ c O"'~lih.le nor le∙s tluJIl 50% of rll/∙ gross rotlllagc of the world's merchalll Jleet. hallO? nlJlijied their O/Y∙fCllOtfS. AMENDMENTS TO ANNEX B TO THE PROTOCOL OF 1.9S8 RELATING TO THE INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION ON LOAD LINES, 1966 Annex III Certificates Fonn of International Certificate on Load Lines 1 In the form of the Load Line Certificate, the following new section is imcnd bccween tbe section commencing with the words "This ccnin<;Jtc i, valid until" and che secrion commencing with the words "Issued at": "Comple ion date 01 the survey on which this certificate ;s based: .. . .. ~ (dd/mm/yyyyJ Form of International Exemption Certificate on Load Lines ".1 Z In the form of the Inlernatiunal Load Line Exemption Certificate. the follov.'ing new section is imerted between the wnion (;ommencing with the words "This certificate is valid unti.!" and the section commencing with tile words "Issued at": "Completion date of the survey on which this certificate ;5 based: ........ .. (dd/mm/yyyy) 199 Part 5 Unified interpretations of the provisions " of the Interllational Convention on Load Lines, 1966 This page is missing. If you have original book, please scan this page and send to:
The page will be added to e-book and file updated and re-uploaded. III applying the articles .md regulations of the 1966 Load Line Convention, the following i nrerpre~rions arc TCCOlllnlCndcd to Contracting Governments in order to emure the uniform applic:lI on of Ih" relevant articles and regulations. Definilioll Df I,nllh for. $ellmenled s"ip (iJrlirl~ 2(8» A ,hip which is composed of a ser'le, of pertmnemly Ht:>ched sl'niom should havc a frecboard determined by the overall length of the series. A rigidly altachL'd. but detachable. propulsion section should be inclllded in the total lengtb (L). A non-rigidly attached, detachable propulsion sextion should be treat"d as" s"p"o.t.c ship. ApplicRDR (arl iC/~ 4(4) (fA CS ,.lfnpreral iOIl tL. 1) Even where the increase in draught is only of the order of 25 mm or 50 mm there should be no relaxation fro 1 the condition that existing ,hips comply with all the requirements. EnmptiOllJ (ntide 6) A.n exemption certificate according to article 6 should be granted by the Administratio 1 (l,Jr ,hip, whose operationJl features lead to submergcnce of the load lmc mark during loaditlg or unloading, to avoid contravention of article 12(1). rerm 01 canilicatils (article 18) (lA CS ,nterprefation LL. /9) The model form of certificates given in annex III of the Load Line Convention should be strictly adhered to and any deviations from this pattern should be avoided. Fre.boards gTlrBt8f than miaimum (rf.'gll/lttiotl 2(5» (lA CS itJIerpre lat l ~11 LL. 51) Where frccboards are required to be increased, because of such consideratiom a~ strt'ngth (rq,rulation 1), location of shell doors (regulation 2]) or sidcscultics (regulation 2.1) or mhcr reasons, thell: .1 the height of door sill& (regulation 12) hatchway CQ3mings (regulation 15(1)) sill, of machinery space openings (regulation 17) rniscellaneous op< ~ni ngs (regulation 18) vCI),ilatOIS (regulation 19) aiT pip~s (regulation 20) .2' the 5cantiillF,'S orhatcb covers (rel,>ubtions 15 and 16) .3 freeing a rrJng ~fTJt'n!s (regulation 24) Jnd means for pro~ection of crew (regulation 25) 203 on the actual freeboard deck may be as required for a superstructure rlcck, provided [he summer fT(:eboard is such that the resulting draught willllot be greater than that conespollding to the minimum freeboard calculated from an a~surned fTeeboard deck situated at a distance equal to a standard surer-
strucrure height below r~"~ actual freeboard deck. Similar considcr3tions nuy be given in cast:s of draught limitation 011 account. of bow height (regula-
tion 39). MCMllded depth (Tegulalion J(jj(c) and (9)J 1114 freella.rd cllculuioll (rrgulation 40(1)) Dis.(omitlHolI.I {ree/mard deck, .Itepped Jreeboard deck (lA CS irJlfrprelati{Ifl LL.48/Rev. 1) t Where a step exists in the freeboard deck. cre.ting a discontinuity extending over the full breadth of the ship, and this step i5 in excess of 1 m in length. regulation 3(9) should apply (figure 1). A step 1 m or less in lenglb should be treated as a recess' n accordance with paragraph 2. line parsll to ,exposed det:~ --1 >1.0m I--
I ! , , c; ~ M ~ dod dopth (D) § ( I I > Figure 1 2 Where :I recess is amlngc:d in the ftecboard deck, and this recess does not extend to the side of the ShlP, the rrc'eboJrd calculated without regard to the recess is to be corrected rOJ the consequent 1055 of buoyancy. The correction should he equal to dl(' value obtained by dividing the volume of the recess hy the waterp:m area or the ship (Aw) at 85% of the least moulded depth (figure 2): 204 .1 The correction should be a straight addition to Ihe &ee oard obtained after all ulhcr c<JlTt'ctiom have been apphcd, except bow height correction . . 2 Where the free board, corrected for lost buopncy :lS .above, is greater than the minimum geometric freeboard determlned on the basis of a moulded depth measured to the bottom of the reee!;, the lauer value may be used. Ut/ified inmpretaliotls C:~ ______ ·~ _- _-- _'_~ _~_· __ ~l ~~ __ ~~_~_p_th(_m ______ ~j1 ~ C~ _i_-'--'l_b __ eo,rectioo is addition to freeboelrd 8Quall0: ));b xd, AwOa,ID Figure 2 3 Recesses in a second deck. designated as the frceborircl d< ~c k, may be disregarded in this interpretation pmvicled all opening$ in the weather deck .re fitted with wt"athertight closing appliances. " Due 'I:'gard is to be given 10 the drainage of expo,cd rec<'nes and to free surface effects on s bilit)'. 5 Thil interpretation i5 not intended to apply to dredgers, hopper bJrges or othcr similar types of ship5 with large open holds. where each case should require illdividual consideration. IlBpth for freeboanl (regulation 3(6)) (lA CS in/e'p7etacioll LL.2) The correction for th ic:knc ~s or sheathing o.n Iht: cxposed free board deck. nL-~ . . . L IS apphcable only when the deck IS completely b"tween superstructures. In other cases the correct.ion should sheathed T xl be --
. L where I ~ length of 5heathcd area which ex telld~ from side to side. Only wood shearhing shollld be considered. Structure uf • III_r hnboard deck (rtgu/a/ion 3(9)) (L-'1 CS imerprnalion LL-J9) When a lower deck i~ designated as the freeboard deck. it should be continuous in forc .nd aft direction as well as ath~artship. Such frecboard deck as a minimum should of suitably framed stringers at tIle ship sides .md Iran 'vcneiy ~t eao;:h w;l>terught bulkhead which extends to the upper deck, within cargo spaces. The width of these stringers shol,ld not be less than can be cOII"etli~ndy fitt~d h .. ving regard to the structure and the oper:3tion of thc ship. Any lTTangcmem ofstringeJ> should be such tklt str\t.lctIJral tcqllirclI1Ch! can 31>0 be mct. See also the intcrpt"ctation ofrcgularions 3(5) (c) and (9) and 40(1) 205 /nte","lional Convention ot1 . .:...::L=oad:....L;::I;::'rI:::('S:!.' --'1-'-9.::6.:::.6 ________ ~ ___ _ SIIpers1ructurl (regulation J(tO)'(b)) (lA CS irHerpr~lati"" LL)) A bridge or poop should not be regarded as enclosed u nJcss access is provided fm 'me crew starting from any point on the uppermmt complNe expo~cd deck or higher to reach machinery and other working spaces inside these superstructures by alternative means which are available at all . n cs when bulkhead opell1n~ .. re dosed. Details of marlcing (tegul,;tion 8) (lACS jn/I'7]l,elalio/l LL4) "l)ennanently ma.rkcd" is con,idcred to include welding of the marks on the sides of the ship provided the usual precaulLons as lO material. electrodes, etc. are observed. D~ (regUlation 12) (ut CS intrrprelll/iotl LL. 5) Doors should ~neraJly open outwards to provide additioJial .ecurity against the impact of the sea. Doon which open inw"rds should be exc~p t ion ally 3pprowd. P,ortable sills should be avoided. Howev~r, in order to faciliuue the loading! unloading of heavy or bulky spare p~rts, portable sills may be fitted on the follo
wing conditions: .1 that they are installed before the ship leave, port; .2 that they arc gasketted and fastened by closf'ly spaced tllroug/l bolt,. Whenever th" sills arc replaced after removal, the weatheroghmess of the sills and related doors should b v rified by hose testing. The dates of removal. replacing and hose testing should be recorded in the ship's l og~ bo ol. Hmh beelM MII _ stifhnen ef "..; •••• crs ..... cti .. (r"X"/QliQns 0(4), (5), (6), (7) Ilnd 16» (lA CS imerpretario.l Lt. 20) To avoid stresses and deflections exceeding those given in the above regulations along construction elements of vanable noss-section, the rcqulrcd secoot1 modulus calculated as for construction elements of constant cross-
section should be increased by ~ f .. ctor K ~.xp r essed by: 3.2<1 -.., -
0.8 K -
t + --=---'-"....,.-
7y + 0.4 wlhere Cl ~ 1,/1
, Y ~ W,fWo The value of (aclor K obuined by the formula shOUld be not les, t.han unity. 206 :h< \ In .. 1
, W, a.nd Wo are indic .... t~d in the figure 3 below: •• '+f'" + 1+ +++ I If'~ w, Wo I 10 -
, I, ! '0 Figure 3 The moment ofinertia should likewise be increa,ed by the fat:,toT C =pre~sed by: C ~ I + 80:
3 1 -
~ 0.2 3v'1l where a -
• ~ ~ 11/10 The value offaCloT C obtained by the formul~ should be nOI less than unity. II Jnd 10 an' mdicated in figure 3 above. The use of the above formulae should be limited to the detennination ofthc strmgth of hatch heamsand covers in which abrupt changes in the section of rhe face material do not occur 0111011& the length of the beam or cover. Security of hatchway co .. ~ (,egu/<>tiQ" 15(13)) (lA CS inwrpretarioll LL. 40/Rev.l This interpretation il nO[ intended to be applied to existing ships_ Acceptable eqllivalent means to sted bars shollld consist of devices and mat~riah which could provide strength equivalent to, and elasticity not greater than that of, steel. Steel wire ropes should not be regarded as satisfactory equivalent means. Care should be taken 10 ensure that tarpaulins are adequately protected from the possibility of damage; arising from the use of securing devices which do not provide a tlat bearing surface. Hltell •• ,. dOIli! ky wlathlrtight _1'1 01 'tnl Ir otlm ~quiv.len t material fitted with 9111ikllllS ,nd cllmping devicll (re:~ulations 16 and 27(7)(r» (lA CS itlterpmation LL. 6) Regulation 16 Where hatchways are filted with coamings of standard height, no extrd Hrengthcning (beyond what is req llircd ill the Cunvention) should be required fQr covers loaded with cargo, even dense (:argo, provided the load d oe~ flOt exceed '1.75 tonncs/rn
2 (jn position 1). 207 lntenUItional CrmVflJ/iorl on Load Lines, 1966 Regulation Zi(7)(r) No ('xln strengthening is recommended for hatchway covers ,on ships which are assigned frccboards less than Ihose basl"d On table B, except for flush hatchway covers which are fitted on the fr e cb(l~rd deck forward of the quarter length, in which ca,e lhl' section modulus Jnd the moment of inertia should be increased t 5% over that H:qulrcd by regulation 16. M.c~inery ".. Clllening! ('t;1"latio"5 17(1), 26(1), 27(9) dfld 27(10)) '¥here casings are not protew:∙d by other structures, double lIoors should be required for type A or type B ships assigned frccboards less than those based on table B
• An inner sill 0[230 mm in conjunction With the outer sill 01'600 mm is re<;ommended. Mllc~in8ry spice and Dmerg,ncy g_nlT_lDr !VDm vlntilllDr calmillg :heighU (regulations 17(2), 19(3) "nd 19(4)) (L-! CS irlIerplelation LL58) Regulation 17(2) require that the coarnings of machinery space ventilators siruatcd in exposed pOSitions on the freeboard and superstructure dccb shall be a~ high abov(' th~ tk(;k as is reasonable and praclio;able. In general. ve.ntilatots necessary to continuously ~ up p l y the machinery spaee and. on dem:md, immediately supply the emergency generator room should have coarnings which comply with regulation 19(3), without having [0 fit weathcrtight closing appliances. However. where due to ship size and arnngemellt this is not practicable, lesser htights tor machiner)' space arid cmc r g~llcy generator roOIl! vcnLilator co:
lI11ing. may be ac!:epted with the prOvision of wcathcrtight dosing appliances i.n accordance with regulation 19(4) in combination with other mitJ.ble arrangements (0 ~ [I s ur e an uninterrupted. adequlte ~ upply of ventilation to these spaces. MiSCtlII ... 1IIIS _penilllll in ~.rd and ~ ..... t .. dlcks (regulation 18(2) and (l» (LA CS ir1lerprelar.OII LL 8) RCll,,/ation 18(1) Only those: d.oorways in dcckhouses leading to or glVing acee" to companionways I"dding below. need to be fitted with doors in accordance wi ch re ulation 12. ;,..., Alternatively. if stairways within ~ deckhol1se enclosed within properly constructed companionways fitted with doors complying with regulation 12, then the external doors need rim be wcathntighl. Where an opening exists in a superstructure deck Or in the top of a deckhouse on tht' freebond deck which gives access to space below the (reeboard deck 01: to J space within all enclmed ,upcrstructure and is protected by a deckhouse. then it is comidercd that only dlO,C side scuttles fitted in spaces which give o ∙'B.",d on uble iJ'" me,ns wi,holJ[ any redu«ior) in Jccord •• xc with reguhtiolI27(9) or (10). 208 VIlified ilLterp1l'tdtions direct access to an open stairway need be fitted with deadlights in accordance with regulation 23. A cabin is considered to provide adequate protection against the minima.l amount of water which will enter through a broken sldescuttle gla s utled on the sec<md tit:r, Rrguldtion t 8(3) In the application of regulation 18 it is undentood that: .1 where a c c e s~ i provided from the deck above as an al(emativc to access from the (Ieeboard deck in ~ C COTdan.l'C with regulation 3(l
O)(b) rh<:n the height of si ll ~ into a brid~e or poop should be 3RO 1lJ1ll. The same consideration should apply to dcckhouscs on the free board deck. .2 where access is not proVIded from above, the heigbt of the sills to doon.rdYs in a poop bridge or deckhousc On the freeboard deck should be 600 mm. ,3 where the dosing appiianccl of access openings in superstructures and deckhouscs arc not in 3 cco rd an c ~ wlrh regulation 12, interior deck openings Jre to be considered expnsed, i.e, situated in tht, open deck. I"rotl~iD.n Df Dplllingl in flised II\IlrteNleclcs (rrg .. larimu 18(2) and 1") (lA CS IlIlcrprrlari(,1I LL.46/RI:V.2) By cxtemion of re~lation 23 and the interpretation of regulation 18(2) and (3) reg;trding miscdl;ol1t'ous openings in freebo ~ rd arid superstructure decks, referred to above (scc previous unified interpretation), dc:ckhouses situated on a r:tiled quarte r ~ de c k or on ~ supcrstnlctu[c of1es! than standard height may be treat<!d as b{>ing on tbe st'cond tier JS flr JS the provision of deadlighcs aIld sidesclltt.l .. s "nd window, is concerned, pro'"'ldcd that the height of Ihe raised quarter-deck or superstructu re On which they are situated is ~qual to, or grcatcr than, the standard quarter-deck. height. Regarding the requirement to protect openings in superstroctur<'s (rC!,Tulation lll(2)), it is cOllSidcrcd tlUt openings in tile top of a deckhousc on a raised quarter-deck or superstructure of less than standard heIght having a heLght equal to, or greater than, the standard quarter-deck height should be prO"ided with an accept.lbk means of dosing but need nOL be pro!cttt:d by an efficient dcckhousc or cornpmionway as defined in the regulatton provided that the hlcight of the d('ckhous(' is at least the height of ,upersrructurc, Minimum wall tIIiclmul 01 pipes (r ~gu lllli""s HJ, 20 and 22) (lA CS interpretatiol1 LL.J6/Rw, I) For pipes covered by the above regulations lhe [oUowing minimum wall tbicknesses are recommended for those Administrations which do not have nati.onal regulacions: 1 Scupper and disch'lI'ge pipes, where substantial thickness is not required, and venting pipes other th3'l specifi"d in 3 below: .I For pipes having external diameter equal to or le,s than 155 mm thickness should not be less than 4.5 mm; 209 InternatiOlud Convt'ntion 011 Lrud Lines, 1966 .2 For pipe, having external diameter equal to or more than 230 mm t hick nc.~~ should not bc less dUll 6 rrun. Inlcrmediattc siztcs should he determined by linear inccrpohuion. 2 Scupper and discharge pipes where mbstamial thickness i~ required: .1 For pipe, baving extern~ diameter equal to or less Ihan SO mm thickness should not be less than 7 ITun; .2 For pipe> having external diameter of 180 mm thickness should nO[ b ~ les~ than 10 mm; .3 For pipe, having .. xtemal diameler equallO or more than 220 mm thickness should not bc' less than l2.5 mm. Intermediate sizes should be determined by litlt'.ar interpolation. 3 Venting pipes in position I ;md 2 kading to spaces below the freehoard deck: nr to spaces within dosed 5uperstruc tures: .I For pipes having cxternal diameter equal to or le" th .. n RC) mm thickness hould not be less than 6 mm; .2 For pipes having external diameter equal ro or more than 165 mm thickness should not be less than 8.5 mm. Intermediate sizes should be determined by Linear interpolation. See .. 180 the iute rctacion ofrc~llatiom 17(2), 19(3) and 19(4) Wlltbenight ~ IIIPlilllces 101 VlllltiIttOI'l (rtfullltion 19(4)) (lA CS il1tcrprelarioJl LL. 52) Where reqUired by regulation 19, weathertight dosing applianC'es for all ventilators i_n positions 1 and 2 are co be of steel or other equivalent materials. W ODd plugs and canVaS covers arc not acceptable in these position>. Air ~,"I (rtp14til1n Za) (lACS im,∙tprrlarioll LL 10) For ship~ migned timber frceboards the ;ill pipes should be provided with automJ.tic closing appliances. Air ,;po (rtpiation 2.0) In cases where air pipes are led through the side of superstructures, it is recommended that the height of their opemngs be more than 2.3 m above the summer load water/ine. Air pi,. dosing davic., (regulation ZIJ) (lA CS iralfrpreialion LL. 49) This interpretation is not intended to be applied to existing ships. The means of c1o~ing air pipe, should be wcathcrtight ~nd of an automatic type if the openings orthc air pipes to whic the devices Jre fitt~d would be ~ u bl11erged at ~ n mgk of I~s\ than 40∙ (or any bser angle which may be needed w mit stability reqUirements) when ~hc ship is floating at its summer load line draught. Presmre vacuum. valves (P.V. "alves) may be accepted on tankers. 210 ___________________ ----"Unifled irttnpfftations Wooden plugs and trailing canvas boses should not be accepted a~ closing devices for air pipes in positions I al1d 2. Special ,.qairements for Vlhicle hlnil., lW-ill ships Ind atllar sIIips of lilnitar type (regultllioH 21) (LACS interp,etation LL32) St~ ~ m, bow and sid .. doors of large dimensions, when manual devices would not be readily accessible, should be Tlonnaily secured by me:uu of power systems. Altcrn!uivc m(;:lns of securing should 1ho be provided for emcogency u;sC in cas~ of uilure o[ the power sy-stems. Ca'llD ports •• d oth .. similar IIP.ning. (r~gultlrioll 21(1») In a ,hip in which the lower deck has been designated as the fTeeboanl deck, the :m can~ of dosing openings in the shell plating below the weather dc(k but above the &eeboard deck should be SI) designed as to ensure integrity against the sea commensurate with the surrounding ,h.,lI plating, having rt:gard to the pmition of t he opening in relatior:l co tne watedine. In mch a ship the following principles apply: .1 the dlectivenesl of dosing appliance~ fitted at cargo ports and other similar openings in the shell of a skip depends Oil regular observations and maimen ~nce; .2 n os~ te,st' are a praC[ical me<lns of V<'rifying the wcathertightncss or watertightness of nlt;h closing appliances; and .3 consideration ~h()uld be given co th~ fitting of alarms giving wanting of leakage ill way of doors in exposed positions. Call1'l pOrU or simil.r oplnings bllow till IIPIIlrmost Iliad linll (regl/lalilln 1 t (1» (LACS i"terpT('r!friQI! l../..,21) Cargo ports or similar openings may be submerged provided the safety ofche ship is in no way impaired. It i~ consi dercd that the fitting of a second door of equivalent strength and watcrtighmess is an acceptable arrangement. In this case a leakage detection dcvi~" should be pro\,tded in the ,ampanlnent between the two do()rs. Funher, drainage of th is compartment to the bi Iges controlled by an easily accessible screw-down valve. should be arranged. The Outer door should prdcrably open outwards. See also the interpretation of regulations 19, 20 and 22 Scuppln, inllta .n~ ~isclt.r.'1 (rllgwlQtion 22(1)) (IACS interpretation LL,l1) An accepta,ble equivalent to One automatic notl-retum valve with 3 positive means of dosing from a pmition above the frccboud deck would be one automatic non-return valve and one slujce valve controlled from above the &eeboard deck. Where two automatic non-return valves are required, dle inboard valve should always be accessible under service conditions, i.e. the inboard valve should be above the 1c\,c1 orthe tr.opicalload waleriine. If rhi' is not practicable. then. provided a 10c;,II), connolled sluice valve is interposed between he two automatic non-rerum valves, the inboard valve need not be fitted above th" load wat"rline. 211 \Vherc s.nit;rry discharge. and scupper<; lead overboard through th" shdl in ,,'ay of manned machinery 8 pa ~ c>. the fitting to sbell of a locally ope",ted positive closing valve together with a non-re cum valve inboard, IS considered to provide pl'(ltection equivalent to tile requiremems of regulation 22(1). The requirements of rcgulation 22(1) for non.rC1LlrI1 v3Jves shOllld be applicable only to those discharges which rrnl..1jn opcn during the normal operation of a ~hl p. For discharges which must necessanly be closed at sea, such :1.1 g r~viry draim from topSide b~lh!t t:lnb, J 'iuglt screw-down valve operated from t]l<" deck is conside .. ed LO provide efficient protection. PDsitilHl ollhe inboBnI n~ of disdllrgl!ls when I limber freebOlrd is ~ssigned (regllltltio" 22(1)) (IACS in!ttp,elalion 1.L.22) The position of the inboard cnd of discharges should be related to the timber summer load waterhnc when a timber frccboard is assigned, Sidescu1tlu (regulation 23) (UleS imertJ'flaeion LL.12) for those ship' where the frceboard is reduced on account of'iubdivision charactcrLStic~, side!cuttlcs fitted outside the space con,idcrcd flooded and which are bel 0'" the: Bml wJterline should be of (he non-opening typ-∙. Si∙descOlttlu. window •• od skylighb (reg"la!ion 23) (UleS imerprelali,'" L1..62) Sidescuttles and windows together with their glasses, dcadlights∙ and 5torm cov~rs', if fitted, should be of approved design and substamial COJlS~rUCIlOn ill accmdancl: with, or eq\li val~tlt to, rc(;ognized national Qf international stand.rds.' on - rn~tdLlic fTome:; should not be acceptable. Sidescuttlc5 arc defined :IS being round or oval openings with ~n arCl nOI cxc<;eding 0.16 m
, Round or ov~1 openings having ~TeaS e ceding 0,16111
2 should be treated as windows. Windows arC defined as being rectangular openings generally, having a radius aL eachcomcr re!;Jt:iv(: J;(J the window size in accordance with T'cognizcd national or intern ~t ional standard:i, and rou nd or oval opcnmg. with an area exceeding 0.16 01-. Sidclcuttks m the fcnowing spaces should be fitted with efficient hinged inside deadiJghn: .1 SPJCCS below free board deck; .2 'paces within tne first (ier of enclosed superstructures; and ,l fiTSt cier deckhouses on the free board deck protecting openings leadin.g below or consi dered buoyant in stabiJiry calculations . • rx:.dlight" in .",ord.ncc wah r<c('h'Tlioocd ,tandard" arc fitted w th< in,ide of windows and ~id e..;;,c u uk~s.. wlule S(Onn COverS. of cOl'' s p ec i6 c ~tlo ns to dertdlights
t are fitted to the L oLltslde of v"rindows, whr:r~ iKce~ ~bl~. and bf: h in ~ d or portable. 2"12 Unified in R'tarions The dcadlight should be capable of being effectively c105cd and ~ecured w;\l:ertight, if fim:d below free-boa rd deck, Jud weathertiglu. if fiued abo\le. Sidescunles should not be fitted in such a position tll3t their sills are below a line drawn parallel to the frccboard deck at side and having its lowest point 2.5% of the breadth B, or 500 mm, whichever is th~ grt'3tes[ distallfC. above tile summer load line (or timber summer load line, jf assigned). Sidescuttks should be of the non-opening type in ships subject to damage 'Mbili regulations, if calculations indicate that the)' would become irnrHf'r\t'd by :my imermedi;lIe stage offlooding or t h ~ final equilibrium w:ltcrplane in any required damage case. Windows should nO! be fitted below the freeboard deck, in the first tier cnd b u l k h ea d~ or ~ id es of enclosed superstructures and in first tier deckhomes considered buoyant in the 'Iabili,,,. calcub[ion. nr l'rorening openings leadi Ilg below. Side-scuttles and windows at rhe side hdl in the second tier, protecting direct access below or comidcrcd htloyanr in th ... stability ('alculations, should be provided with ctTIcient hinged inside d~a d lights capable of being CffCClivr!y dosed and secured wC3thertight. Sidcscmdes and windows set inboard from the side shell in the secondtie:r, protecting direct access below to spaces lisLed in paragraph 3-4 above, should Ix: provided with either ... fficiem hillged imid ... deadJights or, where they arc 3Cce~sib l ... , pennlnclldy ana hcd external storm covers of approved design arId of 5Uh~ u.tltial construction and c a!J:~bk ofbe;ng effectively dosed and st'Cured weathcrtlght. Cabin b\lI U"~ 3ds and doors in the second tier separating sidclcutt)("s and wirHlowl from a direct access kaciing below Illay be acn'ptcd in place of deadlights or storm «I e r.~ fitted to the ~ideSClmlcs :md windows. Dc khouses SitU.1tcd 011 a raised quarter-deck or on tllc deck of a superstructure of less than SI.andard height may be: regarded as bcltJg in the second tier as far as the provision of de~d ligh ts is concerned, pmvi<kd the height of the raised quutcr-deck 0 r supefltructure is cqL1al to, or grea.ter than. the standard quarter-deck h.eight. F ~ xed or openill.g skylights should have gla:;s thickne.s appropriate to their size and position as r eq u H~d for sidescutdcs an(1 windows. Skylight, glasses in any position should be protccted from mechanical damage.> and. where fitted in position 1 or 2, should be provided with. robust dcadhght Cl Sle>rm covcrs pcrm.ncntly attac hed. Sce also the interpretation ofreg!llations 18(2) and 23 pons in way of wells in combination witll open sup'rllnlctures (rC!gu/arions 24(1) "nd 24(~» (lACS illtc'IJrt'raliMI L1.60) Ill, the case of ships having open superstrucrures 011 (hc frt'",board or superstructure d cc k ~, which open to wells fo[rn~d by bulwarks on the peri
pheries of the open de<:ks, rhe COllvcJt[ion Icav~s to t.he satisfactiOIl orthe 213 Administration how the freeing port areas for the open 'pace, within the superstructures should be calculated. Since water can enter only throllgh the end bulkhead opening~. the freeing pon: areas for the open spaces within the superstructures should be a function (}flht" breadth of the end openings and the CK,ent to which ""ells formed b)' the open deck.s ~nd common space~ \'Ilithin the open supen'tnlcnlr('s arc covered L."y the open superstnlcturcs. To determine the minimum freeing port area on each side or lheship for the ()pcn SUPCHtruCtllre (A,) and for the operl well (Aw), the following procedure is recommended: 214 ., Determine the total well1ength (It) equalw the rum of the length ofthc Opetl dCGk enclosed by bulwarks (/w) <ltId the length of the COTtUrtOfl spal:c within the open superstructure (I,), .2 To determine A,: .1 calculate the freeing !Jor! ~rca (A) required for an ()pen well of Icnb'1h I, in accordance with regulation 24(1) with standard hdght bulwark assumed; .2 multiply by the factor of ].5 to correC:l lor tIle absence of shetr, j[ dpplic"ble. in <lc:cordmce with r~gul"tion 24(2}: .J Illultiply by the faclor (bjlJ m adjust the freeing pore area for !h~ breadth (bol of the opcnjngs iII tbe end bulHlead of the enclosed mperstruclurc. (Nore: This cancels the I, tenm from the calculation); .4 to adJu~t the freeing port area for thal part of the emire length of the well which i; enclosed by the open supc:rstruC!llle, multiply by the filCLOr: (/-
lw/I,") where Iw and I, are defined in 4.3.1 ",bove; .5 to adjust the freeing port area for the distance of the well deck above the freeboud deck. multiply by (he C1CtOt~ 0.5 (hJI,
) where hw is the distance of the well deck above the &eeboaTd deck and I., is one ,tandard superscrucr.ure height . . 3 To determine Aw: .1 tile freeing port area for the open well (A w) should be ca!cul.l(t∙d in accordance with .2.1 above, using Iw to c culate (A') and then adjumd for the actual height of the bulwark (lIb) by the application of one of the fulluwing area corrections. whichever IS lpplicablc: .1.1 for bulwarb p-e:ater than 1.2 m in height: Ac -I.." (hb -
1.2)ICO.l) (0.004) m
; .1,2 for bulwark.s less than 0.9 ID in height: A< ~ I", (hb -
O.9}/(O, 1) (0.004) m
; Unified jtl~ -- -- ---------------------------- --~ .1.3 for bulwarks berween 1.2 m and 0.9 m in height: Ac ~. 0.00 m∙; .2 !be corrc(ted fn:e iog port area (Aw : A' + Ao) is then adj usted for absence of sheer, if applicable, and hclght above fret'boJrd deck as in .2.2 and .2.5 above, using 11, and hv,. A The resulting freeing port areas for the open superstmcture (A,) and for the open well (Aw) should be provided aJ<Jng each lide of the open spac~ covered by the open 51lpCrSlrucrure Jnd each side of the open weU respccti vely . . '5 The above relationships should be su m,m;ul~ed by th,c following e<ju.tioIIS, assuming I" the \Urn of Iw and /" is grelter tban 20 rn: " (reeing POrt areaAw for the open well: Aw ~ (0.07 iw .. A c) (sheer correction) (O.5h,/h
); ,;md ,2 freeing port area A, for the open super.;tructure: As -
(0.07/.) (sheer wrrection) (bollJ (1-
{lw/I/)(O.ShJhwl. Where I, is 20 In or less, the basic freeing port arCl i5 A ; 0.7 '. f),eHSl, in accon.lmcc with reguLation 24(1). Units lhould be consistenr wim those in the Convention, Fteejng ports (reglllatitm 24(1) "nd (J)) (lA CS IIIt!"pmmioll LL. 13) RegNiatiotl 14(1) On a flush deck ship with a substantial deckhouse amidships the decJchouse is C ollsidcn.:d to provide sufficient break to form twu wells and each could be given th~ required freeing part area based upon the length of the "well". It woul,l not then be necessary to base the area upon 0,7L. In defining a substantial deckhrmsc rhe breadth of the deckhouse should be at least 801.)\, of the beam of the vesse I, and the passageways along the sidc of the shjp should not exceed 1.5 III ill widtb. Where a screen bulkhead is fined completely across the vessel, at ~he forward cnd of a mid'hip deckhousc, this would effectively divide the exposed deck into wells and nO limitation on the breadth of the deckhous" is considered OcEce"uy in this case. Well, on raised quarter-decks should be ttcalcd:u previously, i,e, as bc:,-,ngon l1:ceboard decks Refu141io" 24(5) With zero or link sheer on the exposed frec:board deck or all eJCP<lSed super-
scrucrure dt'ck the freeing POrt area should be spread along the length of Ihe well. Fneinl PDrb (regu14tio" 24(3» (lA CS j1lre'1'",rlliIGtI LL. 4-1) The effectiveness of the freeing port area in bulwarks requir .. d by regulation 24(1) and (2) depends on free flow across the deck ofa shjp. Wh",re there is no 215 ["temlJlional Carwmiion on UJad' Lit1r5, 1966 free £Iow due to the presence of a continuous trunk Or hatchway cooming, the freeing port aTca in bulwark, i~ calcul,,~cd in accordance wit.h r"gu\;ni,H' 24(3). The free flow area on deck is the net Jrea {lf between hatchways, and bet""ccn lun:hways and supcrsl:rtl([UrCS and dcckllUlISCS up to the actual height of the bulwark. The freeing port area in bulwarks, hould be asses<cd in relarion to the net £Iow area as follows: .1 If the free flow area is not less tha:n the freeing port area. calculated from regulation 24(3) as if the hatchway coarnings were continuous. then the minimum freeinl\ port area calculated from regulation 24(1) aod (2) should be deemed sufficient . . Z I f the free /low atCJl is equal to, or le,," thln tht area c:ltlcuh.tcd fmm regulation 24(1} ""d (2), mininlL;m freeing POrt areo ill ( h~ bulwarks Shllllld b~ determined nlln rC!,,,,larinn 24(3) . . 3 IftiJl' free flow area is smaLler than calcuLm:d from rtguiation24(J) but !,'Telter than calwlated (rom regulation 24(\) and (2), the minimum freeing port area in the bulwark Ibould be determined from the following formula: F ~ FI + F. -Jp (m
) where FI is the freeing port area calclllaced from regubtion 24(1) ;.nd (2). F2 is the minimum freeing pOrt area. cakuiatedfi:orn reJ;;Ulatio ~ 24(3). Jp is the total net area of passages and gaps between hatc'h en.ds and SUPCr<lfllctures or deckhouses up to the actual height of bu Iwark. See .. ho the interpretation s of regulations 24(1) and 24(4) and of regulations 24(1) and (5) Pntection of the CrIW (f'f!J[ulaJion 15(1) (LA CS IWt'7JI"t'lI1rrcm LL.14) A guard rail should also be r ~q uir<=d for first tier deck houses and ror superstructure,' endl. Can nils (u~lIlatiOtl 25(2) atld (1)) (1 A CS i1llc-rprl"wrwn Lt. 4 7/RfI'. 1) FLxed, removable or hlL1ged stanchions should be fitted about 1.5 m apart. At least every third stanchion should be supported by a bracket or stay. Wire r opc~ ~ho uld be acccp,cd in lieu of guard rails i t1 ~ p cc i al circumstances and thm only in limited lcnb>tru. L.cngths of chain hould be accepted in lieu of gJ) ~ rd r ~ils if they .arc fined between two fixed stanchion \ aTld/or bul warks. Th" openlngs between CO llr;c.~ shollld be in accordance with regulation 25(3). 216 malions Wires should be made taul by means of turnbucklcs. Removable or binged stanch.ion~ should be capable: of being locked ill the upright position. POnJt.c:1io~ trf cnw (ugu14tibftS 25(4), 26(2) afttl 27(7) and SOIAS regulation ll-1/3-3) (IAeS flllc'preMlir>,1 LL5OjRrv.4.1) 1 When applying regulation 25(4). 26(2) and 27(7) of the 1966 LL COIlVentlOn, a, well l.S SOLAS reguhtion 11-1/3-3, the protection of crew should be provided at least by onc of I.he me:ms dennted in tile cable b';"'~n f>clow: TrP" Locations of ACCesS: Anign"d Accep\~bl. ilUaIl!;"emenu ofdup in ship SU1 ... ,mer according to type of fr""b~rd fr""board as.i ~~Nl: ITypc A Tyre Type Type B-IOO 1l-60 B& B-
I.! Access co midship ~ 3 tK)f) mm • • • q\l~tL e rs b b b c c c( 1 ) LU Betvl.'ccn poop ltld bridge, or c 1(1 ) I. 1.2 Between p<>op and def;khouse COJl-
> 3()(}{] mm • a a (ailting LWIng .c-
b b b COI11.t."'11odatiol'l or e e « 1 ) JUvlg:uion eqUIp-
«2) mem Or both e 1(1) • 1\2) b AlJ ,hips e(l) oth.r 1.2 ACCCM to c nd~ .;;3000 mm a ~ , e(2) than oil 1.2.1 Between poop :lnd h b b ..::(4) Cln k er~ · ~ 00'" (J f (h ("re i, no c( I) c(1 ) c( I ) d{l) ch" bridgt") e c(2) 0(2) d(2) t<Ulker-
fil) c c d(3) and gas 1.2.2 Ilecwcen bridg< I\\) (l1) c • • omd bow, or 1'(2) 1j2) Ijl) CllTIC'CS 1.2.) Berv."l..'t'1l .a dcck.-
1(2) hULlSoe <.:onraining > 3000 mm • a • 1\ 4) b b b o1CCOmm()-
c(l) «(1) ~ ( 1 ) dation or n aviga_ d(1) (2) e(2) tion equ.ipment. or e d(l) ((4) borh .111d bow, Or (( 1) d(2) d(1) \.2.4 In the (:ne of, c d(2) flush deck ship, f{l) d(3) berv..∙een (f('''''' ac-
1t2) c commodatIon and f( 1 > the fOf\\o"OJ.nJ. ~ nd il2} aft" cnd, of ,hip ~ 4 • 0,1 tanke". chcmicJI w"k,∙" ami ga, camer:; .s defined in SOlAS ,cguiacions 11-1/2.12, VIII .2 .nd VII/Il.2, rrspccti,-ely. 217 lrrremoticmal COl'lvenriort en LtJad Lines, 1966 Type ].A)caoons, of access AJ.igned Aeceptable arrangements accord-
of.rup in.rup SlUTU11er fig to 'Ype of freeboard ... igned: &eeboard TW' A 2.1 A"ces~ lO bow '" (/If I H,)' ;} 2.1:1 Iktwccn POOP aDd e bo\ ... ∙ or ill) f(5) 2.1.2 ]j ct w~r!l a deck-
house cOJ1t.1.ming > (/1,+ HJ' • JiVlng accorrunoda-
e tion ot" na.vigational Ill) O~ eqU1pmcnt, or 1(2) tank(r5-
. 2.U [n the C350C of a chenlic.] flush deck ,hip. t.mkcrs* bctwcotn crew . ,,,d sas acconlm<.xiOltiun ciilrrien* .nd the (Orw:lrd cnd, of <hip. 2,2 I.t\C C l ~S to .lfier end! In the c""c 01, Ou,h .. ' required in 1,2.4 for other type, of slup' deck ,hip, bctwem crew accommoda-
tion ;1.nd the: after eml of ship , .. Oil [>n~e", chemic.1 un~c,.. .nd K'" cnrie" as defined in SOLAS regulations 11-1/2,12. V1118,2 .nd Villi 1.2, ",!",ctivdy. t A
• 'he minimum summer &{'cbo" .. 1 ukul1.ted a. type '1\' ,hip regJ,dlclS of the type frccboard acwally .ssigned. H, = the ,undard hClght uj sup<:rstructurc " defined in II <egularion 33. N<lle: Deviatioll~ from some or ~1I of Lhcs~ requirements or altemJ~ive arrangements for such cases as ships wirh very high glngways (i.e. ccrtain gas carriers) may be allowed subject to agreement on a ca~e - by­
_. case basis with the relevant Administration. :z For oil Dllkers, as defined in SOLAS regulation 11-1/2.12. chernica 1 tankers as defined in SOLAS regulation VIl{8,2 Or g<t> can ice. as defined in SOLAS regulation VlI/l1.2. constructed before 1 July 1998, existing arrangements which complied \vith (b) or (c) may be accepted in lkll of (e) or (f) provided such existing arrangements are fitted with shelters and means of aCCeSS to and from the deck :is required for t h ~ arr:mgements (e) or (f) as defined below, :3 For tank.,n less than 100 m in length, the minimum widtb of rhe g:mgway platform or deck level walkway f~n e d in accora:mce with arr.mgemenr (e) or (C), respectively, may be reduced to 0.6 rn, 4 Ac(cptablc ;lrrangcments :referred to in tho.: table arc define-d as follow~: 218 (_) A well lighted and ventilated under-deck passageway (clear opening 0,8 m wide, 2 m high) a.s close as practicable to Lhe f,,:cboard deck, connecting ~nd providing aCcess to the locations in question, (11) A pcm1anmt :md cffir.;ienLly comtructc:d g.m~ay fillt.:d at or above the level of the mper.lTuctuTe deck on or as near as practicable to the centreline of the sh,p, providing a continllOU,\ platform, at least 0.6 m in width and a non-slip surfa.ce, ",.jlh guard rails extending on each side Ihwllghol t its length. Guard rails should be illt least 1 m high with courses as required in LL regulation 25(3), and sllpported by ,t~nchioT1s spaced not more thm 1.5 m; :'I foot-stop shou
ld be provided. (cl A permanent walkwJ;Y at km 0.6 m in width fttted at &eeboard d~ck lev~l consi~ting of two rows of guard rails with stancruons spact:u not [nOn:': than 3 nI. The number ofColitSes of and their spacing should be as required by LL regulation 25(3). OIl type 13 ships. hatchway coarnings not less than 0.,6 m in height may be regarded as fOrmlllg one side of tne walkway. pmvided that bcl;Wccn. h∙ Ilarchways t'Wo rows of gu~rd rails arC fitted. 'Ill' A 10 mm minimllm diameter wire rope lifelille supported by stanchions about 1 () m apart, or a siogl.e hand rail or wire rope attached to hatch c;oamings. continued and adequately ,upported between hatcnwa y~. (.) A permanem and efficiendy constructed gangy,'ay fitted at or above the level of ,he 'llpersrructur~ deck 011 or " Ilea, a. practicable to the centrdine of the ship: -located so as not to hinder easy access across the wo~ ki ng areas of the deck; providing a tOntinuulIs platfonn al ]"a<1 1 m in width; constructed of fire-resistant and non-slip material; fitted with guard nils extending 011 each side thmuF:hout ics lengtb; guard rail> sho"ld be at least 1 m high with COLJrses a, re.quired by LL r~gll lation 25(3) and mpported by stant'mom spaced not more than 1.5 m; provided with a foot-stop on eaeh side: having openings, wi'th ladclcrs, where ~ppropri a[ e, to .. nd from the deck. Openings shouLd not be more than 40 m "part; h<lving ~helten of subsuntial c~)n~tru(:tian set in way of the gangway at interval~ not exceeding 45 m if the length of the ~xposed deck to be travened "'''<:teas 70 rll. Every such ~hc lt e r should be capable of accommodating at least one person and be w constructed a.s to altord weather protection on the fon'f:l.rd, porI and st~rboard sides. Iil A permanent and efficiently constructed walkway fitted ~t free board deck level on Or as near a, practicable to the ccntreline of the ship having Ihe same speCifications as those for a penmnent gangway listed in (e) except for foot-SlOps .. On type 'B' shiFls (certi6ed fex the carriage of liquids in bulk), wjth ~ combined height ofhHch coamings lnd fitted hatch cov~r o(loge 1,er not less mm I m in beight the hatchway coammg may be regarded as 219 Inltrrliltic>nai Ccmvelltiorr on Lc.ld Lilies, 1966 forming one side of the walkway, pmvided thar b~tw ee n the hatchways two rows of guard rails ate fitted. 5 Altcrnarive tramvcrsc locations for (c), (d) and (i) above, when: appropriate: Notes: . t At or ncar centrtlitle of ship; or fitted on hatchways at or near centrelinc of ship . . 2 Fi,tcn on each sid.e of the ship . . 3 Fitted on onl: side of the ship. provision being made for fitting on either side . . 4 Fitted on on" side only . . Ii Fitted on each side of the hatchways as near to the cenuc]jne as practicable. In all ca5es wher.e wire ropes aTC fitted., ildequatc devices should bl ~ pro\.'ldNj to ensure their tau tne s~. Wire rop"' InO)' only be lcccpted in lieu of guord roil. in ,p~ci;1 1 {:U:Cl.!nmao<-e, and then ollly in lill1i[cd l e n g th ~. :> Lengths may only be .c(epte..! il1lio\J oCgmrd rail, ifuftc(1 between two fIxed st .... nt"hiun~_ <I-
Whcoc st:ln('hion, are f"'cd, <"try third ,1;;lnchion .hould be $lIpported by. bracket or ~lily_ 5-
Removable or Itinged stanchi.,m .hould be cap.ble of being locked in the upriKht position. & A ITIcaJlS of pilssage over obstructiOn<. if lny. such as pipes or other 5ttmgs of. pcm",n.,,,, n.ture ,hOllld be prov,ded. 7 Generally. the w.tilh of the b"'''g'<'''Y or deck-Ievd walk ...... y should not <,,«cd 1.5 m. Carva m.Rilald gutttr bars -tn,ing I rrang,"",n!! and intlct stability (regulation 16) (lA CS illiapretatio,1 LL. 59) Where guuer bars are installed OrI the WCillher decks of tankers in way of cargo manifold ltld arc extended aft as rar;ls the aftn house from for Ibe purpose of conta nmg cargo spills 011 deck during loading and discharge operations. the free surface effects caused by cont;)inmcnt of a cargo spill during liquid transfer operations or of boarding ,cas whik under way require consider~tion with respect to the ship's wailable margin. of positive initia.l.ltability (GMo). Where the gutter b~ rs inst'.'lUed art' gleam thall 300 ilun in height, they should be treated as bulwarks accordmg to the Convention with freeing pons arranged in accordallCe wi,h regulation 24 and effective closures provided for use during and discbarge: opcratiom. AttJrbl't1 closures should be-
.rranged in such a ,,,ay thac jammjng <;annQt occur while at sea, en~l)ri n!; that tbe frccmg ports will remain fully effective. On ships v-.~th o ut deck camber or where the height of , he installed f,'1.lttcr bars eexceeds the cambet, and for tankers baving cargo tanks e){ceeding 60% ohlle ~l i p's maximum beam at midships reg:udless of guncr bar beight. gutter bJrs should not be accepted without an :JsseS5mCIH of the stability 220 Unifkd imcrpl'('rariom (GMQ) for compliance with the relevant intan stability T eq l1ir ~me nt taking into account the free surface effects caused by liquids contained by the bars. See also fhe interpretations ofregulatiom 17(1), 26(1), 27(9) and 27(10) and of regulations 25(4), 26(2) and 27(7) flaBing arra"gH[I!IIPt (rt'guwti(Jt1$ Z6(5), 17(7) 'HId J6(1)(e») (lAC'> im~rJ!relaliorl LL.23) Regulations Z6(5) andJ6(1)(e): Fr eei ll,~ armllgtmmlSfQT tYlle 'A' ships and type 'B' ships lI'ill1 f'lmb It is co n ~idered ch .. t a freeing port ar.ea. in the lower pm of the blllwark~, of33% of he total area of Ih" bulwarks provides rhe "other eff.:ctive freeing a rr a ngem~m 5" mentioned in r~gula ri on 26(5), and may be con ~ id~red equivalent to the 50% open rails in way of trunks required hy re-guiarion J6(1)(e). IUg .. lalion 27(7); PreeitW aml"xet",,"ts ,on ,I,ip" I,a"i fi,~ Ter/r<fea 'H'/r<,el'"arJ d55igned alld J71led IlIlch hJliwark.1 OIl IllP. free hoard deck For type 'D' ships with freeboards reduced by not more than 60% of the difference between B and A tlbles there shall be freeing port area in the lower parr of the bulwarks eqlJaI to at least 25% of the tocal afcao! the bulwarks. The upper edge of the sheer m .. kc shall be kept :IS low as possible. See al ~o the in[erpret;;ttions of regulations 16 and 27(7)(c) and of regulations 17(1). 26(1), 27(9) and 27(10) Fraebo8rd for lighttr! Ind bargllll (regulation 27(11)) (uICS illtUP1ei<Hion LL.J4) In ;o.pplying regtllation 27(11) to deck cargo b a r g~s only a type 'B' free-board should be migned. even if the buges possess [be Sln1C integrity of t'xposed decks and eguivalent safety against flooding;1$ normal tank bars",. A type 'A' freeboard can he Jssigned only to liquid cargo barges. Furthermore deck cargo should be carri"d only on barges 10 which type '13' fr"eboard is a,signed. Access openings on bBrgBs (regulation 27(11)) (CA CS I11lcrpr!'lallorl LL. 42) In applyill!!; r q:;uI~'iun 27(11) only those opcn;n g~ which "r ~ l"~i than 1.5 m
2 in area should be considered as "smaJl acn:;ss openings~. Access pla[es should be considerd as being equlValent to an intact deck on lIillITIanned barges, provided they are secured by closely spaced bolts, are properly gasktllcd and for ~ll pra.ctical purposes have equivalent muctural integrity Jnd tigbl0l!S5 as J.n intacl dedI.. Fnabo.nI tIIbl •• (rt:gulation 28) (lA CS i"I ~'1m'r,"r '"'' LL. 18) Freebolrds for type 'A' s h ip~ with length, of between 365 m and 400 m should be determined by dlC tollowing ( o r mltl ~: f= 221 + 16.10L-O.02L2 221 Inl~malwrkll CtlfllJenti.m on Load .~L::.:in ~c:::!~,,-,,19:.:6,,,6:..-
________ ~~ __ _ where f is the frecboarcl in III i lIi metres L is the length as defined in regulation 3(1). Freeboards for type 'A' ships Wilb lengths of 400 m and above should be the constant value, 3460 mm. Freeboards for typ'" 'B' ships ",.jth lengths between 365 m and 400 m should be detnmincd by the fo!lo,\'ing fontwla: f ~ -587 + 23L -
O.OI88L 2 wfH:reJis the freeboard in millimetres L i ~ lhe length as defined un regulation .3(1). Freeboards for lype '8∙' ships with lengths of 400 m and above should be the constant value. 5605 mm. T,nmk. (r~g .. lat;o .... 29, 31,35,36, 37 and 38) (liteS inle'1""lallott l L.41) Where the lcnglll uf a !runk, corrected for breadth and height as may be appropriale. can be indudd in the effe[ ~ ljvc length used for calculating the correction for s up e r ~ tructurcs in accordance with regulation 37, it ,hould nor he taken imo account for th" total k'ngrh (5) for the purpose of she-er correction a~e to reb'Ulation 38(13). The dfective length of .lupcrstructurcs (E) which is usccl for nlculating the freeboard correction according to regulation 29 should be determined excluding the lengrh of trunks. The indusion ofa trunk in [he calculation offreeboard need not prohibit the fitting of opcning.~ in the bulk heads of adjacent superstructures such as poops, bridges or forecastles provide-d there is no direct communication bdween tbe S.,p"rslrucrure and the trunk. The ,ides uf a mmk. induded in the calculation of freeboarrl should be inmet. Sjdc.cutt!cs oftne non-opening type and bolted manhole covers nuy be allowed. M,glti" depth clNflction (r~g .. lalion: 31(3)) (M c.~ in1npreraliOtI LL.24) Wh~n the height of a ~ upcr~tn.~t1.!r e. raised quarter-deck or trunk is less than r h ~ COTl(∙.>ponding standard height, the calculated reduction should be corrected in the ratio of the height of the actual supers!ruccure, raised quarter-deck or trunk, to the applicable standJrd heighr :IS defined in regulatiotl 33. Lltngth ,f superstruc:\ur. (reguwliort J4) (LA cs itlle1pretaliOIl LL.15) Reguration J4(1) Where a supcmruCt1.1TC bulkhead is recessed, the effective len.gth of rhe superstructure should be reduced by an amount equivalent in area to the area of the rl~n:s s rdated to the bread! orthc ship at the mid-length of the recess. Where the rcces; is umymmecical about the centreLine, the large'c portion of the rece~' should be considered as applying w both sides of the ~h i p. Such a reee.s need nut be> decked over. 222 Unified illltrprrulIiom Rtgldaru.n 34(2) Where there is an extension to a superstructure. which extension h:l ~ :I br adth on each SLrlC of the ccntrcline of at leaSt 3()% of tht htc:l.dth ot" tht !hip. the effective: length of the superstructure may be increased by considering an l"'luivalmt s
uperstructure bulkhead in the (onn of a pa.rabola. This porabola should extend from the clm~nsion :.t the cel1trclmc and pass through the junnioll ()f~b c ~ ( t Ll."" S I)P"t'trU ( l U r~ bulkhead with the ,id~5 ofth.e e xt~nsion 3md !;xtend to the sides of the ship, This parabola 1ihould b~ completely contained within th~ boundary of t h~ superstnlctur~ Jnd its clCLenslorlS. Treatm~nt of •• "".structures with sloping end bulkhe.ds (rtgulllliom 34, 35 dnd 38(12)) (UleS iM/aprelaliQM LL.37/Rrv.l) When taking account of $\lper>!;r\lO;:rnres whkh have sloping end bOllkheads, in the calcubtiol1~ office-boards. Illch supnstrll tllT'CS should be dealt witll in tile fllllowing manner: l.cltg,lh of ~l{pNJlr .. ctw,e (reglllati (In 34) • When the height of superstructure, clear uf the slope, is equ:u [Q or smaller than the mndard height. the length (5) should be obtained as ,huwn. in figure 4. h ~ ha S = 11 + I, . ~-
, ∙1 E=Sx Figure" -
Height ri !;upmt",ctwn eqwal /(J 01 smaller thun the .<tatlda,d height (h) 12 2 ha h 2 When I he height i5 greaue .. than the ~talldard, the lcngtb (S) should be obtained as shown in figure 5. h '" standard heig ht E=S Figille 5 -
H~i g lll of " 'lptt:S tlUCIU re grtdrer thllll Jlle sltmdard height 223 International CmlVftllion on load Lirl5, 1966 :I The foregoing hould apply only when the ,lope, relatt'd to the base liae, is 15° or greater. 'Where the slope is less than 15
, the configuration should be treated as sheer. Effectivt (mglll (If superstructure (rl'gll(iltioH 3.1) When the height of till.' superstructure, clear of the slope, is less than the mndard height. itS dfectlvc length (E) should be its length (S) as obtained fro∙ln IXIT"d!:,'Toph 1 above, reduced in dlC r'Atio of its actual height to the .,talldard height. SheeT (regulation 18(12) When a poop ∙Or ~ forecastle hlS ,IDpm!!; end bulkheads, ~"d sheer cr~dit may be allowed on .account of excess height, the formula given in regulation 38(12) should be used, the \'alue ~ of y and L' being as shown In figure 6. ~=S lan d 3rd ~.Lhe,ght h Y , L • I' B A.P. " y L' s ~ _.-
3 L Figure 6 -
Sheer credit (s) for excess hc ~ iH See also the interpret<ttiQtI ofl'egulations 29, 31, 35, 36,37 and 38 Effective length 01 .uperstruclur. (refufatio" 35(3) a .. ,l (4)) With particular reg;tfd to tlu ~ length of raised quarter-deck in paragraphs (3) and (4) of thi, regulation, the following interpretation ~pp Ji es: Tn a ship with a mperstrunurc which extends over the whole length of the freebmrd dt:ck, the p:lrt of the superstructure from the after pcrpendicular lip to a maximum of 0.61. may be treated as a raised quarter-deck. In thIS respect, if no watertight front bulkhead is fillcd the bow may be considered to act as such. The length lilll.ilimpmeu by P:lTJbrnph (4) of this regubtion for a r ai~ed quarter-deck of le" than standard heIght applies to the length. calculated as indicated in paragraph (3) of till> regulation. Effective length of f1IiS8~ qllarter-ilBck (regulatiDn 35(4)) (IACS iflterprfllltioll LE .. Z.;) The maximum effective length of O.6L of a raised qllartcr-dcck which is stipulated by regulation 35(4), should be me:Hllred from the: after perpelldicular even where a poop i ~ fmed in conjunction with the: roused quarter-deck. 224 Uni(zed inlerprelatllJrl.> Continuous haicllwlYS IS trunk (regula,i"n 36) (lA CS imerpTP.latiotl tL. 26/R ",'. 1 J mt is recom llIended that (ominuous hatchway, may be (reated " a trunk in the freeboard computation provided regulation}6 is complied with in all respects. The mmk de<:k minger referred to in regulation 36(1)(b) may be £im:d ou Iboard nf [h" [funk. side bulkhead in J."ociatiOtl with (he following: .1 The .rringer so formed is to provide 3 clear walkway of Jt least 450 IIlm in width on each side of th ~ shit:> . • Z The stringer is to bl: of solid plate efficiently supported Mid stiffened . . 3 The stringer is to be as higb above (he free board deck as practicalJle. [n the fre-e-board calculation, the trunk beigbc is to be reduced by ~\ lea$t 600 mm or by tbe-actual differcnce between the tup of tilt trunk and lhe stringer, whichever is gre:llcr, ,4 I-latch cover securing appliances arc w be acce"ible from the >Cringer or walkw-ay . . 5 The breadth o( che trullk is to be measured be"tween (h.e (runk side bulkheads, .& Regulation 36 is to b" complied wid, in all other respC<:ls. See also the interpretation ofreglllations 26(5),27(7) and 36(1)(e) less than stlndard hligllt "'tch cDlmings on trunks of lass tba~ stlndard hli~t (re gul~rion 36(0#) ,(IA r:S l/l/"'prrrtlli(Hl LL. 27) In the GI.~e wher~ [he trunk height is le~s tbJ.n standard lOli t\J.e trun}; hach coal11ing~ are a..ho oflcss than Itll1dard height. or omittcd entirely, doubt may arise whet],,,, the truTlk hat.chways are 10 aled in position 'I or positioli 2 J>Jd, consequently, about the reduction \0 be madt' in the .enTal rwnk height. In these cases the r~ducrio n from rhe ac tu J.I h~ight of trunk 011 ,(:aunt of insufficient hatch coarning heighL should be [akcn a U1C dilTerence between 600 mm ami tbe actual hciJ;hl of cuarniog, Or 600 mm if no hatcb GOOIll il1g' aIC fitted, Reduction ill the actual height of mmk should not be required in cases wlJere only srn~ 11 hatches wilh Ics~ than n:lIldal'd hCight arc ntrcd in r c tnlllk deck for which dispensation from the requirement ofst~l1d~rd cua.ming height m~y be giverl. Dlduction for sU~BrstruclurBS Ind lrulllks (regulatio" 37) (LA CS imerpretariotr LL. 28) For the purpose of applying the tabk "Percentage of deduCtion for type 'B' ships" in reguladoll 37(2) il i~ com i der~d that any detached sup~rstnJcwr" Jbafr rn.idship whose after bl' Ik he"d, is 1<)(4ted Q.()5L <.lr m<JT~ fotv.∙ard of the after perpendicular may be rreated "s , detached bridge. A super:structure whose aftL'r blrlkhead is located within O.OSL iJ'om the after perpendicular should not qualify as a detached bridge, 225 /nfemlllwfUl{ Corwrnlioll 011 LDad Li~e.s, 1966 Any excess in che: height of sucb a supcrSlIUCll1TC, which does nCH extend 00 tile aft,er perpendlcular, cannot be n∙garded as contributing to the sheer allow ana cOnlemplaced in rq,'Ulation 38(12), Sheer credit for superimpond superatruelll,.. (uRulations 38(5), 38(7) alld 38(12)) (LA CS interpretalion LL,29/R.ev.l) S"Hperstruaurel ~flp'rimpoSttllln Q complete JllpUlln/Crure (rtglllat;'
oPl 38(5» In applying regulation 38(5) (sheer on a complete superstructure sh.ip) where there is an enclosed poop or forel"astic superimposed on a complete sup crsttuc ture , sheer credit ,hould be allowed for such a poop or farcca.~tlc, according to the mctllOd of regulation 38(12) as shown in figure 7_ , I SuparS1rucrure Cleck -
~ .--.-1------''--''-
I CD ___ -~~ -.----
Standardt' -~~~ oo'9
h1 ' I Fr .... board de_ Figure' S"ptrslruaur" ... ,perimposetl on aJortctJJt,k or poop (i .•. a stepped forecastll? or poop) (r~gllltJli(l" J8(7» F.T. In applying regul.tion 38(7} and 38(12) where a poop or forecastle consists of two layers, tht" method shown in figure 8 should be used. I, 12 , I " ,.-
®,? -h """"1r #' l 1 • -'-~ -----
, .-
I .s,l)---
, -,-
I Stan<lard ~ I height M-ll<lbQ.1 rd deck 1, -1 ( I F.T. E'igut"c 8 226 In the above the follov.--ing definitions ,houJd apply Z i, as defined in Tt'gulation 38(5) Utll{ird it! terprl'tatiom Z." i, tfle end ordil1:He of a virtual ;\.1murd parabolic curve taken through the point "x", If Z" is greater than (Z + h). the end ordinate should be (Z 11), in w hieh C;lse point ",," shou Id be disregarded ~nd curve CV nCl[ taken into accoum, \Vh.en the length of the first tier superstructure is gre;aer than 0 . .5'-, the virrual standard parabolic curve should commence at amidships as indinted in figure 7, Sh •• , .. lIow.n~. far ,' height of suplrstructllAl (r~gulation 38(7) .md (11)) (Vl. CS ml~rp r~/aliDl l LL 3U) A.s regulation J8(7) and (12) doc~ nCl[ refer \G a raised quarter-deck. credit sbould be given for this type uf upcrslrunuIc only where the be;ght of the r:used quarttr-deck is greater th-an the stlndard height of "other supE'r. SlTuctures" :I ~ defilled in tegubtiotl 33, and o'lly for the amount by which tlt~ actual height of the ra.i>ed quarler-dcck exceed, thH sl.and"rd height, Sheer (reglllatiot! 38(IZ)) (TileS in(I'rprrta/lOtl LL, 16) \XIhere the he'ght of a superstrucrun' is It.'',, Ihm standard, p"-raf,'Taph 12 may be applied, except that the superstructure deck shoLlld be not kss than the minimum height oftne superstmcture above the virtual ~ b (:c r curve at any ]loin t. For [h.s purpose" {' should be taken as the difference between the actual :md m.i.nim'JIll height of Ih.: S\'pcr,tructure at the end, of sheer. Sh ... (regulation 38(11)) The final explanaoory subparagr:lph of pJr.l.graph (12) of regulation 38 should be i nterpr(;ted to read: "The above fonnula deterr.nin~ s the mean ordinate of. curve in the form of a parab()la tangent to the actual sheer curve of the freeboa,d dcck at the after cnd of 3 fDrcc.:m]c or at tbe fOlVliard cnd of a p'oop. and intersecting the end ordinate 3t a point below the superstructLlre deck a ciist:mcc equal to the standard height of a ,uperstruGtllre, The SoupcrstruC{ure deek should 'lOt be le" than standard ht∙ight above this curve at any point. Thj~ curw should b<, used in dctem,ining ti,e sheer profile for forward and after halves of [he ,hip" See a1so the interpretation ofrcgulatiol1S 34. 35 and 38(12) D.ctlldion fer _ .....,. (rtgll'nticm 38(15)) (fA CS iH/ullITr,rri()1I LL 3 I) Since no stipulation is made as 10 the heighl ofdlc wperstructure referred to in regulation 38(1 S), tile height of this superstructure should be related to its standard heig}lt. When the height of tile superStructure Dr ra i ~ed quarter-deck i~ less than standard, the reduCtion shDuld be in the r<llio of rbe actual [0 the standard height thereof 227 ImenUlIwnal Corll'ffltion 011 LMd U;tt5, 1966 ~~~ ~ -- ------ -------------- -- --
Baw height (rl!gwlo.rilJII 39(2») (lA CS iraerp,etatiort LL.38!Rcv. t) 1 When calculating the bow height, the sheer of the forecastle deck may b~ takel into aCGoum. even if the length of the forccasdt' is less than O.ISL, bill greJter than O.07L, pT(lvid~d that rhe forecastle height is not less lh~n one half of standard beight of sUperSlri.!Cture as defined in regulation 33 between O.07L arid the rorward termiml, Z Where the forecastle height is less than ol1e half ofstand:trd l1cight of superstructure, as defined in regulation 33, the credit bow height may be de
termined as follows: 228 ,1 when lhe freeboard deck has sheer extending from abJ6t O.lSL, by a parabolic curve having its origin ar 0.1 SL abaft the for.,vard twninal at a height equal to the midship depth of the ship, extended through the point of intersection of forecastle bul head and deck, and up to a PO;nt at the forn-∙ard terlllinal ot higher thall the le\'c of rhe forecastle deck. Howe"cr, if the value of the height denoted It, in figure 9 ;5 Sl1Jaller !h ~n the value of the height denoted lIb. then iI, may b~ repLaced by hb in tht: 3v",ilable bow height (ligu re 9). I "T""----I--
0.1&1. I I Figure '9 ---
F.'1. 11, = Half standard height of superstructure as defined in regula-
cioll 33 h, = Zb (0. ~L)2 -
Z. .2 when rhe frceboard deck has sheer extel1ding for le5, than 0.15L or has nu sheer, by a hne from the forecastle deck at side at 0.07 L l:1<tendcd parallel CO the base hnc to the forward terminal (figure 1()). , --
J n. I ... 1 -
CI.iS/,. (W7l I ;. Figure 10 Minimum bo .. h.ight (regula/iDn 39) (1.A CS illterpreralio., LL 43) I--
I ---. ~. --
I .. ~,"-
'Wn.en applying regulation 39 to ships which have been assign.ed timber frecboards rh" bo, hcighl shoul.d be rIl~asured from the∙ summer load waterlinc and not from the timber sumrrll;r load wat~r1ine, Minimum freeboanls (rt'g"lllti"" 40) When the geOnlClhC frccboard ca.lcolalcd ill .1CCOrdaIlCe with para:gal'h (1.) is less than th~ minimum frc:eboard allowed by paraj,'raph (2) of tilis ["egulation. tne correcoons for winter fr"eboard ;md Winter orrh Atlamic freehoard should be added to the allowed minimum mmmer fn;eboard and not to the ~aJcu l,ll"d yahl ~. Similddy, U]' ~lluwmct: tl.n frt:~ h w~tcDhollld b( a clc::dllctioll from che aUowt"<1 minimum free board. See also the inter relation of re ulatioos 3 (5)(c) "nd (9) and 40(1) Stowage (rtguJatio .. 44) The Collowing text should be reg-arded as an interpretation of regulation 44 itl Qrder 10 hannomze this regulation with the Code of Safe Pracrice for Ships Carrying Timber Deck Cargoes (resolulion A.287(VIH)}. StOWQg~ General Openings in the weather deck ove:r which cargo i ~ ~towed should be securely c1mcd and b~lIcm:J down. The vemilator, and air pipes shol,lld be efficiently protected. Timber deck cargoes should extend over at least the entire avaihble length which .s the total length of the welt or well, between superstructures. Where there is nO limiting sup",rslructure at the after end, the timber should exrend at leas! to the after cnd ohhe aftcrn10st hatchway. 229 InlmkltwI141 CClHlltHliOIl (Ill !Md Lints, 1966 Tl1e timber deck cargo should cxtend athwartships as dose 3S possibl" to the sh ip side due alJow:mcc bemg givel] for obstructions such as guard rails bulwark stays, uprights, C(∙C. provided any gap thus crt:ated at the sid~ of the ship does not exceed 4% ofthe hreadth (b). The timber should be stowed as mlidlYa\ possIble to at It'lst the standard heighr ora 5\1 perstructure othcr fhan a raised quarter-deck. On l ship v.,,-ithin a seasonal winter :zone in winter. the hClght oftbc deck cargo above the weather deck should not exceed one-third of the e )[!r ~ mc br~adth of the ship. The timber deck cargo should be compactl)'∙ stowed, lashed and secured. It sh.ould not interfere in any \\la,' with the navigation and necessary work of the ,hip. VIJrighc.i Uprights, when required by the nature of the timber, should b., of adequate strength considering rh(, breadth of the ship; the strength of the uprights shou
ld not ~xct:ed the strength of rhe bulwark and the sp,King should be suilable for thc length and character of timber carried, but should not exceed 3 rn. Strong angks or metal sockets or equally efficient means should be provided for seeming the uprights. usllitJg5 Timber deck cargo should be efficiendy secured throllghout its length by indcpcndcl1l overall lashings. The spacing of the lashings should be determined by tnc maximum height of the cargo above the weather deck in the vidoilY of the lashing: .1 for a hClgln of 4 m and below the spacing should be not morc than 3m; .2 for a height of6 m and above the spacing should be not more than 1.5 m; .3 :11. intermediate height, the avcragr: spacing should be obtained by line", imerpolnion. Where the height ortirnber deck c.ugo eXCE'cdl 6 m the strength of the lashings shollld be to the satisfaction of the Administration. Eye plates for the-se lashings should bc tlkiclltly attached to the ~hccr make or to the deck stringer plate. The distance from an end bulkhead of a ~up eIS trut:tur e to the firs! eye plate should be not more than 2 rh. Eye plates and lashings should be provided 0.6 m and 1.5 m from the ends of timber deck cargoes whcr~ there is no bulkhead. The lashings should be capable of ",.jthstandiog an ultimate load of not less than 13,600 kg. They should be 11ued with sliphooks and turnbucklcs. which should be accessible a.t all times. Wire rope lashings should have :l short ler1b>th oflong link chain to pennit the length orIashing, to be regulated. 230 When timber i in lengths oflc.~ than 3.6 m, the spacing of the la.shing.1 should be reduced or other luitable provision> made to suit the length of timber. 5hacklel, stretching deVices and all other ancillary components incorporated into a chain or v.~re rope lashing and its securing' should ha~-e a minimllm ultim.atc load of 1.4,100 kg. Each cOIllPOllCIlt should be proof loaded to 5,GOO kg. No part should be damaged or permanently deformed after proof loading. Srability Provi,ion should be made for a safe margin of It:lbility at all stages of the voyage, reg.,d being given to "ddition. or weigh_, sue'), ~s those dLle to absorption of water and icing and to losses of weight uch as those due to consumption of fuel and ,mres. In addicion to the reguiremcnts o{regulation 25(5). guard rails or lifelin~s not morc dun 3.30 mm lj,art should be provided on each side of the cargo deci" to a height of at lea,t I m ""bove the cargo, In addition ",lifdine, preferAbly wire rope, ,et up tallt with" stretching screw, should be provided as ncar as practicable to the cenneline of the ~hip. The Slancllion supp0r:!.' to ,11 guard rails and lifelines should be spaced so as to prevent undue sa.gging, Where !hK cargo i, u ne\'~ n, J safe walking mrfat.:e or not les~ than 600 mm in widtb should be fitted over the cargo and effectively s.ecured beneath or adjacent to the lifeline. Steering am111gemCltts Steering arrangements should be effectively protectt'd from damage hy cargo and, as fat as pra<:tkable, should be a<:ce5~ible. EfEcjo.;nt provision ~ hQ\lld be mJdc tor ~[ (cril lg in the evem of a breakdown in the mlin ~tceritlg arrangements. Timltll' fT •• b.m fer ships hiving raducad I'fPI 'B' fr8lburds ..... -.1 (reg .. lali,," 45(2) ~"d (3)) (lA. CS intl'rprrMtiOtl LL. j 3) Some Admini~lratiotl s accept rha, Ilmber frccboards may be assigned to ships with reduced type '8' frceboard , provided the dlll.bcr freeboa.rds are calculated on the ba,is ofrne ordinary type 'B' freeboard. Regulation 45(:2) and (3) should be interpreted such that the Timber Winter mar and/ur the Timber Winter Nonh i\damic mark arc' plac<:d Jl the same level os tbe r edu c~d type 'B' mark wh ~ n th ~ computed Timbn Winter mark and/or the computed Timber Winter North Atlantic mark fill below the∙ re
duced typ~ 'B' Winter mark. 231 Part 6 Forln of record of conditions of assignment of load lines _____________ ~R::: .. cMtl <l{ (oHtiilionJ of GSSI:&!mml c[ Wad /irK'S INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION ON LOAD UNES. 1966 RECORD OF CONOmONS OF ASSIGNMENT Name of ship __ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ..... ______ _ Port of regiS1JV ____ _ Na !io!1a~ ity __ ..... _ Distinctive number 00 Icuers Shipbuilders ____ . ___ . __ ..........•.......•.... _ ....•....•. _ , .....•. , . Yard number Dale of construction/conversion Fleeboa
rd assigned as a ship of T vpe ' , ..... , ......•..•.. , ....•...... , . , , ClassificaTion, .. , I • I • I ,,' I I I a , • , ••• , • , • 4 ••••••••••••••••••• , ••• ~ , • Date and place of Inrtial 'LlNay , , .. _ , , , , _ , . " ...••.. , .• , ....•••.•..•• ,' 235 t-.l ~ A plan of suitable size may be attached to this Report in preference to sketches on this page, Disposition and dimensions of superstructu
res, trunks, deckhouses, machinery casings: extent of bulwarks, guard rails and wood sheathing on exposed deck, to be inserted in the diagrams and tables following: together with positions of hatchways, gangways and other means for the protection of the crew: cargo ports, bow and stern doors, sidescuttles, scuppers, ventilators, air pipes, companionways, and other items that would affect the seaworthiness of the ship. " Superstructure deck Freeboard deck i r 5' i r i' ~ l r-
l -
\0 ~ I-
N :j Doorways in superstructures, exposed machinery casings and deckhouses protecting openings in freeboard and superstructure decks (Regulations 12, 17 and 18) Closin9 appliances Ref. No. Height of Location on sketch Number .. nd size 01 openings sills or plan Type and material 111 forecastle bulkhead 111 bridge forward bulkhead In bridge after bulkhead In raised quarter-ded bulkhead In poop bulkhead In expcsed machinery casings on Ireeboard or raised quarter-decks -
Number of clips [ r "'-
[ IV "" 00 Doorways in superstructures, exposed machinery casings and deckhouses protecting openings in freeboard and superstructure decks (continued) Closing appliances Ref. No. Height of Location on sketch Number and size of openings sills or plan Type and material In exposed machinery casings . on superstructure decks In machinery casings within super-
structures or deck houses on freeboard deck -
. -
In deckhouses in Position 1 enclosing openings leading below fr .... bOilrd deck In deckhouses in Position 2 enclosing openings klading within enclosed super-
structures or below !reeboard deck ... In exposed pump-room casings Number of clips ... r I' -
~ ~ §. ~ l t: ,-~ ... ~ (\) w ~ Hatchways at positions 1 and 2 closed by portable covers end secured weathllrtight by tarpaulins and battening devices (Regulation 15) P
osition and Reference No_ on sketch or plan Dimensions of cleer opening at top 01 coaming Height of coa mi n \IS above deck PORTABLE BEAMS Number ,a Spacing b
1 x If Ox tw b, X Ir I b. Bearing surface Meens of securing each beam [~-
PORTABLE COVERS Thickness Direction fitted Bearing surface Spacing of cleats TARPAULINS (NO_ of layers Material Means of securing each section of covers: Are wood covers fitted with galvanized end bands? ~ l is §, g--
~ ~ [ [ f',,) ~ Hatchways at posi1ions 1 and 2 closed by weathertight covers of steel (or other equivalent material) fitted with gaskets and clamping devices (Regulation 16) Position and Reference No. on sketch or plan Dimensions of ciear opening at top of coaming Height of coamings above deck Type of cover or patent name Material f f' -
Q :: § -
S∙ '" ~ l t'-< l -
~ ~ ..... MachineI"'( space openings and miscellaneous openings in freeboard and superstructure decks (Regulations 17 and 18) Positions and Reference No. on sketch or plan Dimensions Height of coarning COVER ( Material How attached Nurnoer and spacing of t09gles Position and Reference No. on sketch or plan Dimensions Height of coamlng COVER ( Material How attached Number and spacing of toggles ---
::t:l 1 [ ~ l'.J t5 Ventilators on freeboard and superstructure dec::ks (positions 1 and 2, (Regulation 19) f " COBming Type Number Closing appliances Dec~ on wh ich fitted fitted (State patent name if any) Dimensions Height g. !. i i: " i t-o l ..... ~ Air pipes on freeboard and superstructure decks (Regulation 20) Coaming Type Number Deck on whic;h fitted fitted (State patent name ~ anYI Dimans,ons Height I\J t; Closing appliances ~ it .~ t ~. ~ ' .. . ta. [ ~ N t Cargo port and other similar openings (Regulation 21) Position of port Dimensions of opening Distance of lower eelge from Securing device. freeboard deck ~ -
Remarks . Ii'" ~ I' -
i s' .. § [ r ~' -
& N .".. <.Jl State il scupper or Number dischargo -~ S -
Scupper D-Discharge Pipe Diameter Thickness --
Scuppers. inlets and discharges (Regulation 22) Venicel distance above top 01 keel From Material MS -Mild steel CS -Cast steel GM -Gu n metal Discharge Outlet in I"boald hull end Any other approved material 10 be designated Number. type Position 01 and material 01 Uppermost discl1arge valves controls valve -
ScreW{lown -
Aulomatic non-return SD ANR SDANA -
Screw-down automatic no,,"retum ~ l [ f N-
~ Sidoscuttles (Regulation 23) Materia. Position Number Clear glass Fixed or Type ot glass and Standa rds used titted si
le opening I thickness and Type No. Frame De9dlight Indicate the vertical distance between the freeboard deck and the lower sill of the sidescunle positioned althe greatest vertical distance below the freeboard deck. S' ~ S" ~ ~ ~ ~. ~ l F .... ~ '" ~ c Freeboard decl< after well Forward well Superstructure decl< L_ .•• _ State fore and aft position of each freeing port in relalion to superstructure end bul~heads Length of bulwark {
After well Forwa rd Vllell Particulars of shuners. bars or rails fitted to freei ng po rts Height of lower edge of freeing port above deck Freeing ports (Regulation 24) HeighT of Number and size of freeing ports Bach side Total area bulwark each side ReqtJired araa each side ~ § iL c l ~" <> [ -
:i" D: ~ 01/ State particulars of bulwarks or guard rails on freeboard and superstructure decks: State details of lifelines. walkways. gangways or underdeck passageways where required to be fitted: State particulars of uprights. sockets. lashings. guard rails and lifehnes' Protection of the crew (Regulations 25 and 26) Timber deck cargo fittings (Regulation 44) Other speciel featurell ::-
~ -
;s' t (l ::t ~ g' ~ ~ ... t-' ~~. .... ~ Record of wru/itiO/l' of a.< ~ icllme"l <J{ [,>ad li'!(:S T e conditions 0 assignment shown on this form are a record of the arrangements and finings provided on the srllp and are in accordance with the requlrsmBnts 0 tfle relevant regulations of the Internatlollal Convell'lon on Load Lines, 1966. (Surveyors sIgnature) (Dale) 249 
Без категории
3 279
Размер файла
53 938 Кб
3ed, 2005, imo, load, line, 9280141945
Пожаловаться на содержимое документа